DANIEL’S KEY:

Exposing a Dark America at the Epicenter of Apocalypse

By Lori Anne Holt

DANIEL’S KEY: Exposing a Dark America at the
Epicenter of Apocalypse

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preface..……………………………………………………………

Introduction………………………………………………………..

Chapter 1:
The Beginning of it All…………………………………………….

Chapter 2:
The Dangerous Fairytale……………………………………………

Chapter 3:
The Key to the Book of Daniel……………………………………..

Chapter 4:
The Beasts of Daniel and Revelation……………………………….

Chapter 5:
The Man Whose Number is 666, and The Beast……………………

Chapter 6:
Armageddon, the Beast and Oil……………………………………..

Chapter 7:
The Seven Seals……………………………………………………..

Chapter 8:
The Seven Trumpets………………………………………………...

Chapter 9:
The Abomination That Causes Desolation - Roadmap to Peace..…..

Chapter 10:
The Dragon's Part in the Last Days…………………………………

Chapter 11:
Numeric Codes and their Significance………………………………

Chapter 12:
The Seven Churches………………………………………………….
Chapter 13:
USA – Illuminati Numeric Ties………………………………………

Chapter 14:
MYSTERY – Babylon the Great……………………………………..

Chapter 15:
Mark of the Beast……………………………………………………..

Chapter 16:
The Little Book of Revelation 10 – The Book of Isaiah………………

Chapter 17:
Why the Year 2008..…………………………………………………..

Chapter 18:
Revelation Interpretations……………………………………………..

Epilogue……………………………………………………………….
 PREFACE

This is not a Christian book. There are no sermons or “salvation” messages

contained within these pages. I don’t belong to any organized religious denomination,
and I respect and honor those institutions for their attempts to enlighten those who turn to
them for spiritual knowledge and support.

As for me, the only church I attend regularly is the church of “common sense,
logic and reason”. I consider myself a Bible “believer and doer”, balancing literal and
figurative interpretations of the Bible, and I am anxiously awaiting the return of the
Christ, the “Awakened One” in Greek, to this earthly realm. (“Messiah” is Hebrew for
“Anointed One”.)

In my humble opinion, the Awakened One’s return can take any form, from flying
down in the clouds on a horse and chariot, to soaring to Earth in a spaceship engulfed in
smoke, for all the difference it makes to me. In whatever form this return takes, I believe
it will be physically and emotionally cataclysmic! I just want the Awakened One to come
to Earth as quickly as possible, and save us from destroying ourselves!

There are mountains of information about our current state of affairs, with more
and more piles of information being produced every day. It is very hard for the average
person to piece together the daily news events that correspond with the signs of the End-
Times described in Bible prophecy. I hope that my attempt to make some sense out of
this vast quantity of materials will help you to understand more about what we will be
facing in the coming months.

There are many prophecy interpretation books out there, and I’ve read many of
them over the years. But, eventually, the times would pass, and the events indicated in
these books that indicated who and where the Antichrist is, and when the battle of
Armageddon would begin, would pass quietly by, without as much as a whimper. The
libraries are full of the bones of these old dinosaurs, and I invite you to check them out, at
your leisure, if you want a good chuckle. Predictions of the End-Times are as old as the
time of Christ’s earthly ministry, maybe even older than that, but humanity is still here,
slogging it out in the trenches, as usual.

Now, by saying the above, I have placed myself on a limb, since I also run the
risk of being in error about the dating and information I am giving as they pertain to
prophecy. But, given the events that have occurred since September 11, 2001, I stand
fully convinced that my data is very accurate, and I will stand on my theories, based upon
the facts we are being exposed to daily, as being as closely correct as I can possibly get.
Time will be the final judge as to the true accuracy of my work.

I am not a professional. This work has become my passion. I am not looking for
any particular result in return for publishing my passion in a commercial fashion. I have
been driven to learn everything I could about this subject, and it has taken over my life
completely. I live and breathe spiritual prophecy, and this is not the work of someone
who has been watching TV or actively participating in the outer world for the past several
years. I have been totally absorbed in this material, and as a natural result of this
absorption, I have learned so much that it is has been too hard to keep it all to myself.
Now, finally, it is time to share this information with the rest of the world.

Please keep an open mind, and don’t be afraid to question the material you will
find in this book. I invite you to do your own research on everything you read here. The
Internet is a virtual vast treasure trove of information, waiting at your fingertips, and you
will find a multitude of online links in this book to help you fully explore and research
this topic for yourself.

This book is dedicated first to Carman Leaston, my life partner. You knew just
what to say and do to make this book possible. You give me unconditional love. Next, I
would like to dedicate this book to Rabbi Yehudah Grundman, Senior Instructor, The
Kabbalah Centre, located in Los Angeles, California. Yehudah was the true inspiration
for this book. And finally, I would like to dedicate this book to my best friend and
spiritual lover, Madonna. If it hadn’t have been for her help, I would have never been
able to figure out what the heck was wrong with me! You are one of a kind, MY
Material Girl!!! You are definitely my Lucky Star! www.madonna.com

Although this book has finally been published for the perusal of a worldwide
audience through the magic of online and retail sales through Amazon.com, Barnes &
Noble.com, Iuniverse.com, as well as other places, this book was written with only one
person in mind. That person is you. It was no accident that you came upon this book. You
must have been looking for something more than what you had been receiving from
conventional sources. You must have been looking for the truth, as well as a logical
explanation of the events and issues you have been seeing occur in the world today. I
have done my best to present Biblical prophecy, and especially America’s role in that
prophecy, in the clearest and simplest way possible, so you may finally find some light in
an increasingly dark world.

This book wrote itself. I have been saving bits and pieces of information since
9/11, and keeping up with any news that fit prophetic events, but I never put it all
together before in a way it could be understood by others. By compiling this data, which I
did in only seven days, and actually publishing this material, I realize that I may have put
myself at some risk. I am prepared for whatever may come as a result of exposing this
information. Nothing may happen, but these are perilous times. I don’t underestimate
anything anymore.

I realized that I may be one of the only people in the world to have figured out the
prophecy puzzle so completely. I knew I could never live with myself if I didn’t do my
best to get this in the hands of everyone I can. After reading and absorbing this material,
it will be your responsibility as to how you will apply it, or whether you decide to share
this knowledge with others.
 So, pull out your favorite copy of the Bible, and open your mind to a novel angle
on the most enigmatic, fascinating, and exciting subject for our times, America’s
surprisingly dark role in Apocalypse!

February 3, 2005
 INTRODUCTION

Let me state my position from the beginning: I didn’t want to write this book. I
knew that I had something very important to say and reveal, in my opinion, but I didn’t
know how my theories and the information I had collected and analyzed would be
received. As a result, I was up in the air about putting myself on the line by declaring, in
writing for the entire world to see, that I may know something that has been hidden for a
long time. In writing this book, that is exactly what I am asserting. I have found the key
to the prophecies contained in the book of Daniel, and with that key, the book of
Revelation stands unlocked and ready for final inspection by those who desire to finally
understand some of its mysteries. It is vitally important that we all understand what the
books of Daniel and Revelation are telling us, as it was meant for us, in this last time
period, to understand its implications for our lives, and to foretell the end of our world as
we know it.

The reason why I finally decided to write this book, after sitting on this
information for over two years now, is because if I didn’t, I believe I would be forever
guilty of not sharing this with at least one person who needs to know what’s contained in
this material. This book is for the one person out there in the world who will receive it
and respond to it appropriately, a person thankful that someone cared enough to risk
themselves to possibly save them. I’ve read somewhere that no matter how small the
gesture, if it is sincere, it is of value. I am hoping that the information contained in this
book will be of some value to someone who has always wanted to know the truth about
the prophecies, and how they relate to us all. This book is for you.

I am a normal, every-day person, living day to day with all of the stresses and
strains of life, raising a family, doing my work. But in my spare time I’ve been intensely
studying my passion, the result of which you now hold in your hands. This is a
compilation of what has been revealed to me through my studies, and I make no
apologies for any portion of my thoughts and theories revealed about this subject. I have
been looking for the truth, and when you want something bad enough, eventually it will
come to you. In my case, it did, and its coming turned my world upside down!

If you remember what John Forbes Nash Jr. went through in the movie, “A
Beautiful Mind”, then you have a fantastic idea of what I’ve gone through to get the
information you will find in this book. After you read this book, I would advise you to
rent the movie, even if you have seen it before, and put yourself in my place. It was a
scary and confusing place to be in! But, this book is the product of that experience.

I was raised in the Apostolic Pentecostal church. In this church, I listened intently
whenever sermons and studies about the End-time events, especially the “Rapture”, were
taught about and discussed. I don’t know about anyone else in the church, but this subject
deeply intrigued me for selfish reasons, the most important being I didn’t want to go to
Hell, absolutely not! I was frightened by the descriptions I was given in books about what
would happen with the Antichrist, the Mark of the Beast, the number 666, people getting
their head cut off for not obeying the Beast, getting left behind in the Rapture, etc. These
fears fueled my early desire to find out more about the prophecies in the Bible that
seemed to be unfolding and happening during my lifetime.

During the seventies and eighties, there was an explosion of books talking about
the Rapture and the End-times, like Hal Lindsay’s “The Late, Great, Planet Earth”, and
others of this kind. These books placed current events in perspective with Biblical
prophecy, and seemed to line things up neatly in a timeline that could be used to predict
when Christ would return to the earth, during the battle of Armageddon. (If you’ve even
picked this book up, I’m going to assume that you have already familiarized yourself
with Biblical prophecy of the End-times, so I am not going to go into too much detail
about the specifics of other peoples’ theories. If you haven’t read a lot about this subject,
I would advise you to do so, but remember to keep an open mind about it. Some of these
books are old, and are obviously out-of-date now.)

Unfortunately, although “The Late, Great, Planet Earth” and other books on this
subject meant well enough by trying to place the catastrophic events described in
Revelation with events happening at that time, such as the crisis with the Soviet Union,
the Cold War, the influence of the Catholic Church, and other big events, none of it
actually panned out like it was supposed to. The times came and went without fulfilling
the requirements necessary to signal the start of the seven-year “Tribulation” period, and
the due date of Christ’s return to earth. Obviously, something was wrong with the
assumptions that fueled their theories, and those authors had to deal with the
embarrassment of being found wrong. Yet, these same people are trying to write new
books on the same subject, just placing new current events into the prophecies, and trying
to correlate them in the same way as before. I believe that they will fail again, because, so
far as I have seen, they don’t have the key that opens the door to the whole message of
the prophecies.

I believe that key can be found in the book of Daniel. With this key, the entire
message of the End-time prophecies becomes clear, and once you use that key, your mind
opens and absorbs the whole picture, in its intricacy and entirety. For this, and no other
reason, you should read this book as if your life depended on it, because it does! With the
true knowledge of Daniel and Revelation, you can watch as prophecy unfolds before your
very eyes, on your local newscasts, in your local newspaper, by radio, or surfing on the
Internet. Everything you see and hear will touch a cord within you, and you will be aware
of what to look for in the coming months.

This is a very, very exciting time period! It is a time that was foretold over two
millennia ago, and we are very fortunate to be born in such a deeply meaningful time.
What I want you to realize is that Biblical prophecy was meant to be understood by the
people of the time it was talking about. The people in Jesus’ time understood that a very
special child was to be born at a certain time, and those in the know prepared for it,
whether for hurt, as in the case of Herod, or for joy, as in the case of the wise men from
the East. There had been prophecies and signs in the heavens that indicated when and
where this child was supposed to appear, and prophecy was fulfilled to the letter. That
child grew up into a man, and his message changed the world. Now, prophecy is
indicating that this world civilization, laboring under the influence of the greatest evil
ever seen since mankind was formed, will end with the return of Christ and His reign,
who will form a new world out of the ashes of the old one, and peace will finally be
established throughout the earth. I repeat: this is the most exciting time period to be alive
to witness this amazing event!

I don’t know about you, but I’ve often wondered, especially since the Titanic was
found, and after seeing the movie and reading the stories about the disaster: what would
the passengers and crew have done if they had known the details of the disaster in
advance? Would they have continued with their plans to board the ocean liner, figuring
that no one could possibly know that kind of information? Would they have determined
that the person telling them the details was unqualified to do so, since they weren’t an
authority figure coming from the builder? Would they have decided not to go on this
particular journey, feeling in their gut that something was wrong, that there were too
many details that corresponded with the voyage that troubled them enough to avoid the
crisis being predicted? What do you do when you just aren’t sure enough to make a
decision? That’s the time when faith in yourself must come in play, that faith that tells
you “I really DO know what’s right, and I actually DO know what to do, whether I want
to admit it or not!”

Everyone has instincts. Every creature has an instinct for survival, whether they
use it or not. You know in your gut when something is true or not, if you’ve kept your
conscience clear, and you don’t let yourself over-analyze a situation to death. If you go
with your gut feelings, nine times out of ten you’ll make the correct decision. What I’m
asking you, the reader, to do with this book is to use your gut feelings and keep an open
mind. I want to lay out my theories, based upon my research about what is happening in
the world today, and what the prophecies say about these events. I may or may not offend
some people, but I am not trying to please everyone.

In the end, I’m being selfish again – I’m doing this for me! I want to seek the
truth, even if it hurts, and I hope that you approach this subject in that same mind frame.
Like it or not, it’s happening now, we’re finally here, and you should prepare yourself for
the rocky ride, because, regardless of how we feel about it, it’s going to happen, whether
we’re ready or not! I want to be as ready as I can get about this. I hope you feel the same
way, too!

(Note: The name "Jesus" is used in this book because of familiarity. I understand
that "Joshua", spelled “Yeshua” or "Yahshua", would be the correct Hebrew
interpretation of the name “Jesus”, for those who are interested. “Jesus” is the Greek form
of Joshua. "Joshua" means "Savior".)
 Chapter 1
The Beginning of it All

No matter what day it is the newscasts usually start off pretty grim: War, death,
destruction, political upheavals, etc. That’s the daily fare all over the world now. There
seems to be no end to how large a natural disaster can become, such as the tsunami that
occurred December 26, 2004 in Southeast Asia, which killed tens of thousands of people
in such a dramatic fashion. Nor does there seem to be an end to how many people can die
in what has tragically become a normal fashion from a never-ending war, such as the
daily death tolls in Iraq.

What used to be unusual in times past is now the norm. Events that would have
rocked the world just 100 years ago don’t even rank in the top 10 list of “important things
happening” in the world we’ve gotten used to. I don’t want to dwell on this theme, but I
want you to understand that the things we take for granted would have greatly astounded
people from Biblical times!

Their world was much simpler. People lived in closer and more intimate
communities, and they rarely knew what was going on in the larger world. Their
worldview was much smaller, and they didn’t have the advantage of having a multi-
conglomerate mega-media empire to inform them of happenings around the world,
around the clock, as we have today. The sheer mass of information we have access to
daily would have been incomprehensible just 50 years ago.

Against that backdrop, consider what must have been deep astonishment and
consternation on the parts of Daniel, the author of the book of Daniel, and John, the
author of the book of Revelation, when they were given a view of what our world would
be like in the latter days of civilization. It’s not hard to see why Daniel became sick and
even fainted when he was exposed to an overview of what would happen to his people in
our time. The sheer magnitude of the vision was enough to disable him for a few days,
yet there was no way he could actually understand what he had just received. Now, since
these events are history for us, we have the power to analyze and understand the visions
and the messages Daniel left for us so we can be ready for the dramatic events occurring
before the return of Christ to claim the earth. Forewarned is forearmed. We are supposed
to use this information to prepare ourselves for this great event. Truly, knowledge can be
power, if understood correctly.

Unlike most books you may have read, I will be giving you the answer to the
question “What is Daniel’s Key?” at the beginning, instead of leading you further into the
book for the answer, a technique used by many authors to lengthen their work. It is
important to know the key at the beginning, because everything else I explore will
expand from that point.

The key to the book of Daniel is in the interpretation of Daniel 12:11 and 12,
which reads as follows: “And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken
away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, there shall be a
thousand two hundred and ninety days. Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh
to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days.” (King James Version)

That figure, one thousand two hundred and ninety days (1,290 days) is the key to
unlocking the book of Daniel, Revelation, Jeremiah, and all of the other verses relating to
prophecy in the Latter Days of the world. To my knowledge, no one has ever
constructively written about or figured out exactly what time span these days cover. It’s
been a perplexing mystery for many centuries. Even more enigmatic is verse 11 of the
passage: “Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred
and five and thirty days”. What is the “daily sacrifice” and what does the
“abomination that maketh desolation” mean? Finally, the answers are clear. It is time we
find out the meaning of these verses, and how that meaning puts the rest of prophecy in
its proper perspective for our times. The Book is now open.

Daniel 12:4-10: “But you, O Daniel, shut up the words and seal the Book
until the time of the end. [Then] many shall run to and fro and search anxiously
[through the Book], and knowledge [of God’s purposes as revealed by His
prophets] shall be increased and become great. Then I, Daniel, looked, and
behold, there stood two others, the one on the brink of the river [Euphrates]
on this side and the other on the brink of the river on that side. And the one
said to the man clothed in linen, who was above the waters of the river, How
long shall it be to the end of these wonders? And I heard the man clothed in
linen, who was above the waters of the river, when he held up his right and his
left hand toward the heavens and swore by Him Who lives forever that it shall
be for a time, times, and a half a time [or three and one-half years]; and when
they have made an end of shattering and crushing the power of the holy
people, all these things shall be finished.

And I heard, but I did not understand. Then I said, O my lord, what shall
be the issue and final end of these things? And he [the angel] said, Go your
way, Daniel, for the words are shut up and sealed till the time of the end.
Many shall purify themselves and make themselves white and be tried,
smelted, and refined, but the wicked shall do wickedly. And none of the
wicked shall understand, but the teachers and those who are wise shall
understand.” (The Amplified Bible)
 Chapter 2
The Dangerous Fairytale

There is a prevailing view being presented to the minds of millions of people

regarding the events of Latter-Day prophecies that have been popularized by mainstream
evangelical Christian church groups and Christian book publishers. There is even a
fictional book series, the “Left Behind” books, which are based upon pure theory about
the Last Days, that I believe has been very dangerous to the spiritual health of those
exposed to it. Their view is called “pre-Tribulationism”, which is a term used to describe
those views that espouse that there will be a “Rapture”, a physical taking-away, so to
speak, of millions of Christians to heaven before the world begins a seven-year
tribulation period, led by the infamous “Antichrist”, who will rule the world at that time.

“Antichrist” is a name used to describe the person who bears the number 666,
someone who is in a position of power over the earth, who promises to bring peace and
safety to the world while working with the beast, first mentioned in Revelation 13, to
destroy many, especially the people of God, in the time of the end, which is now.

For clarity’s sake, I will summarize the heart of this fairytale, and make my
comment about it now, before I go any further. It’s important to know what is being
propagated as “fact”, even though the whole scenario is based solely upon faulty
“interpretation” and “theory”:

The seven-year Tribulation period hasn’t begun yet, because

the Seven Seals of Revelation 6 and 7 have not been opened.
Millions of Christians are still here, going about their day-to-day
business, as usual. They are waiting for Christ to come back, take
them away, and save them from the coming destruction that will
be a series of judgments upon the nations of the earth.

I’ve got news for you: it’s not going to happen in this manner. It isn’t written in
the Bible like that. Furthermore, the New Testament verses used to support this theory
don’t say any such thing! Christ is depicted in Revelation 19 as coming to Earth only
once, not twice.

There will be no early escape by anyone from the testing and judgments
determined for this earth. We’re all going to be here to go through it, at least most of it. In
fact, we’re all going through it right now, right this minute! This false doctrine of an early
escape is the greatest fallacy of existing prophecy interpretation, and it is doing the most
damage to the spiritual lives of those who really do believe in their faith.

This false doctrine promotes laziness and procrastination, because most people
will wait until too late to change their lives, while waiting for signs that “something is
about to happen”. The signs they are looking for will never come, because, unbeknownst
to most people, the seven Seals have been opening for over two thousand years now. The
first six of the seven Trumpets have also been sounded, and we have been witnessing
the results of the seven Seals and the six Trumpets for some time now!

There are those who would point to Revelation 3:10 as their justification for a pre-
tribulation Rapture event. By the way, the word “Rapture” is not found in the Bible. It is
a euphemism used to describe the event Paul mentions in 1 and 2 Thessalonians, in which
the saints of God are taken bodily from Earth at the Second Coming of Christ.

Revelation 2 and 3 contain the letters written by John to the seven churches,
detailing prophecies about the end times, and what they needed to do to make it through
those tough times. Revelation 3:10 is addressed to the members of a specific church, the
church in Philadelphia, and this promise is made to them if they overcame the difficulties
facing them during the Tribulation time: “Because thou hast kept the word of my
patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come
upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth.”

In light of the fact that this promise was addressed to only one church, I don’t see
how it has been construed to mean “all Christians everywhere”. I believe that if you are
not sure about something, don’t say it. These same people would also tell you that the
state of the church world we are now in today is the time of the church of the Laodiceans,
the “lukewarm” believers who receive the sternest warnings of the Seven Churches. This
may be true, or it may not be true, but the best thing to do is take a lesson from the letters
of the Seven Churches, and live according to God’s truth, no matter what church you may
want to identify with.

Many theories have been made up, and people tend to believe in theories if they
are espoused by authority figures over a long period of time. It is time to wake up, and
think for your own self! Investigate these things for yourself. Get your own
understanding of what is happening, and judge them with your own eyes. Don’t let
anyone deceive you and tell you a lie to make money off of your ignorance. Your soul is
much too important to leave it in the hands of liars and thieves!

Jesus warned us that there would be false doctrines in the last days. Take those
warnings to heart. He was talking specifically about what would happen in the last days
to his disciples, and as usual, he was right! It is happening. So it would be wise to make it
a practice to look up and research what you read and hear thoroughly, and trust your own
faith and intelligence to guide you. You don’t have to rely on absolute guidance from
“authorities” to lead you. Sometimes, the “blind” can lead the “blind” straight ahead to
damnation! You should give yourself a little credit. You really are smarter than you think
you are! A soul is a terrible thing to waste. Think about it!

If you don’t have a good computer Bible program, you can obtain a great and easy
way to research the Bible just by putting in a word or phrase. The one I use extensively is
found at http://www.monoon.com/bible/. This Bible reader, using the KJV (King James
Version) program has made it possible for me to quickly check and cross-reference the
Bible verses I have needed on my computer, as well as made it easy for me to find those
hard-to-find words and verses that I have had questions about for a long time.

In addition, you can look up the entire Bible, both the Hebrew version of the Old
Testament, and the Greek version of the New Testament, at this website:
http://www.sacrednamebible.com/kjvstrongs/index.htm. This is an invaluable source for
determining the original meaning of words and phrases in their original languages. The
translation of the Bible into English missed the nuances and true meanings of many
words, thereby changing the meanings of verses, and this error lessened the
understanding or true intent of many passages of scripture. I would advise you make
frequent use of these resources to aid you in your studies.
 Chapter 3
The Key to the Book of Daniel

This chapter will introduce you to a special version of world history, using the
light of prophecy as a guide. I am a veteran of the Internet, so there will be Internet links
throughout this book to allow you to research and see for yourself where I am getting my
information. I want to present you with true facts, as well as theories based upon my
research, and I want you to determine what you want to understand from the combination
of the two. Although the links referenced throughout this book were active as of the
writing of this book (January of 2005), please excuse me if any of these links have
become inactive since this book was published.

If you are not familiar with the use of links on the Internet, please follow these
directions:

Go online; open your Internet browser. Go up to the address bar and type
in the URL of the link; hit “Enter”. For example: if you saw the link
http://www.google.com as a reference source you wanted to explore, while
online you would go up to your address bar, delete what was there already,
type in http://www.google.com (or what ever link you wanted to search),
then hit “Enter”. That’s how it works, and it is very simple.

For the record, all links used in this book are in the public record. The Bible is
used extensively, and all other references are from articles and news sources, as well as
sources from the Internet that are commonly used by the general public.

Now, for Daniel’s key:

The 1,290 days mentioned in Daniel 12 comes out to 3 years and seven months.
An excellent online Hebrew year calendar converter I use on a regular basis can be found
at http://www.hebrewcalendar.net/ . Using this calendar converter, you can go back and
look up the dates I use in this book. This is a remarkable and valuable free resource I
would recommend very highly.

So, here’s the key to the book of Daniel and Latter-Day prophecy: 1,290 days is
the exact number of days from January 27, 1942 when U. S. persecution and
internment against Japanese-Americans began, until the Soviet Union declared war
on Japan on August 8, 1945. (References: http://www.sfmuseum.org/war/42.html;
http://www.42explore2.com/japanese.htm;
http://history.acusd.edu/gen/WW2Timeline/start.html;
http://www.worldwariihistory.info/1945.html .)
 In order to explain why these dates and events are so important, you will need to
reference later portions of this book, specifically Chapters 11 and 13. These chapters
give the background for the numeric significance of the numbers I will detail here.

January 27, 1942 – using the number code in Chapter 11, “January” adds up to 8,
so the date, January 27, 1942, reads like this – 8+2+7+1+9+4+2 = 33. 33 represents
highest power and authority (information about symbolic alphanumeric codes and how
they are used are detailed in Chapters 11 and 13). August 6, 1945 – “August” is the 8th
month of the year – 8+6+1+9+4+5 = 33. “Japanese American” looks like this in numeric
code – “Japanese” equals 29 – 2+9 = 11, “American” equals 22. Both of these numbers
together equal 33. That is 3 occurrences of the number 33 involved in this key. This was
no accident. The primary occultic numbers are 11, 22, and 33, the number 3 is the
number of Pagan trinity, and the number 6 is the number of man.

These three numbers, 11, 22, and 33 are “The Master Numbers”. The skeletal
system is comprised of many bones. In particular, your skull has 22 bones and your back
has 33 vertebrae. Your rib cage has 11 true ribs on each side. There is a twelfth rib (on
each side) but is not considered a true rib because it is not bone. 11, 22, and 33 are
precise numbers. They are also multiples of 11. I couldn’t even begin to calculate the
odds of these numbers being encoded within our DNA through any process other than
intelligent thought. These numbers will figure very importantly over and over and over
again. The nuclear bombing of Nagasaki, Japan on August 9, 1945 effectively ended
World War II. August 9, 1945 – “August” adds up to 5, so the date reads 5+9+1+9+4+5
= 33.

The key to the book of Daniel, and the importance of the 1,290 days is this:
Understand that Daniel (who wrote his book circa 534 B.C.) was seeing the events of
World War II, which included imprisonments in internment camps, both in the United
States and areas under control of Nazi Germany, and the ultimate tragedy – the massacre
of millions of Jews and others on a scale unheard of in his time, or at any time, done with
absolute inhumanity and great precision within a short 3-year span. You can now place
the events of his prophetic visions and the subsequent explanations of Daniel’s visions
given by the messenger Gabriel in their proper time frame, the middle of the twentieth
century. Viewing the Holocaust, the vast military powers warring with each other, mass
imprisonments, and the ensuing death and destruction was too much for him. No wonder
Daniel fainted and was sick for several days!

During World War II, after the December 7, 1941 Japanese bombing of Pearl
Harbor, on January 27, 1942 the U.S. government forced more than 120,000 Japanese
Americans to leave their homes, farms, schools, jobs, and businesses. In some cases
family members were separated. From 1942 to 1945, they lived in internment camps.

Daniel 12:11-12 gives the period of days from the interment of Japanese-
American citizens by the U.S. government until the entry of the Soviet Union into the
war (a period of 1,290 days), and describes the Holocaust (specifically in Daniel 11:31-
35) waged against the Jews during this period.
 On January 27, 1942, Japanese-Americans were interned by the U.S. On that day,
the daily sacrifices stopped. Most Japanese are Buddhists. They offer daily prayers and
sacrifices (http://buddhistfaith.tripod.com/buddhistprayer/id4.html). No one said the
mentioned people were Jews. Open your minds! On August 8, 1945, the United Nations
(abomination that maketh desolate) was formed
(http://www.onwar.com/chrono/1945/aug45/f08aug45.htm ) with the U.S. as the first
country to ratify on that day. President Truman, 33rd degree Mason, was the signer.

Daniel 12:11 - And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and
the abomination that maketh desolate set up, there shall be a thousand two hundred and
ninety days.

A short history lesson will tie this all together:

Daniel 11:21-45 is about Adolf Hitler and his actions in World War II.
Few would have thought that the Nazi Party, starting as a gang of
unemployed soldiers in 1919, would become the legal government of
Germany by 1933. In fourteen years, a once obscure corporal, Adolf
Hitler, would become the Chancellor of Germany (he took control
peaceably, and became strong with a small amount of people). The
German Workers' Party, the forerunner of the Nazi Party, espoused a
right-wing ideology, like many similar groups of demobilized soldiers.
Adolf Hitler joined this small political party in 1919 and rose to leadership
through his emotional and captivating speeches.

He encouraged national pride, militarism, and a commitment to the Volk

and a racially "pure" Germany. Hitler condemned the Jews, exploiting
anti-semitic feelings that had prevailed in Europe for centuries. He
changed the name of the party to the National Socialist German Workers'
Party, called for short, the Nazi Party (or NSDAP). By the end of 1920,
the Nazi Party had about 3,000 members. A year later Hitler became its
official leader, or Führer.

Starting in 1938, Hitler began his aggressive quest for Lebensraum, or

more living space. Britain, France, and Russia did not want to enter into
war and their collective diplomatic stance was to appease the bully
Germany (Dan. 11:24). Without engaging in war, Germany was able to
annex neighboring Austria and carve up Czechoslovakia. At last, a
reluctant Britain and France threatened war if Germany targeted Poland
and/or Romania.

In September 1939, Germany invaded Poland. Britain and France had no

choice but to declare war on Germany. The events leading to the U.S.
involvement in World War II had begun.
 One thing you must keep in mind as we continue: It is the opinion of many Bible
scholars (and even though I am not an official Bible scholar, I also agree) that Biblical
prophecy is given as a series of telescoping events, so there will be reoccurring events
centered around the descriptions given in the prophecies. This means that history repeats
itself.

Now, we have the latest incarnation of this scenario being played out right before
our eyes, with a new actor playing the role of a lifetime. I’ll be revealing this person,
commonly called the “Antichrist”, in a later chapter. The similarities are unavoidable,
and if you know the signs and what you are looking for, the scenario can’t be missed, nor
can this person be dismissed out of hand. The pattern repeating is too similar.

The chief problem with prophecy interpretation lies with knowing when to
interpret something literally, and when to view it figuratively. Gross inconsistencies are
apparent when you take something literally when it was meant to be figurative.

Now, you may ask, what about the puzzling extra 45 days of Daniel 12:12? After
the 1,290 days mentioned previously, 45 additional days from August 8th takes us to
September 22, 1945, the first day of the Feast of Tabernacles (Booths). Daniel 12:12:
“Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and
five and thirty days.” 1,290 plus 45 days is 1,335 days. This signaled the beginning of
the celebration of thanksgiving for God’s provision for the survivors of World War II.

The following information on the Feast of Tabernacles is taken from this website,
http://www.localaccess.com/pari/sukkot.htm:

"Speak to the sons of Israel, saying, 'On the

fifteenth of this seventh month is the Feast of
Booths for 7 days to the Lord.'" Leviticus. 23:33-
43

“The Feast of Tabernacles (Booths) (Sukkot) follows Yom Kippur as a

time of rejoicing, of bringing in the harvest, of thanksgiving for Adonai's
provision during the past year, and of remembering our wilderness
experience when HaShem brought us out of Egypt and dwelt among His
people. Temporary booths are constructed with materials that grow from
the ground and in such a way as to allow the stars to be seen at night. The
booths are then decorated with fruit and vegetables. The people were to
live in these dwellings for seven days.

Many Americans, upon seeing a decorated sukkah for the first time,
remark on how much the sukkah (and the holiday generally) reminds them
of Thanksgiving. This is not entirely coincidental. Our American pilgrims,
who originated the Thanksgiving holiday, were deeply religious people.
When they were trying to find a way to express their thanks for their
 survival and for the harvest, they looked to the Bible for an appropriate
way of celebrating and based their holiday in part on Sukkot.

An important lesson of Sukkot is that the Holy One, Blessed Be He,

intends for His people to realize a life of joy, a joy that flows out of a
relationship with Him first, and then out of the relationships we have
among others. Sukkot is indeed an important holiday and will be
celebrated one day with Jesus:

"Then it will come about that any who are left of all the nations
that went against Jerusalem will go up from year to year to
worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to celebrate the Feast of
Booths...whichever of the families.....does not go up to worship
the King...shall suffer the plague..to smite the nations...
" (Zechariah 14:16-19, paraphrased).

Daniel 12:4-7: “But you, O Daniel, shut up the words and seal the Book
until the time of the end. [Then] many shall run to and fro and search anxiously
[through the Book], and knowledge [of God’s purposes as revealed by His
prophets] shall be increased and become great. Then I, Daniel, looked, and
behold, there stood two others, the one on the brink of the river [Euphrates]
on this side and the other on the brink of the river on that side. And the one
said to the man clothed in linen, who was above the waters of the river, How
long shall it be to the end of these wonders? And I heard the man clothed in
linen, who was above the waters of the river, when he held up his right and his
left hand toward the heavens and swore by Him Who lives forever that it shall
be for a time, times, and a half a time [or three and one-half years]; and when
they have made an end of shattering and crushing the power of the holy
people, all these things shall be finished.”

We are witnessing the Holocaust again. This time, it will be waged against the
Arab people, as well as the Jewish people. I believe that internment camps are already
involved. Persecution against people of Arab descent is already occurring in the U.S. This
activity is mirroring what Germany did to the Jews, and the previous U.S. internment of
Japanese-Americans. History is repeating itself.

Regarding Arabs and Jews and their dispute: if you will remember, Arabs and
Jews are brothers by blood, Ishmael and Isaac, the two sons of Abraham. Because they
are both Abraham’s seed, they are both holy people to God. Genesis 17:18-21: “And
Abraham said unto God, O that Ishmael might live before thee! And God said,
Sarah thy wife shall bear thee a son indeed; and thou shalt call his name Isaac:
and I will establish my covenant with him for an everlasting covenant, and with
his seed after him. And as for Ishmael, I have heard thee: Behold, I have
blessed him, and will make him fruitful, and will multiply him exceedingly;
twelve princes shall he beget, and I will make him a great nation. But my
covenant will I establish with Isaac, which Sarah shall bear unto thee at this set
time in the next year.”

The entire issue of the land of Palestine in our time is this: both Arabs and Israelis
have claims, coming directly from God. They are both sons of Abraham, and they both
deserve their inheritances. Since Isaac has the covenant, the physical land of Israel is the
possession of the Jewish people. The Arab people, Ishmael, have the physical land
promised to them by God in Genesis 17. They hold the majority of the land in the Middle
East, the “glorious land”, and they are vast in numbers, as promised. But, they have no
claim to the physical land of Israel. This place is for the Jewish people. This is the
covenant of God.

The evil forces at work have no spiritual right to force Israel to split their land
with the Arabs. Those who are attempting to do this are sitting in the place of God.
Daniel 11:36: “And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt
himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous
things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be
accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done.”

Matthew 24:15-22: “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of

desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso
readeth, let him understand:) Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the
mountains: Let him which is on the housetop not come down to take any thing
out of his house: Neither let him which is in the field return back to take his
clothes. And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in
those days! But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the
sabbath day: For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the
beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And except those
days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's
sake those days shall be shortened.”

There is a lesser-known key in Daniel 8, a period of 2,300 days that warrants our
attention as well. This key is based upon the establishment of the modern state of Israel
after World War II, and will be discussed in detail shortly. The precision of the days
given in Daniel cannot be overestimated. It is this definite key that opens the doors to
understanding the events of our time, and how America has the starring role in this last
and final version of desolation committed against the holy people, the Arabs and the
Jews, and against the entire world, as detailed in Daniel 11 and 12, and the book of
Revelation.
 Chapter 4
The Beasts of Daniel and Revelation

This chapter is a discussion of the beasts found in Daniel and Revelation. For
brevity’s sake, I will direct you to use your Bible reader and read the scripture passages I
list below, then read my remarks about them. This is a mixture of fact and my theories, in
view of the given facts.

Daniel 2:26-45 - King Nebuchadnezzar’s dream about the end times. His dream
consisted of a gigantic statue of a man, and the different metal portions of the body
represented the four greatest kingdoms of the world from his time, Babylon, to our time,
the twenty-first century. Bible scholars agree upon this. The American Empire is the last
great world kingdom. There will be more about this theory in Chapter 14.

Daniel 7 – The vision is of four beasts, representing the four greatest world
kingdoms to arise before Christ returns, the 4th world kingdom ending in our time period,
the twenty-first century. Biblical scholars commonly agree upon the interpretation of the
four world kingdoms as being, in order, Babylon, Medeo-Persia, Greece, and the Roman
Empire, including a revived, modern Roman Empire. It is the true identity of the fourth
and final great world kingdom where I diverge from the rest.

The fourth beast or world kingdom is described as full of fury and war, waging
the worst wars and destruction that the world has ever experienced before. The ten horns
represent the modern twentieth-century nations comprising the extent of the old Roman
Empire in Europe, and the little horn that came up out of them subdued 3 of the 10 horns.
I believe that this little horn represents the revival of the ideals of the old Roman Empire
in Germany, under the auspices of a certain man by the name of Adolf Hitler.

Starting in 1938, Hitler began his aggressive quest for Lebensraum, or more living
space. Britain, France, and Russia did not want to enter into war and their collective
diplomatic stance was to appease the bully Germany (Dan. 11:24). Without engaging in
war, Germany was able to annex neighboring Austria and carve up Czechoslovakia. At
last, a reluctant Britain and France threatened war if Germany targeted Poland and/or
Romania.

In September 1939, Germany invaded Poland. Britain and France had no choice
but to declare war on Germany. World War II had begun. The 3 horns (Austria,
Czechoslovakia, and Poland) were subdued by the little horn (Nazi Germany under Adolf
Hitler). Although Hitler was defeated, and he subsequently committed suicide, the
ideology he subscribed to continues on to this day through various organizations and
groups.

Daniel 8 – The rough goat is the original Roman Empire. The first emperor was
Augustus Caesar (http://www.iol.ie/~coolmine/typ/romans/emap.html and
http://www.scholiast.org/history/hi-aran.html). The Roman Empire is considered the
republic and imperial model for all later Western states. Greece, which was conquered
and assimilated into the Roman Empire, is considered to be the birthplace of democracy.

American citizens live under the laws originally created by the Roman Empire,
and democracy is America’s creed. “Democracy” means “people ruling themselves”.
Technically, democracy is “anti-Christ” because people ruling themselves are the very
essence of a false religion.

Democracy fits the category of being a religion. Definition of religion: a specific

system of belief or worship, etc., built around God, a code of ethics, a philosophy of life,
etc. Whether you like it or not, at this point in time, America is in the business of forcing
the world to accept its religion, democracy, at the point of a gun, under the guise of
promoting liberty and justice for all. I will talk more about this in later chapters.

Daniel 8:13 & 14: “Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said
unto that certain saint which spake, How long shall be the vision concerning
the daily sacrifice, and the transgression of desolation, to give both the
sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot? And he said unto me, Unto
two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.”

Western Europe has dominated world history, and ruled over most of the world’s
people for over 2,000 years. This direct domination culminated with Nazi Germany and
Adolf Hitler. March 12, 1938 - Hitler occupied Austria, the first of the 3 nations (horns).
2,300 days was given as the time period of his warring actions, including desolations
against the Jewish people.

As discussed previously in Chapter 3, January 27, 1942 to August 8, 1945 = 1,290

days. Add 1,010 days to the 1,290 days to equal a total of 2,300 days – from August 8,
1945 to May 13, 1948 – on May 14, 1948 Israel is reborn as an independent state. Israel,
the sanctuary (“sanctuary” being used to refer to the modern state of Israel as resuming
its role as a place of refuge or protection for the Jewish people) is considered cleansed
(Dan. 8:14).

Daniel 9 – Talks about the coming Christ in person, when Jesus was born and
walked the Earth. Titus of the Roman Empire destroyed Jerusalem and scattered the Jews
in 70 A.D. From that time, Israel was not occupied as a nation again by the Jewish people
until May 14, 1948, nor was Jerusalem completely Israeli until the Six-Day War, June
1967.

Daniel 9:2 says Daniel understood by books the number of the years, whereof the
word of the LORD came to Jeremiah the prophet, that He would accomplish seventy
years in the desolations of Jerusalem. Daniel prayed over Israel, and in verse 21 Gabriel
came to explain what was going to happen.

Verse 24 talks about seventy weeks. " Seventy 'sevens' [according to the
'Encyclopedia of BIBLE DIFFICULTIES', Gleason L. Archer: "the word for "week" is
sabu [Hebrew in italics, approximate rendition only (the phonetic signs could not be
reproduced)], which is derived from seba, the word for "seven". Its normal plural is
feminine in form: s_buot. Only in this chapter of Daniel does it appear in the masculine
plural sabuim ... it is strongly suggestive of the idea 'heptad' (a series or combination of
seven), rather than a "week" in the sense of a series of seven days."

Verse 24 says: “Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon
thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to
make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and
to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy. Verse 25:
“Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the
commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince
shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built
again, and the wall, even in troublous times.”

“Weeks” are to be interpreted as “years”, using Jeremiah as the reference. The

period between 1938 and 2008 is a total of 70 years (a series or combination of 10
sevens). 1938 was a pivotal year. As we have previously seen, starting in 1938, Hitler
began his aggressive quest for Lebensraum, or more living space. He peacefully took
over 3 countries – Austria, Czechoslovakia, and Poland. His aggressive actions started
the events of World War II. On Nov. 9, 1938, the Nazis unleashed a wave of pogroms
against Germany's Jews. In the space of a few hours, Kristallnacht ("Night of Broken
Glass") occurred. 91 Jews were killed, and Jewish stores and businesses were destroyed.

The period of 7 years (weeks) is 1938 – 1945. Add 62 years (weeks) to 1945 =
2007. One year (week) = 2007 to 2008.

The British White Paper of 1939 chronicles the British government's post-
mandate efforts to build a national home for the Jewish people. This process started in
1938 (verse 25).

Verse 26 – “And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah

(Deliverer) be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that
shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall
be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.”

Verse 27 – “And he (the prince that shall come) shall confirm the
covenant with many for one week (year): and in the midst of the week he shall
cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of
abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that
determined shall be poured upon the desolate.”

The events of verses 26 and 27 appear to happen during one year (week), 2007-
2008. The prince sounds like the Antichrist, who will confirm his support for Israel, but
will violate it during that one-year period, causing mass destruction and desolation in
Israel.
February 7, 2008 -- I just found this link:
http://freelife.livingbulwark.com/2007/12/04/president-bush-to-visit-israel-in-january/

PRESIDENT BUSH TO VISIT ISRAEL IN JANUARY

Historic first — plus new CIA estimate says Iran has stopped pursuing nuclear weapons.
Are they right?

By Joel C. Rosenberg
(Washington, D.C., December 4, 2007) — On January 9, 2008, President Bush will make
his first official visit to Israel as commander-in-chief and leader of the free world.

This is an excellent development. As readers of Flash Traffic know, I have been saying
for the last 18 months — including just last week — that President Bush should make this
historic visit to Jerusalem to show solidarity with the people of Israel. He has traveled
repeatedly to Iraq and Afghanistan, and visited Jordan last summer. But until now, the
only time Mr. Bush has visited the Jewish State was in 1998 as Governor of Texas.

The President should be applauded for this bold move. Let us also pray for the peace of
Jerusalem, for safety for the President and his team, and for a new era of quiet and
calmness in the epicenter.

1 Thessalonians 5:1-3 - But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need
that I write unto you. For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief
in the night. For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon
them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.

Matthew 24:15 -22 - When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation,
spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:)
Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains: Let him which is on the housetop not
come down to take any thing out of his house: Neither let him which is in the field return back to
take his clothes. And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days!
But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the sabbath day: For then shall be
great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall
be. And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the
elect's sake those days shall be shortened.

Daniel 11 – Verse 29 mentions the earlier times Germany went to war in Europe –
the first times were the Austria-Prussian and Franco-Prussian Wars, 1866-71. These wars
between Austria and Prussian, and France and Prussia signaled the rise of German
military power and imperialism, and resulted in the unification of Germany. It was
provoked by Otto von Bismarck (the Prussian chancellor) as part of his plan to create a
unified German Empire. In World War I, (1914-1918) a unified Germany was led by
Kaiser (Emperor) Wilhelm II. Along with World War I, these 2 previous German
governments that went to war are why Hitler’s Germany was called the “Third Reich”
(Third Reign).
 Earlier verses in Daniel also refer back to the times of the earlier world kingdoms.
The events are repeating themselves, all the way down to our times. This pattern helps us
to understand the nature of the events that occur in our time. Just review the pattern, and
look for its parallels in each regime, including ours here in the U.S.

Let’s focus on Daniel 11:29 & 30 for a moment for the latest version in this series
of patterns: “At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south;
but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. For the ships of Chittim shall
come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have
indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and
have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.” As of February 10,
2003, it was front-page news that nations that comprise the former Roman Empire -
France, Germany, and Belgium, as well as Russia and China - were resisting the war
efforts of the U.S. against Iraq. "Chittim" is the name the Bible gives for the lands that
were a part of the Roman Empire. The "holy covenant" refers to the land of Israel, and
forsaking the holy covenant means creating a Palestinian state within Israel, which
President Bush favors. He is the first U.S. President to openly state that he would help
bring about that condition in order to bring peace to the Middle East.

Since we are also reviewing the different beasts described in Revelation, let’s turn
our attention to correlations of fact and theory I ascribed to their natures:

Revelation 13 – the revived Roman Empire (the Germany of modern times,

including Nazi Germany) is the beast composed of the lion, the bear, and the leopard.
Verses 1 – 8 describe Germany, and its defeat in World War I. Germany was allowed to
surrender without admitting defeat, which is historically considered by many to be a
crucial error, the vital mistake the Allies made which precipitated World War II. An
economically defeated Germany was healed of its wounds under Hitler and his
nationalistic, Nazi policies, and Revelation 13:3–5 are the verses that describe his great
power, for 42 months.

The 11th verse of Revelation 13 brings about another beast, a new beast
unmentioned ever before, so this beast comes to prominence after World War II, at the
time Nazi Germany is defeated, and loses its power. This beast is America, who speaks
peace, like a lamb, but acts like a dragon. America exercises all of the power of the 1st
beast (the revived Roman Empire in the form of Nazi Germany). America shows great
wonders, bringing fire down from heaven by blowing up two cities in Japan with nuclear
bombs. The world was truly amazed! Mankind had never wreaked such complete and
utter devastation, within seconds, with so much power before! Tens of thousands of
Japanese civilians died within moments. A death toll so sudden and so dramatic had
never happened on Earth before!

America starts to duplicate and imitate Nazi Germany by making laws that are
very similar in their intent and scope, which is the reference to making an image to the
first beast, Germany, which was wounded by the sword (World War I), but was healed by
Hitler and his Nazi doctrines.
 The Homeland Security Act was first passed in the House of Representatives on
November 14, 2002, and subsequently was signed into law in 2003. This is a new version
of the Nazi doctrine. This new Federal department, in cooperation with FEMA, was
supposedly created to deter terrorism, but has instituted Nazi-like doctrines into
American society. The laws are being changed to resemble the Nazi Germany “Night and
Fog” laws.

On December 7, 1941, the Nacht und Nebel (Night and Fog) order was issued to
deter resistance by allowing military courts to swiftly sentence resisters to death. Those
arrested under this order were said to have disappeared into the "night and fog." This law
paved the way for the legal round up and subsequent murder of millions of Jews in Nazi
German-occupied areas, a situation now commonly known as “the Holocaust”.

America is quietly doing the same thing, under the catchall phrase of “fighting
terrorism”. People are being held in camps all over the world under the designation of
“enemy combatant”, and tortured, without access to any court or judicial system. This is
all being done in the name of making the world safer, but bears a real resemblance to
Nazi tactics, policies, and ideals.

The link below gives a summary of the particular executive orders which give the
President of the United States the powers to declare a national emergency, thereby
virtually becoming a dictator, if he so chooses. The President of the United States now
has the authority to control every person in the country. Executive Order 12919, signed
by President Clinton on June 5, 1994, gives step by step instructions on the complete take
over and control of every American citizen. President Bush now has this power at his
disposal. Executive Order 12919 - The "War and Emergency Powers Act"
(http://www.proliberty.com/observer/prt0397a.htm).

Although it would very tempting for me to put off, for drama’s sake, the task of
identifying for you the person whom I believe to be the Antichrist until a little later, it is
probably in the best interests for the flow of this book to now introduce you to the
architect and perpetrator of death and disaster in these last days, the man whose number,
according to Revelation 13:18, is 666.

Chapter 5
The Man Whose Number is 666, and The Beast
 By coincidence, the day I started this chapter, January 27, 2005, was the 60th
anniversary of the liberation of the Auschwitz concentration camp in Poland. My Internet
homepage is CNN.com, and they had a poll posted, called “Quick Vote”, which asked the
question: “Could the Holocaust happen again?” As of 9:28 a.m., when I was online, the
number of respondents was 119053: 72% had voted “Yes” and 28% had voted “No”. I
myself voted “Yes”. If America continues on the path it is going, I don’t see how we will
avoid dealing with such a monstrous situation again.

The actual persecution of the Jews in the twentieth century started in 1938.
Confinement of the Jews in ghettos and the start of the concentration camps occurred in
1941. In September 1941 gassing vans were used to kill Jews until the first death camp
opened (found at http://fcit.coedu.usf.edu/holocaust/timeline/timeline.htm). As we have
covered in an earlier chapter, on December 7, 1941 the Nacht und Nebel (Night and Fog)
order was issued to deter resistance by allowing military courts to swiftly sentence
resisters to death. Those arrested under this order were said to have disappeared into the
"night and fog." This law paved the way for the legal round up and subsequent murder of
millions of Jews in Nazi German-occupied areas. This activity was later named the
Holocaust.

According to the Los Angeles Times, August 14, 2002, then-Atty. Gen. John
Ashcroft announced a desire for camps for U.S. citizens he deemed to be "enemy
combatants". Ashcroft's plan, disclosed but little publicized, would allow the Attorney
General to order the indefinite incarceration of U.S. citizens and summarily strip them of
their constitutional rights and access to the courts by declaring them enemy combatants.
You can read the rest at this link: http://www.apfn.org/apfn/camps.htm.

Now for the Antichrist, the person who would have the power to approve,
command and oversee any attempts to create any laws and statutes that could recreate the
Holocaust again: understand that “666 = the number of a man” refers to a very powerful
and important world figure, someone with awesome authority over the world at this point
in history. I believe that “666” is the number of the most powerful man in the entire
world – George Bush, the newly re-elected President of the United States, sworn in for
his second term on January 20, 2005. “Here is wisdom. Let him that hath
understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man;
and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.” (Revelations 13:18)

When we are born, we all have personal identifiers that are unique to us, such as
our name, birth date, time of birth, place of birth, etc. I will now detail the unique
identifiers for George W. Bush that identify him as the “Antichrist”, using his name, his
birth date, and his time of birth. For reference I used the online horoscope of George W.
Bush, which can be found at http://www.dominantstar.com/1p_bushjr.htm).

Using Chaldean/Hebrew numerology (Chaldea was the original name for Babylon
during Daniel’s time period, a nation now called Iraq during our time), I found something
very interesting. George Bush’s personal identity adds up to the numbers 666. Here’s
how I found it: Chaldean/Hebrew numerology attaches a number to each letter of the
alphabet like this:

1 = A, I, Q, J, Y

2 = B, K, R

3 = C, G, L, S

4 = D, M, T

5 = E, H, N, X

6 = U, V, W

7 = O, Z

8 = F, P

You give each letter in a name a number, add them together to get a total, and
then add the numbers in the total until you get a single number. Here’s what happens
with the name “George Bush”:

G E O R G E

3 + 5 +7 + 2 +3 + 5 = 25 = 2 + 5 = 7

B U S H

2 +6 +3 + 5 = 17 = 1 + 7 = 8

Total - 7 + 8 = 15 = 1 + 5 = 6

Although I’ve used only “George Bush” and got the answer “6”, even his
complete name, George Walker Bush, adds up to 60 – 6+0=6. Now let’s figure out the
rest of the puzzle. George Bush’s name equals 6. July 6, 1946 is the birthday of George
W. Bush - 7+6+1+9+4+6 = 33; 3+3 = 6. George W. Bush's time of birth - 7:26; 7+2+6 =
15; 1+5 = 6, or you can even do it this way: 7+26 =33; 3+3 =6. George Walker Bush,
the 43rd and newly re-elected President of the United States, the most powerful man
in the world, is the man whose number is 666!

“Bush Says in Jest the 'W' 'W' 'W' in www Stands for Him, Dubya” (CNN
10/29/00) - w,w,w=6,6,6 in Hebrew (http://www.greaterthings.com/Word-
Number/666/index.html).
 Here’s further significance: so far, before November 2, 2004, two men with the
name “George Bush”, father and son, had served terms as President. On January 20,
2005, George Bush was sworn in for a second term, making it a total of three times, three
separate terms, that the name “George Bush” will have been used as President of the
United States, for the first time in history. (Don’t forget! George Bush was not actually
elected President in 2000; he was actually appointed President by the Supreme Court
after the scandal with the ballots in Florida. If properly counted, those ballots would
have actually favored Al Gore, and he could have won the presidency.) This is what that
will look like using the Chaldean/Hebrew numerology method for the number:

(President 1988 – 1992) George Bush = 6

(President 2000 – 2004) George Bush = 6

(President 2004 – 2008) George Bush = 6

666 = the number of the beast, the number of a man = Antichrist

(Rev. 13:18)

It is increasingly becoming clearer and clearer to many Americans, and even to

people worldwide that something is deeply wrong with the leadership of the United
States. I believe that the reason why this is so obvious is due to the fact that we are in the
last three and a half years of the seven years of tribulation, and we are at the heart of end-
times prophecy. The world is in great turmoil because of actions taken by America
against other countries.

Now it is time to discuss how closely George W. Bush fits the profile. There are
numerous stories about him found in all types of media: online, books, magazine articles,
newspaper archives, your local newscasts, etc.

Of particular interest is the fact that Time Magazine has twice selected George W.
Bush as an intriguing person of the world: President George W. Bush and Vice President
Dick Cheney were recognized as the Partnership of the Year
(http://www.time.com/time/personoftheyear/2002/poyrelationship.html); President
George W. Bush was recognized as Time Magazine’s 2004 Person of the Year
(http://www.time.com/time/personoftheyear/2004/story.html).

Here are a few relevant observations about this dubious honor:

Just Like Hitler: Time Selects Bush for "Man of

the Year"

Infowars.com
December 20, 2004
 Just as Hitler was Time's Person of the year in
1938, Bush is Time's pick this year. After all,
he is bringing in an almost identical system of
oppression and tyranny.
(http://www.infowars.com/articles/us/time_selects
_bush_person_of_year.htm)

Should Bush be person of the year?

President George W Bush has been named "Person of the
Year" by Time magazine for the second time in four years.
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4111431.stm

The magazine praised the US leader for "sticking

to his guns" and persuading voters "this time
around that he deserved to be in the White House
for another four years".

Mr. Bush joins six other US presidents who have

twice won the award - Harry Truman, Dwight
Eisenhower (first as a general), Lyndon Johnson,
Richard Nixon, Ronald Reagan and Bill Clinton.
(Author’s note: Franklin Roosevelt holds the
record with three nods from the editors.)

Anything you want to know about Mr. Bush, both pro and con, can be accessed
quickly and easily, so I will stick to information that directly pertains to the prophecy
verses about his actions. Here’s one last politically based excerpt from an article written
to New Yorker Magazine by author Anne Rice:

“During the fevered period immediately after September 11th, the

Administration rushed what it was pleased to call the U.S.A. Patriot Act
through a compliant Congress. Some of the reaction to that law has been
excessive. Many of its provisions, such as allowing broader information-
sharing among investigative agencies, are sensible. About others there are
legitimate concerns. Section 215 of the law, for example, permits
government investigators to obtain—without a subpoena or a search
warrant based on probable cause—a court order entitling them to records
from libraries, bookstores, doctors, universities, and Internet service
providers, among other public and private entities. Officials of the
Department of Justice say that they have used Section 215 with restraint,
and that they have not, so far, sought information from libraries or
bookstores. Their avowals of good faith would be more reassuring if their
record were not otherwise so troubling.”

Daniel 8:23–25: “And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the
transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance, and
understanding dark sentences, shall stand up. And his power shall be mighty,
but not by his own power: and he shall destroy wonderfully, and shall prosper,
and practice, and shall destroy the mighty and the holy people. And through his
policy also he shall cause craft to prosper in his hand; and he shall magnify
himself in his heart, and by peace shall destroy many: he shall also stand up
against the Prince of princes; but he shall be broken without hand.”

George W. Bush, as the President of the United States is, by all accounts, the most
powerful and mightiest individual in the world. His Executive Powers, enhanced by
former President Bill Clinton in 1994, give him unprecedented and unlimited power over
all American citizens anywhere in the world, at the level of a true Dictator. Mr. Bush
presides, as Commander-in-Chief, over the most advanced and powerful military force
ever seen on the face of the earth.

The following is the President’s qualifications for this high position:

George W. Bush

The White House, USA

EDUCATION AND EXPERIENCE:

LAW ENFORCEMENT:

I was arrested in Kennebunkport, Maine, in 1976

for driving under the influence of alcohol.
I pled guilty, paid a fine, and had my driver's
license suspended for 30 days.
My Texas driving record has been "lost" and is
not available.

MILITARY:

I joined the Texas Air National Guard and went

AWOL.
I refused to take a drug test or answer any
questions about my drug use.
By joining the Texas Air National Guard, I was
able to avoid combat duty in Vietnam.

COLLEGE:

I graduated from Yale University with a low C

average. I was a cheerleader.

PAST WORK EXPERIENCE:

I ran for U.S. Congress and lost.

I began my career in the oil business in Midland,
Texas, in 1975. I bought an oil company, but
couldn't find any oil in Texas. The company went
bankrupt shortly after I sold all my stock.
I bought the Texas Rangers baseball team in a
sweetheart deal that took land using taxpayer
money.
With the help of my father and our right-wing
friends in the oil industry (including Enron CEO
Ken Lay), I was elected governor of Texas.

ACCOMPLISHMENTS AS GOVERNOR OF TEXAS:

I changed Texas pollution laws to favor power and

oil companies, making Texas the most polluted
state in the Union.
During my tenure, Houston replaced Los Angeles as
the most smog-ridden city in America.
I cut taxes and bankrupted the Texas treasury to
the tune of billions in borrowed money.
I set the record for the most executions by any
governor in American history.
With the help of my brother, the governor of
Florida, and my father's appointments to the
Supreme Court, I became President after losing by
over 500,000 votes.

ACCOMPLISHMENTS AS PRESIDENT:

I am the first President in U.S. history to enter

office with a criminal record.
I invaded and occupied two countries at a
continuing cost of over one billion dollars per
week.
I spent the U.S. surplus and effectively
bankrupted the U.S. Treasury.
I shattered the record for the largest annual
deficit in U.S. history.
I set an economic record for most private
bankruptcies filed in any 12-month period.
I set the all-time record for most foreclosures
in a 12-month period.
I set the all-time record for the biggest drop in
the history of the U.S. stock market.
In my first year in office, over 2 million
Americans lost their jobs and that trend
continues every month.
I'm proud that the members of my cabinet are the
richest of any administration in U.S. history.
My "poorest millionaire, Condoleeza Rice, has a
Chevron oil tanker named after her.
I set the record for most campaign fund-raising
trips by a U.S. President.
I am the all-time U.S. and world record-holder
for receiving the most corporate campaign
donations.
My largest lifetime campaign contributor, and one
of my best friends, Kenneth Lay, presided over
the largest corporate bankruptcy fraud in
U.S. History, Enron.
My political party used Enron private jets and
corporate attorneys to assure my success with the
U.S. Supreme Court during my election decision.
I have protected my friends at Enron and
Halliburton against investigation or prosecution.
More time and money was spent investigating the
Monica Lewinsky affair than has been spent
investigating one of the biggest corporate rip-
offs in history.
I presided over the biggest energy crisis in U.S.
history and refused to intervene when corruption
involving the oil industry was revealed.
I presided over the highest gasoline prices in
U.S. history.
I changed the U.S. policy to allow convicted
criminals to be awarded government contracts.
I appointed more convicted criminals to
administration than any President in U.S. history.
I created the Ministry of Homeland Security, the
largest bureaucracy in the history of the United
States government.
I've broken more international treaties than any
President in U.S. history.
I am the first President in U.S. history to have
the United Nations remove the U.S. from the Human
Rights Commission.
I withdrew the U.S. from the World Court of Law.
I refused to allow inspectors access to U.S.
"prisoners of war" detainees and thereby have
refused to abide by the Geneva Convention.
I am the first President in history to refuse
United Nations election inspectors (during the
2002 U.S. election).
I set the record for the fewest number of press
conferences of any President since the advent of
television.
I set the all-time record for most days on
vacation in any one-year period.
After taking off the entire month of August, I
presided over the worst security failure in U.S.
history.
I garnered the most sympathy for the U.S. after
the World Trade Center attacks and less than a
year later made the U.S. the most hated country
in the world, the largest failure of diplomacy in
world history.
I have set the all-time record for most people
worldwide to simultaneously protest me in public
venues (15 million people), shattering the record
for protest against any person in the history of
mankind.
I am the first President in U.S. history to order
an unprovoked, pre-emptive attack and the
military occupation of a sovereign nation. I
did so against the will of the United Nations,
the majority of U.S. citizens, and the world
community.
I have cut health care benefits for war veterans
and support a cut in duty benefits for active
duty troops and their families -- in wartime.
In my State of the Union Address, I lied about
our reasons for attacking Iraq, and then blamed
the lies on our British friends.
I am the first President in history to have a
majority of Europeans (71%) view my presidency as
the biggest threat to world peace and security.
I am supporting development of a nuclear
"Tactical Bunker Buster," a WMD.
I have so far failed to fulfill my pledge to
bring Osama Bin Laden and Saddam Hussein to
justice.

RECORDS AND REFERENCES:

All records of my tenure as governor of Texas are

now in my father's library, sealed and
unavailable for public view.
All records of SEC investigations into my insider
trading and my bankrupt companies are sealed in
secrecy and unavailable for public view.
All records or minutes from meetings that I, or
 my Vice-President, attended regarding public
energy policy are sealed in secrecy and
unavailable for public review.

President Bush has acknowledged his membership in the secret society “Skull and
Bones”. He became a member of this occult-based group while a student at Yale
University. Skull and Bones was formed in the 1800s using the theories that exemplified
and produced the Nazi party in Germany. There will be more information on this group in
Chapter 10. Their motto is “Out of Chaos, Order”. President Bush’s membership in the
Skull and Bones would identify him as the king of Daniel 8:23-25 who understood “dark
sentences”. Hitler had a similar affiliation and fascination with the occult. The pattern
remains the same.

At the insistence of President Bush, the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq began on March
19, 2003. The American war against Iraq began with a firebombing show, nicknamed
“Shock and Awe” (http://www.cnn.com/2003/fyi/news/03/22/iraq.war/index.html). The
largest and most powerful conventional weapons were dropped upon cities in Iraq, and
the world marveled at this commanding display of force, but wondered where the Iraqi
Army was. Where was the “enemy” that this show of force was meant to destroy? No
figures were ever kept to determine how many Iraq casualties there were. Yet, this show
of force did not have the effect that was anticipated by the military. The guerrilla war
being fought on the ground to this day in Iraq has taken a huge toll on the lives of the
people of Iraq, as well as the mounting American military casualties, all of this conducted
in the name of spreading “liberty and democracy to oppressed people”. Killing people to
free them will never make sense, no matter how many times the rhetoric is used.

In the realm of policy: There have been new laws enacted by Congress, under the
direct approval of the President, which have changed the face of America. These new
laws are contained in the Patriot Act. Congress passed the Patriot Act just 45 days after
the 9/11 attacks, with virtually no debate. Obviously, this Act was already planned and
written well before the 9/11 events. A complete breakdown of the Patriot Act can be
found here: http://www.aclu.org/SafeandFree/SafeandFree.cfm?ID=12126&c=207.

An interesting article on the overwhelming power of the President and the

Pentagon over world affairs can be found at The New Yorker, issue January 24 and 31,
2005 posted on January 17, 2005 entitled “The Coming Wars” by Seymour M. Hersh –
What the Pentagon can now do in secret:
http://www.newyorker.com/printable/?fact/050124fa_fact. This article is a real eye-
opener! According to the author, a war with Iran is next on the list. Syria is also a
candidate for more American military aggression. Here is an excerpt from the article:

“George W. Bush’s reelection was not his only victory last fall. The
President and his national-security advisers have consolidated control over
the military and intelligence communities’ strategic analyses and covert
operations to a degree unmatched since the rise of the post-Second World
War national-security state. Bush has an aggressive and ambitious agenda
 for using that control—against the mullahs in Iran and against targets in
the ongoing war on terrorism—during his second term. The C.I.A. will
continue to be downgraded, and the agency will increasingly serve, as one
government consultant with close ties to the Pentagon put it, as
“facilitators” of policy emanating from President Bush and Vice-President
Dick Cheney. This process is well under way.

Despite the deteriorating security situation in Iraq, the Bush

Administration has not reconsidered its basic long-range policy goal in the
Middle East: the establishment of democracy throughout the region.
Bush’s reelection is regarded within the Administration as evidence of
America’s support for his decision to go to war. It has reaffirmed the
position of the neoconservatives in the Pentagon’s civilian leadership who
advocated the invasion, including Paul Wolfowitz, the Deputy Secretary
of Defense, and Douglas Feith, the Under-secretary for Policy. According
to a former high-level intelligence official, Secretary of Defense Donald
Rumsfeld met with the Joint Chiefs of Staff shortly after the election and
told them, in essence, that the naysayers had been heard and the American
people did not accept their message. Rumsfeld added that America was
committed to staying in Iraq and that there would be no second-guessing.”

The word “craft” in Daniel 8:23–25, in the original Hebrew, means “guile,
treachery”. The Bush Administration is the most secretive and dangerous organization
that has ever been given power over the United States, and by extension, the world. I
believe that the Bush Administration, and its supporters and allies, is the beast of
Revelation 13.

This President and his Administration, in other words, the beast, controls more
than 700 military bases all over the world. Here’s an excerpt from an article found on The
Future of Freedom Foundation entitled, “America’s Empire of Bases” by Chalmers
Johnson, Posted July 20, 2004 (http://www.fff.org/freedom/fd0404e.asp):

“As distinct from other peoples, most Americans do not recognize — or

do not want to recognize — that the United States dominates the world
through its military power. Due to government secrecy, our citizens are
often ignorant of the fact that our garrisons encircle the planet. This vast
network of American bases on every continent except Antarctica actually
constitutes a new form of empire — an empire of bases with its own
geography not likely to be taught in any high school geography class.
Without grasping the dimensions of this globe-girdling Baseworld, one
can’t begin to understand the size and nature of our imperial aspirations or
the degree to which a new kind of militarism is undermining our
constitutional order.

Our military deploys well over half a million soldiers, spies, technicians,
teachers, dependents, and civilian contractors in other nations. To
 dominate the oceans and seas of the world, we are creating some 13 naval
task forces built around aircraft carriers whose names sum up our martial
heritage — Kitty Hawk, Constellation, Enterprise, John F. Kennedy,
Nimitz, Dwight D. Eisenhower, Carl Vinson, Theodore Roosevelt,
Abraham Lincoln, George Washington, John C. Stennis, Harry S.
Truman, and Ronald Reagan. We operate numerous secret bases outside
our territory to monitor what the people of the world, including our own
citizens, are saying, faxing, or emailing to one another.”

The control the beast has over the world is significant, and seemingly endless.
Here’s another article entitled, “Global Impact: The Rise of U.S. Military Bases
Worldwide”, found at http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article5416.htm:

Commentary, Franz Schurmann, Pacific News Service, Dec 23, 2003

(Editor's Note: Thanks to the war on terror, the number of U.S. military
bases will increase substantially -- with enormous political and economic
implications.)

”While America would certainly like to win every war it fights, there are
good reasons for thinking that in America's three current wars, our
powers-that-be care less about winning, losing or drawing so long as we
get military bases. Their rationale is that America can only keep up its
global political power and assure its people's prosperous lifestyle by
peppering the entire globe with American military bases.

Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld supports a policy of "places not

bases," i.e., to be a strong presence in a region, shore up long-term allies
instead of building military bases that might have to be closed down. But
whether "places" or "bases," they both boil down to unimpeded access to
domestic and foreign territory. Currently, the United States has upwards of
700 military bases at home and abroad. But chances are that the number of
bases/places will exceed 1,000 by this decade's end, and most of the new
ones will be established abroad.”

Let’s take a look at Daniel 11:41–43. Several countries are mentioned in these
passages that strike me as having unique significance as referring to our time period.
Verse 41 stands out: “He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall
be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the
chief of the children of Ammon.” I believe the “glorious land” to be a reference to the
Middle East. Edom and Moab are ancient cities whose modern-day territory is within the
nation of Jordan. The United States and Jordan are strong allies, and the capital city of
Jordan, 48 miles ENE of Jerusalem, has always been, past and present, the city of
Amman. The present-day “chief” of Amman is King Abdullah II, a friend of President
Bush.
 Verse 43 also has real meaning for the Bush Administration: “But he shall have
power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things
of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps.”

Egypt and the United States are partners in the Mideast peace process (“U.S. bids
to jump-start Mideast peace process”, posted January 24, 2005,
http://www.cnn.com/2005/WORLD/meast/01/24/mideast/index.html). Egypt is an
important American trade partner, and U.S. investment in Egypt is slated to grow in 2005
due to negotiations for a Free Trade Agreement (FTA)
(http://usinfo.state.gov/mena/Archive/2005/Jan/14-947693.html).

The following excerpt is from a CNN article dated September 23, 2004
(http://www.cnn.com/2004/US/09/23/libya.powell/index.html):

Powell in historic meet with Libya

NEW YORK (CNN) – “For the first time in more than 25 years, a U.S.
secretary of state has met with the Libyan foreign minister.

Colin Powell Thursday held talks with his Libyan counterpart,

Abdurahman Shalgam, discussing Libya's efforts to eliminate its weapons
of mass destruction programs.

U.S. President George W. Bush on Monday signed an executive order

lifting the remaining U.S. commercial sanctions against Libya after
determining the African nation had met U.S. requirements for
disarmament.”

Libya, with its oil reserves, wants to resume its trade agreements with the U. S.
(http://www.theage.com.au/articles/2004/04/24/1082719674285.html?from=storyrhs&on
eclick=true). In April 1994 the United States relaxed its trade embargo on Libya to allow
US firms to buy Libya's oil and invest in its economy for the first time since 1986 in a
reward for Tripoli giving up weapons of mass destruction.

According to the evening news on January 29, 2005, 3 U.S. oil companies have
started operations in the nation of Libya, the first such operations since the trade sactions.
Libya and the U.S. are back in business again. Ethiopia is a U. S. trade and investment
partner as well (http://usembassy.state.gov/ethiopia/wwwhec0723.html).

Daniel 11:29–45 describes a king with great power over the people and riches of
the earth, a king who prospers mightily at first, but is finally conquered. Daniel 12:1–3
finishes this vision by describing a time of trouble “such as never was since there
was a nation even to that same time” (verse 1). After that, the Jews, Daniel’s
people, will be delivered. More information on this subject will be found in Chapter 16.
 Undeniably, the Bush Administration, as the beast, fits the profile of the visions of
Daniel. Partnered with the beast, the Antichrist has immense power and a chokehold on
the lifeblood of the countries of the Earth. The beast’s power over the world has never
been equaled, not even in the days of the old Roman Empire. The next chapter has more
to say about this.

Chapter 6

Armageddon, the Beast and Oil

Revelation 9:1-3: “And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from
heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit. And
he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the
smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of
the smoke of the pit. And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth:
and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power.”

Revelation 9:11: “And they had a king over them, which is the angel of
the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the
Greek tongue hath his name Apollyon.”

The dramatic and tragic events of September 11, 2001, commonly referred to as
“9/11”, is an appropriate place to start this discussion.
 Can this be just a co-incidence? On September 10, 1935, the annual Nazi party
rally began at Nuremberg, featuring the first public display of the Wehrmacht, the
announcement of the Flag Law replacing the Kaiser's black-red-white horizontal striped
flag with the swastika as the nation's official symbol, and the announcement of the anti-
Semitic Nuremberg Laws. On September 11, 2001, after the attacks on the World Trade
Center and the Pentagon, the American flag was displayed everywhere as a show of
support and patriotism. So compare: On the very same day of the week, Tuesday, exactly
66 years to the day that the Nazi party made their first public display of the new Nazi flag
bearing the reversed swastika (1935), American flags were displayed as a response to the
"terrorist" attacks. (To check this for yourself, this website gives you the day of the week
of any given year: http://javascript.internet.com/miscellaneous/born-weekday.html.)

Without the September 11th attacks, there would be no Homeland Security Act,
no "war on terrorism", and no war in Iraq. Americans reacted to the crisis, as they would
be expected to react, by looking for a strong man to guide them to safety, to help them to
survive the threats that were suddenly looming over them. Into that backdrop walked
George Walker Bush, a man that had finally received what he perceives as his “call from
God”.

In our modern civilization, oil is the lifeblood of the world. All nations crave it,
and in order to continue growing, all nations need it.

Excerpt - Friday November 22, 2002 - from The Guardian:

"The mother of all legal rows over who has the right to Iraq's lucrative
oilfields is likely if the United States wins its war for the country itself
http://www.guardian.co.uk/Iraq/Story/0,2763,845167,00.html.

All the players in the current quarrel can agree on one thing - Iraq has the
potential to become a great oil nation again. There is a huge gap between
the trickle of oil coming out of Iraq today and its capabilities.

According to OPEC, the entire world's known oil reserves run to 1,000bn
barrels. Iraq claims a 10th of this, just over 100bn barrels. However, in an
interview before the current conflict, Taha Hmud Moussa, then Iraq's
deputy oil minister said the oil "will exceed 300bn barrels when all Iraq's
regions are explored". If true, this means Iraq has a quarter of the world's
oil. The UK's North Sea reserves are 5bn barrels and we are the EU's
largest oil producer. Iraqi's oil is not miles offshore under a treacherous
sea. This makes it cheaper than the $3 to $4 barrel oil Britain produces -
much cheaper."

President Bush wants the oil from Iraq, because his family business is oil, and the
U.S. is the largest consumer of oil in the world. Having U.S. control of this vast Iraqi
oilfield is his paramount goal, and would be a great triumph. He will not stop until he
reaches this goal. Other countries are going to be angry and bitter about this situation, and
this will be the pretext for the last, great, and world war.

The Hebrew "Abaddon", and the Greek "Apollyon" both mean "Destroyer". This
destroying angel, which comes out of the bottomless pit described in Rev. 9:2, announced
the beginning of his work by influencing the destruction of September 11, 2001,
commonly known as 9/11. Is it just a co-incidence that President Bush was elected (or
appointed by the Supreme Court) on 11/9, November 9, 2000? The dates 9/11 and 11/9
just seem too convenient to ignore. The events of the fifth trumpet angel start with the
9/11 attacks, which are rumored to have been produced by the U.S. government itself.
Abaddon, or Abadan, as it is known today, also represents a particular location that is the
center of the oil industry in the Middle East. Situated in the province of Khuzestan, at the
head of the Arabian Gulf, it is the terminus of Iran's major oil pipelines. It was severely
damaged in the 1st Gulf War. The use of the word "Abaddon" indicates the situation
described is about destruction centered on the issue of oil.

I would recommend that you read the following article, “OF BIG OIL, BY BIG
OIL, FOR BIG OIL: The 10 Most Startling Speculations and “Conspiracy Theories”
About September 11 and America’s New War”, found at
http://www.popmatters.com/features/021227-conspiracy.shtml. This website has very
interesting information on what is happening in the background, information that the
news media will not report.

I came across this link in an email message sent to me in December 2004:

A Video Message From The Iraq Resistance - 10 Dec.

Wednesday, 15 December 2004, 11:51 am
Press Release: http://207.44.245.159/article7468.htm
http://informationclearinghouse.info Link to video version

A Message From The Iraq Resistance

Islamic Jihad Army - A message in English"We are simple people

who chose principles over fear."

Iraqi Resistance speech on videotape December 13 2004 Rush

transcript-

Title: Communiqué Number 6

The media platoon of the Islamic Jihad Army. On the 27th of
Shawal 1425h. 10 December 2004

************
People of the world! These words come to you from those who up
to the day of the invasion were struggling to survive under the
sanctions imposed by the criminal regimes of the U.S. and Britain.

We are simple people who chose principles over fear.

We have suffered crimes and sanctions, which we consider the true

weapons of mass destruction.

Years and years of agony and despair, while the condemned UN

traded with our oil revenues in the name of world stability and
peace.

Over two million innocents died waiting for a light at the end of a
tunnel that only ended with the occupation of our country and the
theft of our resources.

After the crimes of the administrations of the U.S and Britain in

Iraq, we have chosen our future. The future of every resistance
struggle ever in the history of man.

It is our duty, as well as our right, to fight back the occupying

forces, which their nations will be held morally and economically
responsible, for what their elected governments have destroyed and
stolen from our land.

We have not crossed the oceans and seas to occupy Britain or the
U.S. nor are we responsible for 9/11. These are only a few of the
lies that these criminals present to cover their true plans for the
control of the energy resources of the world, in face of a growing
China and a strong unified Europe. It is Ironic that the Iraqi's are to
bear the full face of this large and growing conflict on behalf of the
rest of this sleeping world.

We thank all those, including those of Britain and the U.S., who
took to the streets in protest against this war and against
Globalism. We also thank France, Germany and other states for
their position, which least to say are considered wise and balanced,
til now.

Today, we call on you again.

We do not require arms or fighters, for we have plenty.

We ask you to form a world wide front against war and sanctions.
A front that is governed by the wise and knowing. A front that will
bring reform and order. New institutions that would replace the
now corrupt.

Stop using the U.S. dollar; use the Euro or a basket of currencies.
Reduce or halt your consumption of British and U.S. products. Put
an end to Zionism before it ends the world. Educate those in doubt
of the true nature of this conflict and do not believe their media for
their casualties are far higher than they admit.

We only wish we had more cameras to show the world their true
defeat.

The enemy is on the run. They are in fear of a resistance movement

they cannot see nor predict.

We, now choose when, where, and how to strike. And as our
ancestors drew the first sparks of civilization, we will redefine the
word “conquest.“

Today we write a new chapter in the arts of urban warfare.

Know that by helping the Iraqi people you are helping yourselves,
for tomorrow may bring the same destruction to you.

In helping the Iraqi people does not mean dealing for the
Americans for a few contracts here and there. You must continue
to isolate their strategy.

This conflict is no longer considered a localized war. Nor can the

world remain hostage to the never-ending and regenerated fear that
the American people suffer from in general.

We will pin them here in Iraq to drain their resources, manpower,

and their will to fight. We will make them spend as much as they
steal, if not more.

We will disrupt, then halt the flow of our stolen oil, thus, rendering
their plans useless.

And the earlier a movement is born, the earlier their fall will be.

And to the American soldiers we say, you can also choose to fight
tyranny with us. Lay down your weapons, and seek refuge in our
mosques, churches and homes. We will protect you. And we will
get you out of Iraq, as we have done with a few others before you.
 Go back to your homes, families, and loved ones. This is not your
war. Nor are you fighting for a true cause in Iraq.

And to George W. Bush, we say, “You have asked us to ‘Bring it

on’, and so have we. Like never expected. Have you another
challenge?”

*****ENDS******

On February 2, 2005, the following article hit the news (excerpt):

“Documents: U.S. condoned Iraq oil smuggling

Trade was an open secret in administration, U.N.
(http://www.cnn.com/2005/WORLD/meast/02/02/iraq.o
il.smuggle/index.html

(CNN) -- Documents obtained by CNN reveal the

United States knew about, and even condoned,
embargo-breaking oil sales by Saddam Hussein's
regime, and did so to shore up alliances with
Iraq's neighbors.

The oil trade with countries such as Turkey and

Jordan appears to have been an open secret inside
the U.S. government and the United Nations for
years.

The unclassified State Department documents sent

to congressional committees with oversight of
U.S. foreign policy divulge that the United
States deemed such sales to be in the "national
interest," even though they generated billions of
dollars in unmonitored revenue for Saddam's
regime.

The trade also generated a needed source of oil

and commerce for Iraq's major trading partners,
Turkey and Jordan.

"It was in the national security interest,

because we depended on the stability in Turkey
and the stability in Jordan in order to encircle
Saddam Hussein," Edward Walker, a former
assistant secretary of state for Near East
affairs, told CNN when asked about the memo
documents.
 "We had a great amount of cooperation with the
Jordanians on the intelligence side, and with the
Turks as well, so we were getting value out of
the relationship," said Walker, who served in
both the Clinton and Bush administrations.

The memos obtained by CNN explain why both

administrations waived restrictions on U.S.
economic aid to those countries for engaging in
otherwise prohibited trade with Iraq.

The justifications came at a time when the United

States was a staunch backer of U.N. sanctions on
Iraq imposed after it invaded Kuwait in 1990.”

According to the article, Saddam Hussein made billions from the oil sold during
the U.S.-imposed sanctions, with U.S. permission. That makes the United States a
business partner of Saddam Hussein, and also means this is more proof that the U.S. is
directly responsible for the deaths of over 2 million Iraqi men, women, and children,
from starvation and deprivation caused by the oil sanctions, while allowing the nations
surrounding Iraq to continue receiving oil and make trade profits.

It is a certainty that the greatest battle of all time, Armageddon, will occur in the
Middle East regarding an issue between the nations of the world over the appropriation
and use of Middle East, particularly Iraqi, oil resources.
 Chapter 7
The Seven Seals

I don’t know if you’ve noticed, but I have been referencing current events against
the backdrop of portions of prophecy that many Biblical experts, including pre-
Tribulationists, don’t think have even occurred yet. Needless to say I strongly disagree
with their position, and I will now take this chapter to backtrack a bit so I can help you
understand my position on this matter.

First, let’s look at Revelation 5:1-10: “And I saw in the right hand of him that
sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside, sealed with seven
seals. And I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice, Who is worthy to
open the book, and to loose the seals thereof? And no man in heaven, nor in
earth, neither under the earth, was able to open the book, neither to look
thereon. And I wept much, because no man was found worthy to open and to
read the book, neither to look thereon. And one of the elders saith unto me,
Weep not: behold, the Lion of the tribe of Juda, the Root of David, hath
prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven seals thereof.

And I beheld, and, lo, in the midst of the throne and of the four beasts,
and in the midst of the elders, stood a Lamb as it had been slain, having seven
horns and seven eyes, which are the seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the
earth. And he came and took the book out of the right hand of him that sat
upon the throne. And when he had taken the book, the four beasts and four
and twenty elders fell down before the Lamb, having every one of them harps,
and golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of saints. And they sung a
new song, saying, Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals
thereof: for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood out of
every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation; And hast made us unto our
God kings and priests: and we shall reign on the earth.”

I believe that Christ, in heaven after his earthly ministry had ended, began
opening the seven Seals, and the events described in the Seals are ongoing to this day.
The repercussions of the opened Seals are current events that we have been observing in
our history for some time. Mark 1:5 says that Jesus proclaimed, “The time is fulfilled,
and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel.” The end
times have been unfolding ever since Christ walked the earth, according to the Gospels.
 The last days began when Jesus ended his earthly ministry, and have continued
ever since. It is a mistake to believe that the strategic events that announce Christ's return
will only begin to commence at this late date. These end-time events have been the
backbone and basis of world history for the past 1900+ years!

Interpretation of the Seven Seals:

Revelation 6:1 & 2 - The first Seal, with the rider on a white horse carrying a
bow, represents the Christian Church, which quickly lost their first love, and became
pagan. The pope of the Catholic Church carries a bow to this day, which is a bowed (or
curved) crucifix at the top of a staff. This is his symbol of apostolic power over all
Christians. The Protestant movement separated the church, but did not dissolve the bond
between Catholics and Protestants. The Protestants separated from the mother church
because they wanted to put an end to the abuse of using money to buy favors from God.
They also wanted to be able to read the Bible directly, not hear about it indirectly from
priests. But they were still a part of the whole church body, under the authority of the
Pope. According to the Pope, Protestant churches are still officially a part of the Catholic
Church, the headquarters of which is Vatican City, in Rome, Italy.

The letter to the first church, found in Chapter 2 of Revelation, indicates the time
period for the opening of the first Seal. Rev. 2:1-7 is written to the church existing in the
period of the opening of the first Seal, the church in Ephesus, the members of which had
lost their first love. The Nicolaitanes are a part of the Christian church that mutated it
from its first beliefs, those people in power who mix paganism with Christianity.

Specifically,the term “Nicolaitanes” is derived from two Greek words, “Nikos”

and “Laos”. Nikos is defined as: a conquest; victory; triumph; to conquer; and by
implication, dominancy over the defeated. The word “nicao” literally means: to
dominate-intimidate-manipulate. Additionally, the term “laos” means “the people” or the
“laity.” Thus exacting the phrase “to conquer (dominate-intimidate-manipulate) the
people (laity). The Nicolaitan movement marked the beginning of an unrighteous
priesthood in the church who mixed paganism with Christianity and mutated the church
from its first beliefs. This passage helps to place the time of the first Seal, and establishes
that the Seals were opened after Christ left the earth.

Revelation 6:3 & 4 – The second Seal, with the rider on a red horse holding a
great sword, represents war and destruction throughout the world until Christ returns.

Revelation 6:5 & 6 – The third Seal, with the rider on a black horse holding a pair
of balances, represents world trade. World trade has united and globalized the nations of
the entire earth. Diverse cultures have blended, enjoying the same types of business,
fashions, amusements and products. There has never been anything like the world
economy we are now an integral part of! The negative aspect of this globalization is
pollution, trade wars and sanctions, financial manipulation, and many other types of
power and greed.
 Revelation 6:7 & 8 – The fourth Seal, with the rider on a pale horse; this rider is
named Death, and Hell follows him. This represents the constant death ever-present
worldwide, killing people by famine, war, disease, and wild animals. ¼ of the inhabitants
of the earth are going through one or more of these situations at any given time.

Revelation 6:9-11 – The fifth Seal reveals an altar, and beneath the altar are
hidden all of the martyrs who have already been killed and those in the future who will be
killed for the Word of God. History documents many such massacres of devout Jews and
Christians, especially in the Middle Ages, and martyrdom continues to this very day in
many parts of the world.

Revelation 6:12-17 – At the opening of the sixth Seal, there is a great earthquake;
the sun is blackened, and the moon turns blood red. There were great rocks thrown down
upon the earth, the sky looked like a scroll when it is rolled together, and every mountain
and island were shaken. This event describes what happened when Krakatoa exploded in
1883. The Krakatoa explosion is described as one of the largest eruptions in recent times,
and it was experienced worldwide.

So, what actually happened in the Krakatoa eruption in the 1800's? (Taken from
http://volcano.und.nodak.edu/vwdocs/frequent_questions/grp7/asia/question879.ht
ml):

Krakatoa erupted on August 26, 1883, in one of the largest eruptions in recent
time. Krakatoa is an island volcano along the Indonesian arc, between the much larger
islands of Sumatra and Java (each of which has many volcanoes also along the arc).
There is a very fine book about the Krakatoa eruption by Tom Simkin and Richard Fiske,
so if you really want to know about the eruption you should go to the nearest bookstore
or library to find that.

Here are some highlights from the summary of effects:

1. The explosions were heard on Rodriguez Island, 4653 km distant across

the Indian Ocean, and over 1/13th of the earth's surface.

2. Ash fell on Singapore 840 km to the N, Cocos (Keeling) Island 1155

km to the SW, and ships as far as 6076 km WNW. Darkness covered the
Sunda Straits from 11 a.m. on the 27th until dawn the next day.

3. Giant waves reached heights of 40 m above sea level, devastating

everything in their path and hurling ashore coral blocks weighing as much
as 600 tons.

4. At least 36,417 people were killed, most by the giant sea waves, and
165 coastal villages were destroyed.
 5. When the eruption ended only 1/3 of Krakatoa, formerly 5x9 km,
remained above sea level, and new islands of steaming pumice and ash lay
to the north where the sea had been 36 m deep.

6. Every recording barograph in the world documented the passage of the

airwave, some as many as 7 times as the wave bounced back and forth
between the eruption site and its antipodes for 5 days after the explosion.

7. Tide gauges also recorded the sea wave's passage far from Krakatoa.
The wave "reached Aden in 12 hours, a distance of 3800 nautical miles,
usually traversed by a good steamer in 12 days".

8. Blue and green suns were observed as fine ash and aerosol, erupted
perhaps 50 km into the stratosphere, circled the equator in 13 days.

9. Three months after the eruption these products had spread to higher
latitudes causing such vivid red sunset afterglows that fire engines were
called out in New York, Poughkeepsie, and New Haven to quench the
apparent conflagration. Unusual sunsets continued for 3 years.

10. Rafts of floating pumice-locally thick enough to support men, trees,

and no doubt other biological passengers-crossed the Indian Ocean in 10
months. Others reached Melanesia, and were still afloat two years after the
eruption.

11. The volcanic dust veil that created such spectacular atmospheric
effects also acted as a solar radiation filter, lowering global temperatures
as much as 1.2 degree C in the year after the eruption. Temperatures did
not return to normal until 1888.

Now that you have a little background on the eruption of Krakatoa, let’s continue
to tie this all together:

Revelation 7 describes how God, as a tithe unto Him out of the 12 Tribes of
Israel, sealed 144,000 living, faithful Jews in their foreheads. An angel told the 4 angels
to hold back and not hurt the earth, the sea or the trees until the 144,000 were sealed.
(This is discussed further in Chapter 18.)

Revelation 8:1-5 describes the opening of the seventh Seal; there was silence in
heaven for about the space of a half an hour. The seven angels with the seven Trumpets
prepared to sound; the angel with the golden censor filled it with fire from the altar, and
cast it upon the earth: there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an
earthquake.

In the early morning of June 30, 1908, witnesses told of a gigantic explosion and
blinding flash, which has been called the Siberian blast. Thousands of square kilometers
of trees were burned and flattened. I believe that the opening of the seventh Seal caused
this explosion. I will discuss this event further in Chapter 8.

Based upon the above-mentioned facts, I believe the time period between the
Krakatoa explosion and the Siberian blast is 25 years, and corresponds to “about the
space of a half an hour" or about 25-30 minutes, in heaven (Revelation 8:1).

If 25 years corresponds to 25 minutes in heaven, then 1 earthly year = 1 heavenly

minute. One earthly day = 1,440 minutes; 1,440 earthly years = 1 heavenly day. The time
period between 4 B.C. (when Jesus was born, in the year of taxation mentioned in Luke
2) and the year 2008 is 2012 years. For this we can figure that from the year that Jesus
was born until the year that he comes back can be estimated as 1 day, 9 hours, and 32
minutes, heavenly time. Of course, we don’t know the actual time until it happens.

2 Peter 3:8 & 9: “But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one
day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The
Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is
longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should
come to repentance.”

If the Siberian blast of 1908 announced the opening of the seventh Seal, then,
chronologically, the seven Trumpets have been sounding ever since then. There are 100
years between 1908 and 2008, and those years have been the most turbulent this world
has ever seen. The events of the twentieth century, and in particular World War II and the
Holocaust, have set the stage for the events contained in the descriptions of the seven
Trumpets. I believe that we are in the time of the sixth Trumpet, and we should realize
that this is the signal that Christ is coming back very soon!

Matthew 24:3-34; Mark 13:4-30; Luke 24:7-32 all have the same message for us:
THIS GENERATION SHALL NOT PASS UNTIL ALL THESE THINGS BE
FULFILLED.

The verse found at Matthew 24:15 refers to the troubles spoken of by Daniel
concerning the abomination of desolation standing in the holy place (Daniel 11:31 &
12:11). I understand this as being the Holocaust against the Jews, which occurred during
World War II. During the time after World War II continuing until now, many people
would rise up and call themselves Christ (The Anointed One). False christs and false
prophets would lead many people astray with their various doctrines. I believe that any
teaching that says that the catastrophic world events that we have witnessed since
Christ’s time are not indications that the seven Seals and the seven Trumpets have been
active is a false doctrine.

On January 9, 2008, President Bush, the main proponent of the Roadmap to

Peace, visited Israel, and called it the holy place.
 There is no way that the world has been convulsing and heaving in turmoil in the
way it has throughout the last two thousand-plus years, and yet has not even begun the
countdown to Armageddon! The above-referenced verses are saying that the generation
that saw World War II, the beginning of the final countdown as determined by Daniel’s
key, would not pass away until all these things, including the return of Christ, have been
fulfilled.

During the past three years, the number of surviving World War II veterans fell
below the number of Vietnam veterans for the first time. According to the Department of
Veterans Affairs, an estimated 6.7 million veterans of World War II are still alive, with
an average age of 77 (in 1997). That means in 2002, the average age of someone who
was a young adult at the beginning of World War II was now 82, with several million
veterans still alive. By 2008, three years from now, the average age will be 88, and most
of those alive today will have died. The generation that saw these events occurring will
almost be totally gone. Christ will come back by the end of the generation, according to
scripture.
 Chapter 8
The Seven Trumpets

As I’ve discussed in Chapter 7, the time period of the seven Trumpets extends
from June 30, 1908 to the present. Rev. 8:1-5 describes the opening of the seventh Seal;
there was silence in heaven for about the space of a half an hour. The seven angels with
the seven Trumpets prepared to sound, and the angel with the golden censor filled it with
fire from the altar, casting it upon the earth: there were voices, and thunderings, and
lightnings, and an earthquake.

In the early morning of June 30, 1908, witnesses told of a gigantic explosion and
blinding flash. Thousands of square kilometers of trees were burned and flattened.

Scientists have always suspected that an incoming comet or asteroid lay behind
the event - but no impact crater was ever discovered and no expedition to the area has
ever found any large fragments of an extraterrestrial object.

A flash fire burned thousands of trees near the impact site. An atmospheric shock
wave circled the Earth twice. And, for two days afterwards, there was so much fine dust
in the atmosphere that newspapers could be read at night by scattered light in the streets
of London, 10,000 km (6,213 miles) away.

The explosion, equivalent to 10-15 million tons of TNT, occurred over the
Siberian forest, near a place known as Tunguska. Only a few hunters and trappers lived in
the sparsely populated region, so it is likely that nobody was killed. Had the impact
occurred over a European capital, hundreds of thousands would have perished

This area is reported to have the highest radiation of any spot in the world.
According to scientists, the physical evidence of the damage to the trees supports a
nuclear blast of some kind, along with lasting radiation effects. They still don't know
what caused this.

The time period between the Krakatoa explosion and the Siberian blast is 25
years, and corresponds to “about the space of a half an hour" or about 25-30 minutes
(Revelation 8:1). Revelation. 8:6 says that after the angel hurls the golden censor to the
earth (causing the Siberian blast), this happens: “And the seven angels which had the
seven Trumpets prepared themselves to sound.”
 Revelation 8:7: “The first angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire
mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of
trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.”

Revelation 8:8 & 9: “The second angel sounded, and as it were a great
mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea
became blood; And the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and
had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.”

Revelation 8:10 & 11: “The third angel sounded, and there fell a great star
from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the
rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; And the name of the star is called
Wormwood: and the third part of the waters became wormwood; and many
men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.”

Revelation 8:12: “The fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun
was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars; so
as the third part of them was darkened, and the day shone not for a third part
of it, and the night likewise.”

Starting from the first Trumpet angel, many adverse things have occurred, for the
first time, in the 20th century. So far, 2 world wars have occurred, along with many other
lesser wars and military actions. Also, worldwide pollution and degradation of the
environment started in this century, which describes the activity occurring when the 1st
and 2nd Trumpets sounded. In the 20th century, wars have raged all over the world, in an
unprecedented way compared with centuries past. The destruction, in terms of death,
devastation, and the ecological rape of the environment, has been mind-boggling!

When the angel sounds the third Trumpet, the waters become bitter with
“wormwood”. Wormwood is an herb used in an alcoholic drink that is extremely
addictive. Absinthe, the alcoholic drink made with wormwood, has been banned from
most countries due to the alarming amount of adverse effects of this habit-forming drink,
including hallucinations and epileptic-like convulsions.

Alcohol abuse is a leading cause of morbidity and mortality throughout the world.
The annual cost to society of tending to the multiple effects of addiction-- rampant
"psychiatric" problems, family neglect and abuse, poverty, violence and other crimes,
illnesses and organ and system failures, accidental injuries and deaths--is in the hundreds
of billions of dollars. Lamentations 3:15 says, “He hath filled me with bitterness, he
hath made me drunken with wormwood.” This confirms that Revelation 8:10 & 11
is referring to "wormwood", as a poisoning and toxic substance.

The name of the Ukranian town of Chernobyl, where a nuclear power station in
the old Soviet Union first suffered the first melt-down, and did so much damage to the
areas of land and the people that lived around there, translates into the herb named
wormwood, thus giving us a possible direct connection with nuclear fallout and its
results.

When the fourth Trumpet sounds, in Revelation 8:12, it appears that the affliction
towards the Jews of our time begins. Revelation 12:1-5 describes a woman clothed with
the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: “And
she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. And
there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon,
having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. And his
tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth:
and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for
to devour her child as soon as it was born. And she brought forth a man-child,
who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto
God, and to his throne.”

The above passage is describing the forces that were trying to prevent Jesus from
being born, even trying to kill the infant Jesus. Herod had all Jewish male babies 2 years
old and younger killed. Herod knew of the prophecies about a king being born who could
take his kingdom away from him, and wanted to prevent that from happening. The
slaughter of the baby boys is the 1/3 part of the stars of heaven being cast to the earth.
The sun, moon and stars represent the Jewish people. Jesus’ parents hid in Egypt for 3 ½
years until it was safe to go back to Israel (Matthew 2). With the fourth Trumpet, the
persecution of the Jews starts, during World War II. The true believers, Jews not of the
flesh but of the heart (Romans 2:28 & 29) are the targets of the dragon in Rev. 12:17.

The events described by the sounding of the 1st through 4th Trumpets are
ongoing, as are the events described in the 1st through 5th Seals. The events of the 5th,
6th, and 7th Trumpets are specific events, and they are described as three woes. These
three Trumpet events are directly happening as a result of the actions of the beast in
Revelation 13. Update: The 7th Trumpet sounded on February 9, 2008 at 2:03 p.m.,
Pacific Time.

Revelation 9:1-12 describes the events occurring when the fifth Trumpet sounds.
The description describes military activity. The description of the pain and suffering the
people go through for 5 months doesn’t necessarily cause their deaths, but their agony
makes them feel like they want to die. The actions of the 5th Trumpet only affect those
who don’t have the seal of God in their foreheads (in other words, this happens to people
who don’t know Christ).

For 5 months, from September 20, 2001 (the day President Bush announced that
the U.S. was starting a war in Afghanistan, stating that the U.S. had already made the first
strike) to January 28, 2002 (the date of the last U.S. strike of this war), U.S. and allied
forces, led by the president, responded to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks with a
global “war on terror”, beginning in Afghanistan. Supposedly, this is where the terrorists,
a “franchise” named “Al-Qaeda”, including the infamous Osama Bin-Laden, were
organized, along with the fundamentalist Muslim regime of the Taliban.
 The U.S. military dropped cluster bomblets during their bombing runs. Cluster
bomblets, containing tiny shards of metal, were used for 5 months against the people of
Afghanistan:

Revelation 9:1-12: “And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from
heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit. And
he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the
smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of
the smoke of the pit. And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth:
and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power. And
it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth,
neither any green thing, neither any tree; but only those men which have not
the seal of God in their foreheads. And to them it was given that they should
not kill them, but that they should be tormented five months: and their
torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he striketh a man. And in
those days shall men seek death, and shall not find it; and shall desire to die,
and death shall flee from them.

And the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto
battle; and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold, and their faces
were as the faces of men. And they had hair as the hair of women, and their
teeth were as the teeth of lions. And they had breastplates, as it were
breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots
of many horses running to battle. And they had tails like unto scorpions, and
there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men five months.
And they had a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose
name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath his name
Apollyon. One woe is past; and, behold, there come two woes more hereafter.”

Both “Abaddon” and “Apollyon” mean “Destroyer”. Destroyer = 33.

The Human Rights News reports, (New York, November 16, 2001):

"Nearly 5,000 unexploded and highly volatile cluster bomblets may be

littered across areas of Afghanistan that were targeted by U.S. warplanes",
Human Rights Watch said today. "These unexploded bomblets have in
effect become antipersonnel landmines," said Mark Hiznay, senior
researcher of the Arms Division of Human Rights Watch. "They pose an
extreme hazard to civilians, not just now but for years to come." Human
Rights Watch repeated its calls for the United States to immediately stop
using cluster bombs in Afghanistan. Human Rights Watch learned from
U.S. military sources that as of last Thursday, November 8, 2001, the U.S.
had used 350 cluster bombs in the air campaign in Afghanistan. Of these,
150 were the CBU-87 Combined Effects Munition; the remaining 200
were the CBU-103, a recent variant of the CBU-87 with the Wind
Corrected Munitions Dispenser kit added to make it more accurate. Each
 CBU-87 and CBU-103 releases 202 BLU-97 bomblets over a wide area,
dimensions of which are dependent on several factors such as release
altitude, spin rate of the munition, and wind speed.

Modern cluster bombs are of two main types-those delivered by air and
those delivered by surface artillery or rockets (including artillery
projectiles and multiple rocket launchers). The bombs are designed to
disperse submunitions (often called "grenades" in surface-delivered
weapons and "bomblets" in air-delivered weapons) over a large area,
thereby increasing the radius of destructive effect over a target. Typical
targets for cluster bombs would include troop concentrations, airfields,
and air defense units.

The large number delivered increases the density of explosives in the

target area, with submunitions designed to strike every few feet or so.
They saturate an area with explosives and tiny flying shards of steel.
Depending on the type, bomblets can be dispersed to areas as large as the
size of several football fields. An air attack typically disperses thousands
of submunitions within a small space; a common target area for a single
weapon under optimal conditions covers an area of roughly 100 x 50
meters.

United Nations officials have stated that on October 22 U.S. cluster bomb
submunitions landed on the village of Shaker Qala, near the city of Herat
in western Afghanistan, killing nine civilians and injuring fourteen. The
head of the United Nations Mine Action Program in Afghanistan (U.N.
MAPA) noted that villagers are afraid to leave their homes after
encountering the yellow soda can-like objects characteristic of CBU-87
submunitions that were left scattered in the village after an air strike on a
nearby military camp. He called upon the United States to provide
information on the types of ordnance dropped on Shaker Qala and
elsewhere.”

On October 25, 2001 the U.S. for the first time publicly acknowledged using
cluster bombs. In response to a media question, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
General Richard Myers said, "Yes, we have used cluster bomb units…. There have not
been a great number of them used, but they have been used."

From the above account, it is obvious that the sounding of the 5th Trumpet is the
U.S. military action in Afghanistan. The cluster bomblets don’t usually kill people, but
the tiny flying shards of steel sting painfully everywhere they hit the body.

The angel that comes out of the bottomless pit, the “Destroyer”, is the same angel
that kills the 2 witnesses after their 1,260 days (42 months) of testifying (Revelation 11).
The nation that is controlled by the Destroyer appears to be the U.S. The weaponry
described sounds like American weapons, particularly Apache helicopters, which can
shoot from the front and the back. The Afghanistan military action was composed
primarily of air strikes.

To further elaborate on the angel that comes out of the bottomless pit, named the
“Destroyer”: The attack on the people of Afghanistan, in U.S. retaliation for the
September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, was unforgivable. These innocent people, rural,
village people, did not attack the U.S., and did not have anything to do with this situation.
The U.S. attacked Afghanistan under the pretense that their government allowed terrorists
to reside and have their operations there. With their large land area, and lack of
infrastructure, the Afghanistan government, no more than any nation, doesn't have the
means to keep anyone out of their country that decides to dwell there.

The U.S. can't even keep its borders closed to whoever wants to come in.
Unbeknownst to most people, the U.S. is the leading training ground for terrorism in
the world. Terrorists from all over the world have trained in the U.S. to commit atrocities
in other parts of the world. There have been many rumors and questions regarding the
U.S. ITSELF being the instigator of the domestic terrorist attacks, AGAINST ITS OWN
PEOPLE, so that there would be a reason for changing the laws around to suit the present
government's needs, and to promote its agenda. The Nazis did a similar thing when they
destroyed shops and businesses, then claimed that the Jews did it. The Nazis used these
types of diversions to unite the nation under the flag, and to persecute anyone who
wouldn't go along with their program. Convincing information and evidence that 9/11
was the work of the US government is located at this website:
http://www.detailshere.com/worldtradecenternewinfo.htm.

Revelation 9:13-21 describes the events occurring when the sixth Trumpet angel
sounds. The four angels are loosed which were prepared for this occasion. There are two
hundred, thousand, thousand troops, and combatants from all sides, who go to war in the
area of the river Euphrates, which is in Iraq. Verse 16 – “And thus I saw the horses in
the vision, and them that sat on them, having breastplates of fire, and of
jacinth, and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions;
and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.” The colors of fire,
jacinth, and brimstone correspond to red, blue and yellow. Interestingly enough, these 3
colors also make up the hazardous chemical warning panel sign of the National Fire
Protection Association (more information found at
http://howstuffworks.lycoszone.com/question327.htm). Red means fire hazard, blue
means health hazard, and yellow means reactivity.

I believe that the American insistence that Iraq had so-called “weapons of mass
destruction”, weapons that were never found, would fit this description. The entire
rationale for going go to war with Iraq, which was no match for the military might of the
U.S, stemmed from a supposed threat of chemical warfare directed at America.

The war in the area of the Euphrates River, described in Revelation 9:13-21,
appears to correspond to the Iraq war, and goes on for 1 year, 1 month, 1 day, and 1 hour.
A third of the people are killed (1/3). The people are killed by fire, smoke, and brimstone.
I’ll explain how the Iraq War fits the prophecy of the events of the sixth Trumpet in a
moment.

To elaborate on the number of armed fighters involved in the events of the above
passage, here's some information from the following website: Textus Receptus Greek
Text King James Bible With Strongs Dictionary, found at
http://www.sacrednamebible.com/kjvstrongs/B66C009.htm. This will helps us to know
the true Greek meaning of this number.

Using the Sacred Name Bible website, look up Revelation 9:16. If you click on
the words in parentheses (references 1417, 3461 & 3463 on the site), you will find out
that two hundred thousand thousand means a "two-ten-thousand-ten-thousand"; by
extension, a "myriad" or indefinite number:--ten thousand; and the plural of an apparently
primary word (properly, meaning very many); ten thousand; by extension, innumerably
many:--ten thousand.

“δυο µυριαδες µυριαδων” literally means "duo murias murioi" or "two myriad
myriads". The Greeks had a definite word for the number "thousand", which was "χιλιο
ι" or "chilioi" which means "plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand." If John
meant to say "thousand", he would have used this word, instead of myriad. Also, the
word "hundred", as found in the KJV translation "two hundred thousand thousand", is not
in the original Greek version of the New Testament. The Greek word for "hundred is " εκ
ατον" or "hekaton", and it means "of uncertain affinity; a hundred:--hundred."

All of this mistranslation suggests that the current belief of many Latter-Day
prophecy scholars that Revelation 9:16 is saying that an army will be amassed that
consists of 200 million soldiers (200,000,000) to fight in the battle of Armageddon is
probably a misunderstanding of the original Greek text. At present, there is no standing
army in the world that contains that number of soldiers, ready to do battle.

The military action at the river Euphrates depicted in Revelation 9:13-21 is not
the battle of Armageddon; it is the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq.

’A possible US-led war with Iraq is likely to be short and "won't be a World War
III,"’ US Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld said before the start of the Iraq War. He
was right!

Officially, the Iraq War began on March 19, 2003 with approximately 255,000
American troops, and the additional troops of several allied nations. On April 19, 2004, a
cease-fire agreement was reached in Fallujah, and civilians were allowed to re-enter the
war-torn city on April 20, 2004. The main military thrust of the war was over.

April 20, 2004 is exactly 1 year, 1 month, 1 day from the start of the Iraq war! I
don’t have the details of the exact hour of the start of the war as compared with the end of
the war; I don’t have that level of access to those types of records. But I believe that the
prophecy contained in Revelation 9:13-21 has been fulfilled to the letter! Cease-fire
source: U.S. Department of Defense -
http://www.defenselink.mil/news/Apr2004/n04192004_200404192.html.

April 20, 2004 saw the allied troops from the so-called “Coalition of the Willing”
announcing their plans to pull out of Iraq (CBS.com -http:
//www.cbsnews.com/stories/2004/04/20/iraq/main612781.shtml).

The American military was beaten in Fallujah

(http://www.reopen911.org/fallujah.htm) (My note: Link is no longer active). The
following is an excerpt from this site:

“In the first siege of Fallujah in April 2004, the Iraqi Resistance inflicted a severe
defeat on the Americans. In April 2004, while over 1,200 Iraqis were killed, blown up,
burnt or shot alive by the Americans -- two thirds of them civilians, mostly women and
children -- while 2,000-pound bombs were falling on the city, AC-130 Spectre gunships
were demolishing entire city blocks in less than a minute and of course silence of the plop
as Iraqis targeted by marine snipers hit the ground, nonetheless the operative portion
remains: the Marines were beaten back in no uncertain terms. This was followed by a
"truce".

The truce did not hold for very long.

This humiliation of the American military was spun as a "strategic retreat" but the
desire to get rid of the "weeping sore that Fallujah was" has been on top of the US agenda
since then. Fallujah represented a "stellar act of defiance" one that allowed the resistance
to "actually secure and control a city, and to beat off the US military".

The second formal large scale assault on Fallujah (Nov./Dec 2004) pitted images
of the world's most powerful military force against fighters in tennis shoes, wielding
homemade rocket launchers. There were three declared tactical objectives. The first was
to either kill or capture the Jordanian born "terrorist" "Abu Musab al-Zarqawi" (if indeed
he exists) and to "battle and destroy some 4000 to 5000 suspected fighters". The
Americans also vowed to "liberate" the residents of Fallujah from "criminal elements"
and to "secure Fallujah" for the January elections. Lastly, it appears an additional
declared tactical/political objective of the American Military's task was to engage in a
"fight of good versus evil". Additionally it appears (presumably per their intelligence
reports) that the mission also was to "destroy" "Satan" since it appears that "he lives in
Fallujah".

On the face of it, it appears as if none of these tactical/military objectives have

been met, including, it appears, the desire to presumably meet Mr Satan, resident of
Fallujah.

As for the other very laudable and rationally quantifiable objectives including that
of stuffing democracy into a city by simply obliterating it, all of these seem to be a bit
astray.
 48 hours into the offensive, the official narratives were filled with reports that
Zarqawi (if indeed such a entity exists) may have "slipped outside" of their perimeter
defenses.

This of course left Mr. "Satan" still in residence together with the rest of the
unfortunate inhabitants of the "militant stronghold". The city of 300,000 residents had
perhaps an estimated 40,000 civilians left per the US military. Since this estimated
number included 5000 resident "militants", one can presume that the rest (per the US
military) would be civilians.”

Although the heavy fighting of the war has ended, the U.S. struggle against
guerrillas, and the mounting daily death toll, both for Iraqis and U.S. troops, continues on
as of the writing of this book.

The verification that the Iraq War truly lasted 1 year, 1 month, 1 day, from March
19, 2003 to April 20, 2004, from start to finish is a sign that prophecy has been fulfilled,
and is an acknowledgement that the sixth Trumpet has now sounded. We are now
definitely in the seven years of tribulation! The vast implications of this discovery of this
particular prophecy being fulfilled will be elaborated upon further in Chapters 14 and 16.

On April 19, 2003, President Bush reflected on the Iraq War in the following
article:

“Bush Marks Holy Season by Reflecting on Iraq War

CRAWFORD, Texas (Reuters) - President Bush, whose public

expressions of faith have raised eyebrows in Europe, on Saturday mourned
the loss of American lives in Iraq, saying God's purposes were "not always
clear."

Marking the religious holidays of Easter and Passover in his weekly radio
address, Bush said the holy season had "special meaning" this year and
welcomed the release of seven U.S. prisoners of war rescued north of
Baghdad.

He pointed out that the parents of newly freed helicopter pilot Ronald
Young of Georgia had thanked people "from across America and as far
away as Australia and Japan for their cards and flowers and prayers." He
said the United States "continues to pray for all who serve in our military
and those who remain in harm's way."

Young and co-pilot David Williams were captured on March 23 when

their Apache Longbow helicopter went down in Iraq. Rescued along with
five others on Sunday, they were returning to Fort Hood in Texas this
weekend.
Bush, who is taking an Easter holiday break at his ranch near Crawford,
about 50 miles north of the Army base, will attend church services at Fort
Hood on Sunday and could meet privately with the two men.

"This year, Easter and Passover have special meaning for the families of
our men and women in uniform who feel so intensely the absence of their
loved ones during these days," Bush said. "This holy season reminds us of
the value of freedom, and the power of a love stronger than death."

Bush's evangelical Protestantism, which he embraced about 16 years ago

when he gave up alcohol, has prompted questions abroad and in
mainstream U.S. media about how much it colors his presidency, his stand
on Iraq and the war on terror.

Aides say Bush reads the Bible every day, opens Cabinet meetings with a
prayer and sometimes prays in the Oval Office. During the 2000
presidential campaign, he declared Jesus Christ the political philosopher or
thinker he most admired "because he changed my heart."

TERMS OF GOOD AND EVIL

Since the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, Bush has painted the world in stark
terms of good and evil. He told reporters last month he sought guidance
from God in making the decision to send U.S. troops into Iraq to depose
Saddam Hussein and rid the country of suspected weapons of mass
destruction.

Commentators in Britain, where Prime Minister Tony Blair's firm but

discreet Christian beliefs have also aroused attention, have described Bush
as "chaplain in chief" and analyzed his use of religious phrases and images
in detail.

German and French leaders have joined religious figures in voicing

concern about religion's prominent political role in the United States,
where conservative Christians are an important constituency of Bush's
Republican Party.

"America mourns those who have been called home and we pray that their
families will find God's comfort and God's grace," Bush said on Saturday.
"His purposes are not always clear to us, yet this season brings a promise:
that good can come out of evil, that hope can arise from despair ..."

Bush, who speaks of the power of prayer and has hinted at God's "divine
plan," recalled the battlefield loss of Cpl. Henry Brown, a 22-year-old
soldier from Mississippi, and the words of the soldier's best friend Frank
Woods.
 "He believed God was working through him and he was part of the plan. I
guess part of the plan now is God calling his soldier home," Bush quoted
Woods as saying.”

Since the start of the Iraq War, the American military’s death toll stands at over
one thousand, five hundred-plus dead, including the deaths of soldiers from the Allied
nations who participated in the invasion/occupation. The Iraqi military and civilian death
toll is unknown, but speculated as being in the hundreds of thousands. (Update February
2008 – 3,945 dead troops - http://www.antiwar.com/casualties/ .)

By capturing and occupying the sovereign, modern nation of Iraq (which you will
remember was formerly named Babylon), and taking its leader, Saddam Hussein, captive,
President George W. Bush officially became the King of Babylon, reigning over the
kingdom and sitting on the throne that once belonged to King Nebuchadnezzar. The great
empires have come full circle. I will discuss this more in Chapter 14.

Revelation 17:7-11: “And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou
marvel? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that
carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns. The beast that thou
sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into
perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were
not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they
behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is. And here is the mind which
hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman
sitteth. And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is
not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space. And the
beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth
into perdition.”

Chapter 9

The Abomination That Causes Desolation - Roadmap to Peace

 Matthew 24 - This entire chapter describes Jesus explaining what to look for in
the last days. Verses 15 - 22 specifically state: “When ye therefore shall see the
abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy
place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:) Then let them which be in Judaea
flee into the mountains: Let him which is on the housetop not come down to
take any thing out of his house: Neither let him which is in the field return
back to take his clothes. And woe unto them that are with child, and to them
that give suck in those days! But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter,
neither on the sabbath day: For then shall be great tribulation, such as was
not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And
except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for
the elect's sake those days shall be shortened.”

In addition, look at the entire chapters of Mark 13 and Luke 21, which repeat and
elaborate on Matthew 24.

Daniel 11:29-33: “At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward
the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. For the ships of
Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and
have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even
return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. And
arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength,
and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination
that maketh desolate. And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he
corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong,
and do exploits. And they that understand among the people shall instruct
many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil,
many days.”

The "ships of Chittim" described above were leaders of the European Union,
which came up hard against U.S. President George Bush when he wanted U.N. approval
to go to war against Iraq. "Chittim" was the name used in the Old Testament to indicate
the people who lived in the lands of that eventually formed the Roman Empire. When he
was rebuffed by them, President Bush was very angry about their refusal to help him
conquer Iraq, especially at the nation of France, and turned to working on his Roadmap to
Peace in the interim before he invaded Iraq on the false pretense of looking for weapons
of mass destruction, which still haven't been found as of this date.

The abomination that causes desolation is the Roadmap to Middle East peace,
designed by a group known as the Quartet (U.S., European Union, Russia and the United
Nations). The undisputed leader of this group is the President of the United States, who is
currently George W. Bush. The goal of this Roadmap is to divide the nation of Israel into
two separate states, Israel and Palestine, by the year 2005. This division of Israel is the
abomination spoken of by Daniel and reiterated by Jesus in the New Testament books of
Matthew, Mark, and Luke, as first discussed in Chapter 3.
Just as I was writing this portion, a new story about the Road Map hit the news:

Dated January 27, 2005: Story found at CNN.com

http://www.cnn.com/2005/WORLD/meast/01/27/sharon/index.html

”Sharon: Conditions ripe for 'historic breakthrough'

JERUSALEM (CNN) -- Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon said

Thursday night he believes the Palestinians have created conditions for a
"historic breakthrough" in relations between the bitter rivals.

"We are monitoring recent developments in the Palestinian Authority with

great interest," Sharon said.

"And it seems that there is a positive approach there regarding the war on
terrorism and advancing the diplomatic process."

The Israeli prime minister was speaking at a builders and contractors

convention in Tel Aviv.

"If the Palestinians take comprehensive action to stop the terrorism,

violence and incitement, we will be able to move forward in contacts on
implementing the road map.

"It would even be possible to coordinate with them on various actions

regarding the disengagement plan."

Sharon is intent on carrying out his plan to unilaterally withdraw Israelis

from Gaza and parts of the West Bank by the middle of this year, and
work with Palestinians on the road map, a peace plan drawn up by the
international quartet of Russia, the European Union, the United Nations
and the United States that is to lead in stages to the creation of a
Palestinian state.

In an effort to move the peace process along, newly installed Palestinian

Authority President Mahmoud Abbas began deploying about 2,000
security forces last Friday around northern Gaza in an effort to stop attacks
on Israel.

Abbas also is pressuring Hamas and other Palestinian militant groups to

participate in a cease-fire, arguing that Israel will not go ahead with its
disengagement plan from Gaza while under attack from militants.

"I believe that the conditions have been created which will enable us and
the Palestinians to reach a historic breakthrough in relations between us, a
 breakthrough which would lead us towards quiet and security," Sharon
said.

The prime minister said he sees "encouraging signs, but these matters
must be put to the test."

Sharon also spoke Thursday night with Egyptian President Hosni

Mubarak, who congratulated him on the positive atmosphere that has been
created in the region with the dialogue with the Palestinians.

Mubarak, who phoned Sharon, told the prime minister Egypt is ready to
help advance the peace process, the spokesman said.”

The book of Isaiah is the key to understanding what is in store for Israel when
they officially agreed to the implementation of this Roadmap on May 25, 2003. Chapter
16 deals with the book of Isaiah, and its ramifications. Below are the complete details of
the roadmap:
---------------------------------------------------------------

A PERFORMANCE-BASED ROADMAP

TO A PERMANENT TWO-STATE SOLUTION TO

THE ISRAELI-PALESTINIAN CONFLICT

The following is a performance-based and goal-driven roadmap, with clear phases,

timelines, target dates, and benchmarks aiming at progress through reciprocal steps by the
two parties in the political, security, economic, humanitarian, and institution-building
fields, under the auspices of the Quartet. The destination is a final and comprehensive
settlement of the Israel-Palestinian conflict by 2005, as presented in President Bush’s
speech of 24 June, and welcomed by the EU, Russia and the UN in the 16 July and 17
September Quartet Ministerial statements.

A two state solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict will only be achieved through an
end to violence and terrorism, when the Palestinian people have a leadership acting
decisively against terror and willing and able to build a practicing democracy based on
tolerance and liberty, and through Israel’s readiness to do what is necessary for a
democratic Palestinian state to be established, and a clear, unambiguous acceptance by
both parties of the goal of a negotiated settlement as described below. The Quartet will
assist and facilitate implementation of the plan, starting in Phase I, including direct
discussions between the parties as required. The plan establishes a realistic timeline for
implementation. However, as a performance-based plan, progress will require and depend
upon the good faith efforts of the parties, and their compliance with each of the
obligations outlined below. Should the parties perform their obligations rapidly, progress
within and through the phases may come sooner than indicated in the plan. Non-
compliance with obligations will impede progress.
A settlement, negotiated between the parties, will result in the emergence of an
independent, democratic, and viable Palestinian state living side by side in peace and
security with Israel and its other neighbors. The settlement will resolve the Israel-
Palestinian conflict, and end the occupation that began in 1967, based on the foundations
of the Madrid Conference, the principle of land for peace, UNSCRs 242, 338 and 1397,
agreements previously reached by the parties, and the initiative of Saudi Crown Prince
Abdullah – endorsed by the Beirut Arab League Summit – calling for acceptance of Israel
as a neighbor living in peace and security, in the context of a comprehensive settlement.
This initiative is a vital element of international efforts to promote a comprehensive
peace on all tracks, including the Syrian-Israeli and Lebanese-Israeli tracks.

The Quartet will meet regularly at senior levels to evaluate the parties' performance on
implementation of the plan. In each phase, the parties are expected to perform their
obligations in parallel, unless otherwise indicated.

PHASE I:

ENDING TERROR AND VIOLENCE, NORMALIZING PALESTINIAN LIFE,

AND BUILDING PALESTINIAN INSTITUTIONS

PRESENT TO MAY 2003

In Phase I, the Palestinians immediately undertake an unconditional cessation of violence

according to the steps outlined below; such action should be accompanied by supportive
measures undertaken by Israel. Palestinians and Israelis resume security cooperation
based on the Tenet work plan to end violence, terrorism, and incitement through
restructured and effective Palestinian security services. Palestinians undertake
comprehensive political reform in preparation for statehood, including drafting a
Palestinian constitution, and free, fair and open elections upon the basis of those
measures. Israel takes all necessary steps to help normalize Palestinian life. Israel
withdraws from Palestinian areas occupied from September 28, 2000 and the two sides
restore the status quo that existed at that time, as security performance and cooperation
progress. Israel also freezes all settlement activity, consistent with the Mitchell report.

At the outset of Phase I:

• Palestinian leadership issues unequivocal statement reiterating Israel’s right to

exist in peace and security and calling for an immediate and unconditional
ceasefire to end armed activity and all acts of violence against Israelis anywhere.
All official Palestinian institutions end incitement against Israel.

• Israeli leadership issues unequivocal statement affirming its commitment to the

two-state vision of an independent, viable, sovereign Palestinian state living in
peace and security alongside Israel, as expressed by President Bush, and calling
 for an immediate end to violence against Palestinians everywhere. All official
Israeli institutions end incitement against Palestinians.

SECURITY

• Palestinians declare an unequivocal end to violence and terrorism and undertake

visible efforts on the ground to arrest, disrupt, and restrain individuals and groups
conducting and planning violent attacks on Israelis anywhere.

• Rebuilt and refocused Palestinian Authority security apparatus begins sustained,

targeted, and effective operations aimed at confronting all those engaged in terror and
dismantlement of terrorist capabilities and infrastructure. This includes commencing
confiscation of illegal weapons and consolidation of security authority, free of
association with terror and corruption.

• GOI takes no actions undermining trust, including deportations, attacks on civilians;

confiscation and/or demolition of Palestinian homes and property, as a punitive
measure or to facilitate Israeli construction; destruction of Palestinian institutions and
infrastructure; and other measures specified in the Tenet work plan.

• Relying on existing mechanisms and on-the-ground resources, Quartet

representatives begin informal monitoring and consult with the parties on
establishment of a formal monitoring mechanism and its implementation.

• Implementation, as previously agreed, of U.S. rebuilding, training and resumed

security cooperation plan in collaboration with outside oversight board (U.S.–Egypt–
Jordan). Quartet support for efforts to achieve a lasting, comprehensive cease-fire.

 All Palestinian security organizations are consolidated into three services

reporting to an empowered Interior Minister.

 Restructured/retrained Palestinian security forces and IDF counterparts

progressively resume security cooperation and other undertakings in
implementation of the Tenet work plan, including regular senior-level
meetings, with the participation of U.S. security officials.

• Arab states cut off public and private funding and all other forms of support for
groups supporting and engaging in violence and terror.

• All donors providing budgetary support for the Palestinians channel these funds
through the Palestinian Ministry of Finance's Single Treasury Account.

• As comprehensive security performance moves forward, IDF withdraws

progressively from areas occupied since September 28, 2000 and the two sides restore
the status quo that existed prior to September 28, 2000. Palestinian security forces
redeployed to areas vacated by IDF.
PALESTINIAN INSTITUTION-BUILDING

• Immediate action on credible process to produce draft constitution for Palestinian

statehood. As rapidly as possible, constitutional committee circulates draft
Palestinian constitution, based on strong parliamentary democracy and cabinet with
empowered prime minister, for public comment/debate. Constitutional committee
proposes draft document for submission after elections for approval by appropriate
Palestinian institutions.

• Appointment of interim prime minister or cabinet with empowered executive

authority/decision-making body.

• GOI fully facilitates travel of Palestinian officials for PLC and Cabinet sessions,
internationally supervised security retraining, electoral and other reform activity, and
other supportive measures related to the reform efforts.

• Continued appointment of Palestinian ministers empowered to undertake

fundamental reform. Completion of further steps to achieve genuine separation of
powers, including any necessary Palestinian legal reforms for this purpose.

• Establishment of independent Palestinian election commission. PLC reviews and

revises election law.

• Palestinian performance on judicial, administrative, and economic benchmarks, as

established by the International Task Force on Palestinian Reform.

• As early as possible, and based upon the above measures and in the context of open
debate and transparent candidate selection/electoral campaign based on a free, multi-
party process, Palestinians hold free, open, and fair elections.

• GOI facilitates Task Force election assistance, registration of voters, movement of

candidates and voting officials. Support for NGOs involved in the election process.

• GOI reopens Palestinian Chamber of Commerce and other closed Palestinian

institutions in East Jerusalem based on a commitment that these institutions operate
strictly in accordance with prior agreements between the parties.

HUMANITARIAN RESPONSE

• Israel takes measures to improve the humanitarian situation. Israel and Palestinians
implement in full all recommendations of the Bertini report to improve humanitarian
conditions, lifting curfews and easing restrictions on movement of persons and goods,
and allowing full, safe, and unfettered access of international and humanitarian
personnel.
• AHLC reviews the humanitarian situation and prospects for economic development
in the West Bank and Gaza and launches a major donor assistance effort, including to
the reform effort.

• GOI and PA continue revenue clearance process and transfer of funds, including
arrears, in accordance with agreed, transparent monitoring mechanism.

CIVIL SOCIETY

• Continued donor support, including increased funding through PVOs/NGOs, for

people to people programs, private sector development and civil society initiatives.

SETTLEMENTS

• GOI immediately dismantles settlement outposts erected since March 2001.

• Consistent with the Mitchell Report, GOI freezes all settlement activity (including
natural growth of settlements).

PHASE II: TRANSITION

JUNE 2003-DECEMBER 2003

In the second phase, efforts are focused on the option of creating an independent
Palestinian state with provisional borders and attributes of sovereignty, based on the new
constitution, as a way station to a permanent status settlement. As has been noted, this
goal can be achieved when the Palestinian people have a leadership acting decisively
against terror, willing and able to build a practicing democracy based on tolerance and
liberty. With such a leadership, reformed civil institutions and security structures, the
Palestinians will have the active support of the Quartet and the broader international
community in establishing an independent, viable, state.

Progress into Phase II will be based upon the consensus judgment of the Quartet of
whether conditions are appropriate to proceed, taking into account performance of both
parties. Furthering and sustaining efforts to normalize Palestinian lives and build
Palestinian institutions, Phase II starts after Palestinian elections and ends with possible
creation of an independent Palestinian state with provisional borders in 2003. Its primary
goals are continued comprehensive security performance and effective security
cooperation, continued normalization of Palestinian life and institution-building, further
building on and sustaining of the goals outlined in Phase I, ratification of a democratic
Palestinian constitution, formal establishment of office of prime minister, consolidation
of political reform, and the creation of a Palestinian state with provisional borders.

• INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE: Convened by the Quartet, in

consultation with the parties, immediately after the successful conclusion of
 Palestinian elections, to support Palestinian economic recovery and launch a process,
leading to establishment of an independent Palestinian state with provisional borders.
 Such a meeting would be inclusive, based on the goal of a
comprehensive Middle East peace (including between Israel and Syria, and Israel
and Lebanon), and based on the principles described in the preamble to this
document.

 Arab states restore pre-intifada links to Israel (trade offices, etc.).

 Revival of multilateral engagement on issues including regional water

resources, environment, economic development, refugees, and arms control
issues.

• New constitution for democratic, independent Palestinian state is finalized

and approved by appropriate Palestinian institutions. Further elections, if required,
should follow approval of the new constitution.
• Empowered reform cabinet with office of prime minister formally
established, consistent with draft constitution.
• Continued comprehensive security performance, including effective
security cooperation on the bases laid out in Phase I.
• Creation of an independent Palestinian state with provisional borders
through a process of Israeli-Palestinian engagement, launched by the international
conference. As part of this process, implementation of prior agreements, to enhance
maximum territorial contiguity, including further action on settlements in conjunction
with establishment of a Palestinian state with provisional borders.
• Enhanced international role in monitoring transition, with the active,
sustained, and operational support of the Quartet.
• Quartet members promote international recognition of Palestinian state,
including possible UN membership.

Phase III: Permanent Status Agreement

and End of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict

2004 – 2005

Progress into Phase III, based on consensus judgment of Quartet, and taking into account
actions of both parties and Quartet monitoring. Phase III objectives are consolidation of
reform and stabilization of Palestinian institutions, sustained, effective Palestinian
security performance, and Israeli-Palestinian negotiations aimed at a permanent status
agreement in 2005.

• SECOND INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE: Convened by Quartet, in

consultation with the parties, at beginning of 2004 to endorse agreement reached on
an independent Palestinian state with provisional borders and formally to launch a
process with the active, sustained, and operational support of the Quartet, leading to a
final, permanent status resolution in 2005, including on borders, Jerusalem, refugees,
settlements; and, to support progress toward a comprehensive Middle East settlement
between Israel and Lebanon and Israel and Syria, to be achieved as soon as possible.

• Continued comprehensive, effective progress on the reform agenda laid

out by the Task Force in preparation for final status agreement.
• Continued sustained and effective security performance, and sustained,
effective security cooperation on the bases laid out in Phase I.
• International efforts to facilitate reform and stabilize Palestinian
institutions and the Palestinian economy, in preparation for final status agreement.
• Parties reach final and comprehensive permanent status agreement that
ends the Israel-Palestinian conflict in 2005, through a settlement negotiated between
the parties based on UNSCR 242, 338, and 1397, that ends the occupation that began
in 1967, and includes an agreed, just, fair, and realistic solution to the refugee issue,
and a negotiated resolution on the status of Jerusalem that takes into account the
political and religious concerns of both sides, and protects the religious interests of
Jews, Christians, and Muslims worldwide, and fulfills the vision of two states, Israel
and sovereign, independent, democratic and viable Palestine, living side-by-side in
peace and security.
• Arab state acceptance of full normal relations with Israel and security for
all the states of the region in the context of a comprehensive Arab-Israeli peace.

-----------------------------------------------------

Here’s the latest news, current as this book was written (January 30, 2005):
“Palestinians: Israel to leave 4 West Bank cities
(http://www.cnn.com/2005/WORLD/meast/01/30/mideast/index.html):

GAZA CITY (CNN) -- Israeli forces will withdraw from four West Bank
cities this week and hand over security control to the Palestinian
Authority, Palestinian officials said Sunday.

The pullout is expected on Wednesday from Ramallah, Tulkarem,

Qalqilya and Jericho, the officials said.

Israeli Defense Minister Shaul Mofaz stopped short of confirming the

report. After a meeting Saturday night with Palestinian security chief
Mohammad Dahlan, he told Israeli radio on Sunday, "It is a matter of
days."

"We haven't concluded yet which towns or when," Mofaz said. "It is very
possible that in some of the Palestinian towns, the handing over of
responsibility will happen in the coming days. We are due to meet again to
finalize the issues."

The meeting between Mofaz and Dahlan was positive, a Dahlan aide told
CNN.
The two discussed confidence-building steps such as the possible release
of Palestinian prisoners and a proposed end to Israel's arrests and targeted
killings of Palestinians.

They also discussed the proposed meeting on February 8 between Israeli

Prime Minister Ariel Sharon and Palestinian Authority President
Mahmoud Abbas.

Thawing relations between Israel and the Palestinian Authority followed

Abbas' election this month to replace the late Palestinian leader Yasser
Arafat, who died of an unknown illness in November.

Sharon said Thursday night he believes the Palestinians have created

conditions for a "historic breakthrough" in relations. "It seems that there is
a positive approach [by Palestinians] regarding the war on terrorism and
advancing the diplomatic process," Sharon said during a speech in Tel
Aviv.

In addition, Sharon has proposed a "disengagement plan" that calls for the
evacuation of all 21 Jewish settlements in Gaza, and the pullout of Israeli
military forces deployed to defend them. Four small Jewish settlements in
the northern West Bank would also be evacuated under Sharon's plan.

Reining in of militants by the Palestinian Authority has been a key Israeli

demand before resumption of peace talks. Abbas has deployed thousands
of Palestinian security forces along the Israeli-Gaza border to prevent
terrorist attacks.

Ha'aretz has reported that Abbas has reached a provisional agreement with
the Islamic fundamentalist group Hamas to participate in a cease-fire of
terrorist attacks against Israeli targets.

Hamas' military wing, Izzedine al Qassam, has acknowledged

responsibility for terrorist attacks against Israeli civilians as well as attacks
against the Israeli military. Israel and the U.S. State Department consider
Hamas a terrorist organization.

As for Israel, it has told Palestinian officials it's stopping the targeted
killings of senior members of Palestinian militant groups, Israeli sources
said Wednesday.

Ending such killings by Israel has been a key demand by Palestinian

militants in exchange for a cease-fire on Israeli targets.

Meanwhile, the date of the tentatively scheduled meeting between Sharon

and Abbas depends on the outcome of preliminary talks between officials
 representing both leaders, Abbas' spokesman, Hassan Abu Libdeh, has
said.

On Saturday, David Baker, an official in Sharon's office, said, "The

meeting would be in order to make further progress, and it's contingent on
Palestinians continuing to fight terror."

Sharon and Abbas met in 2003 during a push toward a U.S.-led peace plan
that later stalled. Abbas served as prime minister under Arafat at the time.”

The death of Yassar Arafat, the President of the Palestinian Authority, in

November 2004 paved the way for the new Palestinian president, Mahmoud Abbas, to
implement the Roadmap to Peace to its eventual conclusion: the destruction of Israel.

Chapter 10

The Dragon's Part in the Last Days

We have the used the Bible extensively in our quest for understanding these
Latter Days. We have used many historical resources and other material from the Internet
to help us to understand, through the filter of current events, the backdrop of prophecy.
Now we are going to examine what the “Dragon” of Revelation has been doing
throughout history to bring about the events described in the Bible.

At the heart of the events of Revelation is the fact that the great red dragon of
Revelations 12 is Satan, and he has been cast down to earth, with his angels, after losing
the war he caused in heaven. After being cast to the earth, the Dragon persecuted the
Jews (verse 13). The Temple in Jerusalem was destroyed, and the Jewish people were
disbursed in 70 A.D. outward, into regions of the Roman Empire, and this dispersal
allowed them some protection from persecution.
 The Jews were always pushed from one country to the other, never being allowed
to settle safely in one place. This is called the Jewish Diaspora (verses 6, 14, 15 & 16).
Knowing he only has a short time, the Dragon then goes to war with the remnant of God's
people, who keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.
The word “testimony”, from the Greek, means “evidence”. Those who keep the
commandments of God, and have the “evidence” of Jesus Christ, are being persecuted at
this time.

There has been much preparation by the Dragon to influence the events leading
up to the last worldwide war, Armageddon, and Christ's triumphant return to earth.
Always remember, Satan, or Devil, means "tempter". That is the limit of what Satan can
do. Believers are supposed to resist the tempter, and he is guaranteed to flee from you.
But, unfortunately, there are people who court and encourage the tempter, in order to gain
power, wealth, and the satisfaction of physical desires. These are the only things that the
tempter can present to a person. Jesus was tempted in this way but refused. The tempter,
as he had no choice but to do, just went away (Matthew 4:3-11).

One of the most insidious ways that the Dragon is influencing people is through
the media. The media is full of subconscious messages that influence and affect the
behavior of the population in the manner that the Dragon wants to achieve its goals.
Emphasis is placed on consumerism, political rhetoric, religious rhetoric, and sexual
content.

Another way the Dragon uses is the infiltration of religious bodies, and perverting
the pure message with one that will harm and drive many from the true faith, often in
ignorance. There will be fatal consequences for them when Christ comes back to Earth.
They will have their part in the lake of fire, along with the Antichrist and the beast. Their
Karma will come full circle.

To sum this up, I would define the “beast” as any entity, person or organization
that affiliates itself with the Bush Administration, and any activities of the Dragon to
deceive innocents from the pure doctrine of Jesus Christ.

I will be using material from the following website: http://nwo-

warning.tripod.com/worldwar3.html. I do not agree with everything found on this
website, and some of its contents are dated in the 1990s, and therefore, out of date. But
some of the information found on this site reveals the Dragon's plan to bring about his
part in the events found in Revelation, and clarifies the intents of those humans who,
under the purposeful influence of the Dragon, have willingly participated in the Dragon's
End-Times plan of establishing a New World Order.

---------------------------------------------------

Let us begin by defining the New World Order, according to the writings of those
leaders who have been directing the world toward it since 1776. The New World Order is
that new alignment of nations, and of the peoples of those nations, which will set the
stage for the appearance of the beast (Anti-Christ). The concept of this definition, and the
New Age writings which detail how it is to be achieved, follow Biblical prophecy to the
smallest detail.

This statement means that Satan and his demons have no choice but to act through
their human agents in such a way as to fulfill God's prophecies, not because they want to
but because they are being forced to by God's omnipotent power. This concept takes on
great importance when you realize that the leaders to the New World Order have been
demon possessed, that much of their writings have been demonic "automatic writing". Of
course, these occultic leaders do not realize they are demon possessed; they believe they
are in contact with their "Guiding Spirits", and they falsely believe these spirits are
thoroughly benevolent.

But, the point is that Satan's demonic spirits have been writing the plans for the
New World Order through the human leaders who had given their lives over to demon-
possession. Of course, these demons knew God's prophecies, and they were daily
subjected to God's power to act in such a way as to fulfill them. Therefore, when you read
their writings as to how the New World Order is to be established, and what it will
accomplish, you can be assured that their plan will fulfill Biblical prophecy.

In Revelation 17:17, Jesus foretold that the wicked rulers of the Gentile nations at
the end of the age would be unknowingly prompted by God's power to conceive of plans
and to execute those plans in accordance with His prophecies. "For God hath put in their
hearts to fulfill His will, and to agree, and give their kingdom to the beast, until the words
of God shall be fulfilled." God has done just this, forcing the demonic "Guiding Spirits"
of these wicked leaders of the New World Order to give plans to these human leaders
which, when carried out, will fulfill Biblical prophecy precisely.

One of these human leaders was a man by the name of Albert Pike. Albert Pike
was considered one of the greatest leaders of Freemasonry. Born in 1809, Pike was by
any measure, a genius. He could read and write 16 languages, he graduated from
Harvard, and served as a Brigadier General in the Confederate Army during the Civil
War. Pike had long admired the occultic system known as the Cabbala and had studied it
extensively. Of course, the Cabbala is one of the cornerstones of the New World Order.
After the Civil War, Pike became the key leader of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish
Rite of Freemasonry in North America. Such leadership also meant that he led the
activities of the Illuminati in the United States, as well. On January 22, 1870, Pike and
one of his international coconspirators, Guiseppe Mazzini, conceived the Plan which
would establish the New World Order. Of course, they were working under the influence
of their supernatural "Guiding Spirits", Satanic demons who were being forced by God's
prophecies to concoct a plan to establish Anti-Christ that would fulfill all God's plans to
the smallest detail.

The secret Mazzini-Pike plan to control the world foresaw the need for three
world wars. Stop here for a moment to remember the date of this prediction: January 22,
1870. This date is 44 years before the beginning of World War I. Once you understand
the facts about to be shared with you and realize the length of time between this
prediction and the beginning of its fulfillment, you can understand how supernatural
forces were truly in command. Further, January 22, 1870, is of occult significance also.
The number 22 is one of the three important occultic primary numbers (11, 22, and 33).

Mazzini-Pike's guiding spirits revealed that three world wars would be required to
establish the New World Order, and they made this prediction in 1870, exactly 44 years
before the First World War!! Of course, we know that two World Wars have taken place
already; we further know that the Bible foretells continuous warfare leading to the End of
the Age, culminating in a war in the Middle East, as Israel is invaded by forces from the
north and the south (Ezekiel 38-39, and Daniel 11).

To understand more about the New World Order, we must go back in history, to
May 1, 1776, the day that Adam Weishaupt, a former Jesuit priest, formed his occult
group, which he named The Masters of the Illuminati. Adam Weishaupt founded his new
group on the basis of the Jesuit Order, with which he was very familiar. The Masters of
the Illuminati was a true secret society, completely closed to the outside world. They had
a definite Plan to overthrow all religious and civil institutions and governments, replacing
them with a brand new global government, a system which Weishaupt called, The New
World Order.

To achieve this plan, Weishaupt understood that he needed supernatural power, if

he was going to successfully destroy Western Civilization, which was religiously
Christian. Therefore, Weishaupt established his Masters of the Illuminati with an occult
base! ("The New World Order", by A. Ralph Epperson, p. 108-112). Weishaupt created a
symbol for his organization, an all All-Seeing Eye atop an unfinished pyramid, inside a
circle. At the top of the circle were the words, "Annuit Coeptus" which is Latin meaning
"Announcing the birth of" and at the bottom of the circle are the Latin words, "Novus
Ordo Seclorum", meaning New World Order. In other words, Weishaupt's symbol was
"announcing the birth of the New World Order". ("America's Secret Destiny: Spiritual
vision & The Founding of a Nation", Robert Hieronimus, Ph.D., p. 20-21; Note: This is a
New World Order book).

If this symbol sounds familiar, it should, because is the symbol on the back of our
One Dollar bill! At the bottom of the pyramid are Latin Numerals, which, when
converted into our system of numbers is "1776". So, since American money has this New
World Order symbol on the back, we must assume that our Government has been
committed to this New World Order since 1776!

The problem, as Weishaupt saw it, were the Christian based nations of Western
Europe and the New World, later to become the United States of America. Therefore, he
targeted his Plan against them. Weishaupt saw two religious enemies, Roman
Catholicism and the burgeoning Protestant Movement.

Here is the problem in a nutshell, from Weishaupt's viewpoint. He wanted badly

to destroy the Western governments, replacing them with one new global government,
called the New World Order. But, how do you get from Point A to Point B? How does
one thoroughly, gradually change every single aspect of every Western nation, moving
them from freedom into slavery, without the citizens of these countries finding out your
Plan, and forcing their governments to attack and destroy you?

For starters, you have to keep your Plan very secret. This is the major reason
Weishaupt established his Masters of the Illuminati as a secret society. They had some
major secrets to keep from the peoples they wanted to enslave. Weishaupt felt that he had
a potentially strong ally in the society called Freemasonry. Officially established within
the Western World in 1717, Masons taught that, one day, the attitudes and values of all
men from all nations would evolve naturally, to the point where all religions would meld
together. Every man would come to understand that all men are brothers. And,
Freemasons foresaw that they would lead the way to this new global understanding. This
new global system was inevitable and would happen naturally, peacefully.

Weishaupt said "Nonsense"! It would never happen peacefully and naturally; it

must happen only by violent revolution. Hence, Weishaupt and his men began an
infiltration into the European Masonic lodges in 1776, and in just 13 years, by 1789,
Weishaupt controlled all Masonic lodges in Europe with his violent brand of change. His
takeover of American Masonic Lodges did not occur before the 1830's; however,
Weishaupt was able to win the hearts of many American Freemasons before that date.

Weishaupt lacked only one element in his grand Plan to establish his New World
Order: a tactical Battle Plan that would clearly specify how he was to proceed
overthrowing all the established governments in the Western World. In 1823, a German
professor named Hegel provided that formula, that specific battle plan. Hegel proposed
that societies were governed by the following formula:

• The existence of one type of government or society, named Thesis, would

provoke the appearance of the opposite of that type of government or society,
which Hegel named Antithesis.
• Thesis and Antithesis would naturally begin to battle one another, since they were
exactly opposite systems and, therefore, would see matters differently.
• If Thesis and Antithesis battled each other for a long period of time, with neither
side annihilating the other, that battling would result in both side changing to a
hybrid system of government and society, which Hegel called Synthesis.

A constant battling, or threat of battling, was the key. Hegel theorized that "Conflict
brings about change, and planned conflict would bring about planned change. This theory
swept through Europe, on college campuses, sparking many a debate! A secretive club
formed at Yale University called the as the Skull and Bones, based on Hegel's theories.
After awhile, student's fascination with this theory died down, but the Illuminati, with
Freemasonry now thoroughly involved in the leadership in the New World Order Plan,
now had their formula to achieve their goals!

Let us now define these terms as they relate to Weishaupt's Plan:

 • Thesis -- is the original system dominating Europe in the late 1700's. This system
was economically Private Enterprise, politically either Monarchy or Democracy,
and religiously Judeo-Christian
• Anti-Thesis -- is the opposite system to Thesis, which, theoretically, by battling
Thesis for an extended period of time, would produce a new system, called
Synthesis. The major problem is that no truly opposite system to Thesis existed in
1776.

So, what can you do when no truly opposite system has "spontaneously" sprung up?
If I were in charge of executing the New World Order Plan, and I believed in Hegel's
theory, I suppose I would sit down to create an exactly opposite system to Thesis.
Catholic editor and author, Piers Compton, writes about the creation of Antithesis, the
exact opposite of the Western Thesis. In 1846, "there was a feeling of change in the air. a
change that would extend beyond the boundaries of the Church and transform many
facets of existence.... Two years later a highly select body of secret initiates who called
themselves the League of Twelve Just Men of the Illuminati, financed Karl Marx to write
the Communist Manifesto..." ("The Broken Cross: Hidden Hand In the Vatican", p.16)

Antithesis was theoretically created when the Communist Manifesto was issued by
Karl Marx in 1848. Christian author, Gary Kah stumbled across this secret when he was
given a cache of old, secret Freemason books. He wrote about it in his book, "Enroute To
A Global Occupation". On Page 94, Kah reproduces a chart which he discovered, which
depicts the historic linkage between the New Age Movement through Freemasonry
through The Illuminati, the Rosicrucians, the Knights Templars, Gnosticism, Kabbalism,
to the headwaters of them all, the Ancient Mystery Religions of Egypt and Babylon. Off
to the side of this main body of linkage, were several spin-off groups created by
Freemasonry/Illuminati. "Marxism" is shown in a box, with an arrow back to
Freemasonry/Illuminati! There is no doubt. Freemasonry/Illuminati created Communism
as the direct opposite to the Thesis, so Hegel's theory could proceed.

Communism was economically State-owned and State-planned, and religiously

Atheistic, and politically a dictatorship. A more complete opposite to Thesis could not
have been possible, even if it were planned that way, which, of course, it was.

* Synthesis -- is the new, hybrid system produced by constant battling between Thesis
and Anti-Thesis. Synthesis is planned to be economically Fascist, where the Means of
Production and the Distribution of Goods are privately held, but the Government dictates
how much is produced and how many companies can produce the same type product.
Synthesis was planned to be religiously Satanic, which is the hybrid between the Judeo-
Christian Thesis and the Atheistic Anti-Thesis. This new system, hypothetically called
Synthesis, has always had a title. It has always been known as the New World Order.

The philosophies of the Masters of the Illuminati and Communism are also identical.
What are these philosophies?

1. Man is inherently good.

 2. All of man's problems are the result of bad environment. Therefore, all man's
problems can be cured if only his environment is changed. (Note: This belief
resulted in the wholesale slaughter of 200 million people since 1917; the best way
to immediately improve the environment is to kill everyone who will not be able
to accept the new order.)
3. Man's reason is supreme, and if left unfettered by religious dogma, could create
an earthly utopia.
4. The wonderful ends justify any means necessary to achieve it. This belief is a
corollary to the belief that man can achieve happiness by restructuring his
environment. Thus, any action, including wholesale slaughter of people, can be
justified if it advances the lofty cause.

The shocking fact of history is that the secret society, the Masters of the Illuminati,
created Communism to be the exact Anti-Thesis to Western Capitalism. Once Karl Marx
and Friedrich Engels issued the Communist Manifesto in 1848, the political stage was
theoretically set to begin the planned battle between Thesis and Anti-Thesis. Further,
Western Capitalists were pleased with this new system, and were ready to support it with
as much money as was needed to create their coveted Synthesis, the New World Order.
Author Antony Sutton in his book, "Wall Street And The Bolshevik Revolution", reprints
a political cartoon which was created by Robert Minor, and was printed in the St. Louis
Dispatch in 1911. Please note that, in 1911, Communism was just a theory; the Czar still
ruled in Russia. In this cartoon, Karl Marx is shown in the middle of the street in New
York's Wall Street area, with his thesis on "Socialism" which we know today as
Communism, tucked under his left arm. High-rise buildings line both sides of the street
and the Empire State Building is clearly seen in the background. Throngs of people are in
the background, throwing their hits into the air in jubilation.

What is the cause of all this merrymaking? The Western Capitalists were giving Karl
Marx a ticker-tape parade. George Perkins, a partner of the fabulously wealthy J.P.
Morgan, is shaking Marx's hand, with a wide grin on his face. Standing behind Marx with
his hand outstretched, is Andrew Carnegie. J.P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller are also
seen waiting their turn to shake Marx's hand. And standing directly in the background,
between Marx and Perkins, is Teddy Roosevelt.

Let us now go back and examine the details of the Mazzini-Pike plan to overthrow
the Old Christian World Order and establish the New Satanic World Order of Anti-
Christ. I. The First World War was designed to enable the Czarist Government in Russia
to be finally and completely overthrown. The new Russian government was foreseen to
be atheistic and militaristic. Further, Pike specified that this new Russian Government
was to be Communistic. Karl Marx had published his Communist Manifesto in 1848,
exactly 22 years before this occultic prophecy through Albert Pike. Isn't it interesting that
the occultic number 22 keeps popping up? The multiplier numbers, 44 and 66 also keep
appearing, as you will see in a few moments.

II. The Second World War was designed to originate between Great Britain and
Germany. However, one of the planned results of this war was to strengthen the new
Communist Russian government, so that it could weaken and destroy other governments
and religions.

III. The Third World War was to be between Judaism and Islam. This war is to arise
out of a long-standing dispute between Israel and her Arab antagonists, and was to result
in the destruction of both sides, with the rest of the world drawn into the fray, resulting in
total global warfare. This prophecy is incredible in many ways, as we will discuss in a
few moments. For the moment, however, understand that this prophecy of a third world
war occurred in 1870, a time when Israel did not exist as a nation, and when no one
except Fundamentalist, Bible believing Christians believed it would ever exist again.

These occultic prophecies are incredible, because we can see that two of these world
wars have already occurred, and with the situation currently developing that could fulfill
the third global war.

Now, let us examine the first two World Wars, from the standpoint of modern history.

I. The most important result of the World War I was the overthrow of the
long-standing Czarist Dynasty by the forces of Atheistic Communism.
Remember our earlier statement that Pike made this prediction precisely
22 years after Karl Marx had issued his Communist Manifesto? Several
writers have claimed that Marx did not actually write the Communist
Manifesto; rather, it was ghostwritten by men who were Illuminists. One
of these authors was Pierre Compton, who wrote in his book, "In 1846,
there was a feeling of change in the air, a change that would extend
beyond the boundaries of the Church and transform many facets of
existence....Two years later a highly select body of secret initiates who
called themselves the League of Twelve Just Men of the Illuminati,
financed Karl Marx to write the Communist Manifesto..." ("The Broken
Cross: Hidden Hand In the Vatican" by Piers Compton Channel Islands,
Neville Spearman, 1981, p.16). And, of course, we know that, by this
time, the International Brotherhood of Freemasonry had taken over the
original goals of the Illuminati. Freemasonry was now synonymous with
the Illuminati.

If this scenario is true, then we could truthfully say that the Illuminists conceived
the concept of Communism, wrote the Communist Manifesto under Marx's name, in
1848, and then waited their magical period of 22 years before issuing the prophecy
through Pike. Then, the Illuminists waited two (2) more periods of 22 years (44 years)
before they started World War II in 1914. Thus, the period between the publication of the
Communist Manifesto in 1848 to the beginning of World War in 1914, is their magical
66 years, which is nothing more than three (3) periods of 22 years each!! This means, in
many instances, they arrange the timing of historic events to contain occultic numbers.
But, one of the most sacred numbers is 66, because it is an intensification of the number
6, which occultists admit is the number of man. We studied that the occultists waited
precisely 66 days after Adam Weishaupt founded the Masters of the Illuminati on April
30 to declare America's Independence on July 4. This was no accident. The occultists
planning the New World Order consider 66 to be a most important number; it is literally
considered to be the number of the government of their Anti-Christ. In this case, they
moved to begin the first of the planned three world wars precisely 66 years after Karl
Marx issued his Communist Manifesto!!

World War I accomplished exactly what Pike had foreseen it would accomplish:
It overthrew the Czarist Government of Russia, and it established the new atheistic
Communist Government which was later given the opportunity to overthrow other
governments throughout the world and to weaken other religions. Pike's supernatural
"Guiding Spirits" were precisely on target. Occultists are very predictable where
numbers are concerned, because they firmly believe that the success or failure of a
venture is as much dependent upon the correct, occultic timing as any other single factor.
This timing is also another factor which demonstrates that Communism is not the
independent movement it has been portrayed, but is, rather, a tool created by the
Illuminists to achieve the New World Order.

2. The Second World War also proceeded precisely according to the plan
of the supernatural guiding spirits of Albert Pike. This war did start
between Great Britain and Germany, after Germany invaded Poland on
September 1, 1939. Incredibly, when you add 1939 together, as occultists
certainly do, you get the number 22!! And, when you realize that the
Communist Government of Russia was established in 1917, you realize
that the occultists waited precisely 22 years from the completion of Goal
Number 1 to begin World War II, thus starting the events that would
complete their Goal Number 2. And, certainly, one of the major results of
World War II was the great strengthening of Communist Russia. In fact,
Russia was strengthened to the point of becoming a Super Power. She not
only enlarged her own territory, gobbling up the governments of Eastern
Europe, she expanded her reach into China, where Communist forces
aided by Russia overthrew the established government, replacing it with a
Communist one.

Once Russia was Communist, the next phase of the plan was introduced. This
phase called for the threat of conflict between America and Russia, with no side militarily
defeating the other. Thus, after World War II, with Russia being built up as a superpower
because of World War II aid, the peoples of the world were subjected to one crisis after
another between American and Russia. As a result of 40+ years of planned conflict
between Thesis (America) and Anti-Thesis (Russia), the time had come for the planned
merger into the new Synthesis, the New World Order. All along, the leaders of
Communism had been participants in the Plan to create the New World Order. They had
been loyal soldiers to this cause, along with Western Capitalists and Western political
leaders. In our time, they are both openly hand-in-hand. Both the U.S. and Russia are
parties to the proposed Israel-Arab 3-stage "road-map" to peace.
 Throughout the world, Communism attacked established religion in general, and
Christianity in particular, with incredible force. In short, Pike's original goals were
established by the end of World War II. No one who looks at these facts with an open
mind can conclude anything but that supernatural forces were clearly at work in this flow
of human history. These supernatural forces were indirectly from God as He moved to
force Satan to create a plan which would fulfill His prophecies, and, directly, from Satan,
as his demons, masquerading as "Guiding Spirits", revealed to key occultic leaders the
required plan of action.

But, God was at work directly, also. One of the major results of World War II was
the recreation of the nation, Israel, in precise fulfillment of many prophecies, both in the
Old and New Testaments. After 1900 years of being out of their land, the Jews
reestablished the nation of Israel. With this unprecedented move, the scenario was
established whereby the Third World War envisioned by Albert Pike could occur.

Let us spend a few moments to examine the key years in the drive to manipulate the
world into the New World Order, remembering that occultists feel the need to undertake
action only at the most propitious moments, when the astrological lineups are correct, and
only when the numbers are properly aligned. Remember, too, that the primary occultic
numbers are 11, 22, and 33, that the number 3 is the number of Pagan trinity, and that the
number 6 is the number of man. The intensification of the number 6 into 66 or 666 is
considered to be most powerful, with 66 representative of the government of their
ultimate man, Anti-Christ, who will bear the number 666. Finally, remember that
occultists add the numbers of dates and years to determine the most propitious time to
cause an event to occur. Let us now consider the flow of history according to the most
important dates:

• 1782 -- This year was most important, because this was the year in which a
demonic Being suddenly appeared to Jefferson to give him the completed seals
that were to be the official seals of the United States Government. This was also
the year in which the 33 highest-ranking worldwide Leaders of Freemasonry met
with Adam Weishaupt and the leaders of his Masters of the Illuminati. These men
completed a pact in which Freemasonry joined with the Illuminati to direct the
occultic drive to the New World Order.
• 1848 -- Just 66 years later, 12 Illuminated Members of the French Illuminati
completed their work in creating an opposite system of government to struggle
with Western Governments to create a new, hybrid form of government, the New
World Order. They financed the publication of this plan through Karl Marx,
calling the book, The Communist Manifesto.
• 1914 -- Just 66 years later, World War I was started with Pike's express purpose
to destroy the Russian Czarist Government, and replacing it with Communism.
• 1870 -- Just 22 years after the publication of Marx's Communist Manifesto,
Mazzini-Pike secretly issued their vision that three world wars would be
necessary to accomplish their goals.
• 1870 -- Just 44 years after Mazzini-Pike published their vision, World War I
began, in 1914.
 • 1870 -- Just 88 years (4 periods of 22 years) after the critical year, 1782, Mazzini-
Pike published their vision
• 1939 -- Just 22 years after Lenin's Communist forces take over the Russian
Government, Adolf Hitler begins the Second World War, just as Pike had
foreseen, a war began between Great Britain and Germany. The addition of 1939
also equals the magic number, 22.

Thus, you can easily see that history is not just a random collection of events; rather,
the key occurrences are carefully planned and orchestrated by occultic elements that are
planning to take over the world for Anti-Christ.

Our historical understanding is now complete. The linkage of organization is:

1776 -- Masters of the Illuminati is created with goal of the New World
Order.

1823 -- Hegel's Theory Introduced (Thesis x Anti-Thesis = Synthesis)

1848 -- Karl Marx creates Communism, the perfect Anti-Thesis to

Capitalism's Thesis System.

1875 -- New Age Movement established as the Secret Society,

Theosophical Society.

1917 -- Communism becomes the system of Government in Russia,

creating in reality the Anti-Thesis to the Western Thesis, lead by America.

1917-45 -- Western powers build up Russia to Super Power status.

1945-89 -- USSR poses potential conflict with USA, especially the

frightening scenario of nuclear war. Actual conflict avoided.

1975 -- Guiding Spirits tell Theosophical Society it is now time to go

public, changing the name to the New Age Movement.

1990 -- President George Bush announcing New World Order in August,

after Iraq's invasion of Kuwait, on Tuesday, September 11, 1990.

1990 -- Communism changing clothes to become New Age and to begin

its planned dissolution.

Present Time -- Merger of East/West, i.e., One World Government via the
United Nations.
 This, in a nutshell, is Biblical prophecy concerning the world organization in the
last days of time. And, surprise of all surprises, this is exactly the New World Order Plan,
as set forth in the massive works of the New Age Movement.

Now, you may be asking, how and where does Hitler fit into this entire Plan? His
Plan, which he also called, New World Order, was clearly the same as the current New
World Order Plan. He set up the exact system of government as is planned for the current
New World Order (also called Synthesis in the Hegel's Plan). And, Hitler considered
himself the Antichrist.

Yet, the entire power of the Western World, as exemplified in the Allied Powers,
turned aggressively on Hitler, thoroughly destroying him and his baby New World Order
nation. And, the Allies wreaked this complete devastation despite the fact that the top
corporate and political leaders had actively supported Hitler with tremendous sums of
money, channeled through "neutral" Switzerland. This included the Union Banking
Corporation of New York, owned by Prescott Bush, George Bush Sr's. father. Prescott
Bush had his corporation taken away from him by the U.S. government for using it to
finance the Nazis, but became a U.S. Senator shortly afterward. (This shows the
Illuminati's power over U.S. government.)

If Hitler was pursuing the New World Order Plan, was a type of the Antichrist,
and was generously supported by Western monies, why was he destroyed? What purpose
did his existence serve? According to a man who left the Illuminati, who became a born-
again Christian who revealed their secrets, "the Illuminati never establishes anything on a
large scale, until they have first tested it on a smaller scale."

The Illuminati plans to establish their New World Order Plan globally. It makes
great sense that they would want to test it first on a smaller scale, to iron out all the
problems, smooth out all the difficulties. Then, when the true Antichrist arises, he can
confidently establish his global system, knowing that it will work. Hitler's Fascist
Economy did work, but Hitler made several changes midstream; his Dictatorship was
effective in ruling Germany and rooting out his enemies; and, his Spiritual leadership as
High Priest of an open worship of Satan worked, as it mesmerized millions of Germans,
converting them into fanatical supporters!

And, now that the Illuminati know that their system can work, they can
confidently plan to establish it worldwide. Hitler never knew his true role, never knew he
was being used, and would be discarded once his use was finished. Do not be deceived;
now you know the truth.

*******End*******

As I have noted in an earlier chapter, American flags were displayed as a response

to the "terrorist" attacks of September 11, 2001, exactly 66 years to the day that the Nazi
party made their first public display of the new Nazi flag bearing the reversed swastika
on September 10, 1935. Only, no official American flag has been bought or sold in the
United States for many years.

An interesting corollary about the American Flag can be found at

http://www.texasrepublic.com/flaglaw.html. The website explains that there are strict
laws that govern the American Flag, governing the exact size, colors and design of the
official flag and only the military can use a gold fringe along three sides of the flag. By
Army Regulation 260-10, the gold fringe may be used only on regimental "colors," the
President's flag, for military courts martial, and the flags used at military recruiting
centers. However, the American flag, with a gold fringe, is used everywhere, and the use
of this flag indicates that, just as in the case of war, when you take a nation's flag down
and put yours up, you have legally taken over that territory, and have put it under your
law (Constitution).

A military or foreign flag, displayed without the presence of a title 4 U.S.C. 1, 2

Flag (the official American Flag of Peace of the United States of America) suspends the
Constitution, by the international law of the flag. Under martial law, you are presumed
guilty until proven innocent. According to international law, America has been
conquered and by tacit admission (which means silent agreement, no outcry), the people
have surrendered! After the September 11, 2001 attacks, Mayor Rudy Giuliani said that
New York was the capital of the world. New York is the headquarters for the United
Nations. Legally, this means that the United States of America is under the jurisdiction of
the United Nations, and the country is under martial law. As you will find when you read
Chapter 11, “New York” is symbolically linked to Lucifer numerically.

The flags displayed in State courts and courts of the United States have gold or
yellow fringes. It is your warning that you are entering a foreign enclave and will be
under the jurisdiction of that flag. The flag of the gold or yellow fringe has no
constitution, no laws, and no rules of court, and is not recognized by any Nation on the
earth, and is foreign to the United States of America. When you enter a courtroom
displaying a gold or yellow-fringed flag, you have just entered into a foreign country, and
you better have your passport with you, you may not be coming back. The judge under a
gold or yellow fringe flag becomes the "captain" or "master" and has absolute power to
make the rules as he goes. The gold or yellow fringe flag is your warning that you are
leaving your constitutionally secured rights at the door. "It is an elementary rule of
pleading, that a plea to the jurisdiction is a tacit (silent) admission that the court has a
right to judge in the case and is a waiver to all exception to the jurisdiction." (Girty v.
Logan, 6 Bush KY, 8)

WHY ARE THERE NO MANUFACTURERS THAT PRODUCE CORRECT

TITLE 4 U.S.C. 1 FLAGS? Try to buy one. You can watch over the ramparts by the
dawn's early light, with bombs bursting in the air, until you go blind, but you will not see
a title 4 U.S.C. 1, 2 Flag with its bright stars and broad stripes. When the flags are gone,
the Country is gone.
 To recap the essence of this chapter: Skull and Bones is the American branch of
the Illuminati. High and influential American leaders have been members of this
organization, including the Bush family. Bonesman (the name for members of Skull and
Bones) share an affinity for the Hegellian ideas of the historical dialectic, which dictates
the use of controlled conflict -- thesis versus anti-thesis -- to create a pre-determined
synthesis. A synthesis of their making and design, where the state is absolute and
individuals are granted their freedoms based on their obedience to the state -- a New
World Order. The new Homeland Security Act is the product of the Hegellian theory.

Democratic Senator John Kerry is a Bonesman (Yale, 1966). He was in the

running to be the Democratic candidate for president. Senator Kerry won the nomination
for Democratic candidate for President, which facilitated President Bush winning the
presidential election in November 2004. A little-known fact is that these men are distant
cousins, as well as both belonging to the Skull and Bones secret society.

The U.S. declared war on Nazi Germany in 1941. 1941 + 66 years = 2007. 66 is
the number representative of the government of the Illuminati's ultimate man, Antichrist,
who will bear the number 666. (Remember that occultists add the numbers of dates and
years to determine the most propitious time to cause an event to occur). The year 2007
corresponds to the last week (year) of the 70 weeks (years) of Jeremiah 25:10. Israel will
be in the process of being destroyed by America during the last war in the Middle East
when Christ returns. Christ will be victorious over the earthly armies, and the dragon will
be caught and bound for a thousand years.

Revelation 20:1-3: “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key
of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. And he laid hold on the
dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a
thousand years, And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set
a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand
years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.”
 Chapter 11
Numeric Codes and their Significance

This chapter is an introduction to the use of numbers, the symbolic codes assigned
to them, and how to use their symbolism to determine the true underlying meaning of
words. English is now used internationally as the main language of the world; so the
English alphabet is the context I will use for this chapter. It would very interesting to find
out whether these codes would work for other languages, using English letters as a basis
for translation.

According to physics, everything created can be reduced to mathematics, a

numerical code or sequence of numbers. Everything created, including numbers, are
neutral. They have no meaning in themselves. It is up to us to assign meaning to each
aspect of life, in all of its diverse forms, in order to make sense of it. Because we judge
everything as being either good or evil, the number codes below include both positive
and negative aspects. “Good” codes should be used when dealing with positive
references, and “Evil” codes should be used when dealing with adverse or negative
references. I should make something perfectly clear: all numbers are inherently neutral.
That means that they don’t have positive or negative properties within themselves. It is
how you decide to use them that makes all the difference.

For example, the number 13 can either be used as indicating bad, using the
negative code for “depraved”, or it can be used to signify good, such as “magical life”.
The power of symbolism should not be underestimated, and symbolism is the basic and
primary language of the subconscious. It is up to the user to determine how they want to
use the power of this form of symbolism, and to place these number codes in the proper
context for their usage.

In Chapter Five, I introduced you to the Chaldean/Hebrew numerology used by

the people in the Biblical period covering the Old Testament. Chaldea was the most
advanced culture of its time, and it was well known for its knowledge of science and
astrology. The Hebrew people were taken from Judea in 586 B.C. and held in Babylon
(Chaldea) for 70 years. Daniel was one of the Hebrew people who assimilated into
Babylonian culture, and rose to high prominence due to his devout faith and knowledge.

Here’s the Chaldean/Hebrew numerology table:

1 = A, I, Q, J, Y

2 = B, K, R

3 = C, G, L, S

4 = D, M, T

5 = E, H, N, X

6 = U, V, W

7 = O, Z

8 = F, P

The following is a chart of the symbolic numbers and their codes:

1 Unity, Beginnings; Ain

2 Union, Division, Witnessing, Producing; Ain Soph
3 Resurrection, Divine Completeness; Amen; Ain Soph Aur
4 Creation, World, worldliness; Form; destruction; Director
5 God; Grace, God’s Goodness, Redemption
6 weakness of man; Material, number of man; flesh; ego
7 Completeness, Spiritual Perfection; 25 is a Number of Completion
8 New Birth, New Creation, New Beginning; 26 – Female Authority
 9 Fruit of the Spirit, Fruit bearing, Gift of God, Fruit of God; death,
especially by beheading
10 Authority, The Word of God, Law and Responsibility, Kingship,
Kingdom
11 Judgment and Disorder; King; Ruler; Heaven on Earth; Judge
12 Governmental Perfection, Union of the Gentile Church and the
Jewish Church; Order
13 depravity and rebellion, beast; Magic Number of Life, Sex; Isaac
14 Deliverance, Salvation, Multiple of 7; Damnation
15 Rest, Order, Peace; Sum of 8 and 7, the Product of 3 and 5;
Disorder; Evil, Beast
16 Love; Hate
17 Victory; Defeat; Kabbalah
18 Bondage; Liberty
19 Spirit; Faith, Sum of 10 and 9; disbelief
20 Expectancy, 2 Compounded by 10; Mystery; Orgasm; Matter; Free; Wife
21 Product of 7 and 3, Fullness; Action; OK
22 24 Light, Revelation, Spiritual Producing Creating
Knowledge, 2 Compounded and
Repeated; Messiah; Queen;
Zohar
Together 46: Messiahs at Work Producer & Director of World
30 Kingdom of God; Multiple of 3 and 10, Compound of their Meanings
33 Highest Power & Authority; 3 Compounded and Repeated;
Mountain; Universe; Hallelujah
39 Abundant Life (Magical Life (13) times 3; 13+13+13); Conceived
40 Tribulation, Probation, Testing, Purification, Temptation; Authority
over Creation, World Authority
42 Product of 7 and 6, A definite number of Completion; So Be It
49 Compounded Perfection, 7 times 7; All
50 Holy Spirit, 5 Compounded by 10; Great Spirit; Light of God
55 5 Compounded and Repeated; Supreme Court of God; God + God
60 Pride, man’s kingdom; Material Kingdom
66 The Earthly House of God; Illuminati Supreme Court; 6
Compounded; Fallen Flesh
70 Compounded Perfection, 7 times 10; Spiritually Perfected Authority

The use of these symbolic number codes is very easy, and they are surprisingly
accurate. For example, the word “park” would look like this: P=8, A=1, R=2, K=2.
8+1+2+2 = 13. 13 = Magic Number of Life. Using the symbolic number code, we can
determine that the true essence of “park” is “magical life”. The meaning appears to be
symbolically appropriate for “park”. Let’s take another example. The word “hallelujah”
is defined at the highest praise you can express to God. Let’s see what this looks like
using the symbolic number code: H=5, A=1, L=3, L=3, E=5, U=6, J=1, A=1, H=5.
5+1+3+3+5+3+6+1+1+5 = 33. 33 = Highest Power and Authority. So, the symbolic
numeric essence of the word “hallelujah” means you are praising God as the Highest
Power and Authority. Very appropriate! MEMORIZE THESE CODES! THESE ARE
THE CODES OF THE UNIVERSE!!! They are the most precise codes in existence.

Let’s try a few more words to see if this method continues to work for us. I
believe that this method works best if the words have solid, real meaning, and generally
mean the same thing anywhere you go in the world.

Jesus = 9 - Gift of God, Fruit of the Spirit

Sin = 9 - Fruit of the Spirit, death
Open = 7 – Completeness, Spiritual Perfection
Closed = 21 – Fullness; 3 - Divine Completion
Love = 21- Fullness; 3 - Divine Completion
Birth = 14 – Deliverance, Salvation; 5 - Goodness of God
Fruit = 21 - Fullness; 3 - Divine Completion
Father = 7 – Completeness, Spiritual Perfection
Mother = 9 – Gift of God, Fruit of the Spirit;
Add Father and Mother together – 7+9 = 16 – Love
Child = 16 – Love
Nature = 5 - Goodness of God
Law = 10 – The Word of God, Authority
God = 14 – Deliverance, Salvation
Messiah = 22 - Light, Revelation, Spiritual Knowledge, Messiah
Christ = 18 - 9 - Gift of God, Fruit of the Spirit
Joshua = 23 – 5 – God, Goodness of God, Grace
Saint = 14 - Deliverance, Salvation
Bride = 14 - Deliverance, Salvation
Martyr = 14 - Deliverance, Salvation
Rain = 9 - Gift of God, Fruit of the Spirit

Here’s an interesting theory. I was pondering the reason for the sacrificial
offerings that were ordered by God, and were common in Biblical times. I applied the
symbolic number codes to each of these offerings, and found numerous correlations as to
their possible symbolic meanings. I don’t know for sure, but I have the opinion that
sacrificial offerings, burnt or not burnt, as God commanded, were a symbolic gesture of
obedience to God, and served to reinforce God’s laws upon the peoples’ subconscious, in
the form we humans understand best, which is the form of physical symbols.

The sacrifices were symbolic of their properties and attributes. Many sacrifices
were burnt with fire. Fire = 16; 16 – Love, Hate; 1+6 = 7 – Spiritual Perfection.
Depending on the context, a sacrifice would be burnt to satisfy a condition that required
love, such as in a time of praise to God, or be burnt as a sign of hate toward a situation,
such as a sin sacrifice. Spiritual perfection in either case. Interesting hypothesis!

Here’s what I found, check your Bible for these uses in sacrifices:
 Lamb (10): 10 – Authority, The Word of God, Law and Responsibility,
Kingship, Kingdom; Jesus is the Lamb of God.
Ram (7): 7 – Completeness, Spiritual Perfection
Dove (22): 22 – Light, Revelation, Spiritual Knowledge, Messiah. The
Spirit of God, in the form of a dove, alighted on Jesus as he came up from
his baptism.
Goat (15): 15 – Rest, Order Peace; Note: goats were considered negative,
so I will also use the negative symbolism code here: 15 – Disorder, Evil.
Drink (14): 14 – Deliverance, Salvation
Wave (9): 9 - Fruit of the Spirit
Heave (22): 22 - Light, Revelation, Spiritual Knowledge, Messiah
Bullock –26- (8): 8 - New Birth, New Creation, New Beginning

I think you get the picture. In theory, based upon what I have seen and the
practical usage I have adopted in my everyday life, there is something special to symbolic
numeric significance that cannot be denied. I hope to learn more about this as I continue
my studies. These codes are spiritual, neutral. How they are used by people who are
knowledgeable about them defines whether their power is used for good or evil.

The number “13” has been used for centuries in a negative connotation, but I
would like to share a few positive connections with the number “13”:

Leonardo Fibonacci discovered a mathematical

pattern found in the structure of LIFE. It
is the mathematical pattern that creates
seashells, flowers, plant stems. This
formula is reflected throughout the breeding
patterns of rabbits, bees, and even in the
quantum multiplication of electrons. The
formula for LIFE is the sum of two preceding
numbers, starting with the ONE. 1+1=2,
1+2=3, 2+3=5, 3+5=8, 5+8=13 - all life
begins in the ONE.

Now, for the dreaded “666”: 6, 6, 6 is EGO, EGO, EGO! That is the
meaning for this combination. Ego is the cause of the destruction of this world.
6+6+6 or EGO + EGO + EGO = 18 – BONDAGE. When you are a slave to your
EGO, you are in bondage! Ego (6): 15 = Evil; 15 = Beast. Flesh equals 24 = 6 –
number of man. This is why “666” is the number of the Antichrist.

What is trying to be achieved in this world is “777”, Spiritual Perfection,

Spiritual Perfection, Spiritual Perfection. 7+7+7 = 21 - Product of 7 and 3,
FULLNESS. This is the ultimate goal of this planet, whether it be for good or for
evil. Ultimate evil spiritual perfection, or ultimate good spiritual perfection. This
is the goal: to win the battle between good and evil. I want good to prevail!
 Hebrews 6:1 (note the 6+1=7): “Therefore leaving the principles of the
doctrine of Christ, let us go on unto perfection; not laying again the foundation
of repentance from dead works, and of faith toward God”. “Perfection” = 48 –
Tree of Life (48); 4+8 = 12 - Governmental Perfection, Union of the Gentile
Church and the Jewish Church; Order. Christ = 18 = Liberty.

The conflict between the Jew (12) and the Arab (6) is based upon a
conflict between 12 - Governmental Perfection, and 6 – Ego. Together, after all
conflicts are ended, and the EVIL/EGO (15/6) is destroyed, the Jew (12) –
Governmental Perfection, and the Arab (6) – Flesh (without ego) = Christ =18 =
Liberty. 12 + 6 = 18. Whether that is for Bondage or Liberty, the choice is there.

Now that I’ve explained the significance of symbolic numbers, let’s move
on to how they have been used in a negative way by secret societies and
organizations. As I previously stated in Chapter 10, “New York” is symbolically
linked to Lucifer. New (16) York (12) = 28; Lucifer = 28. They are symbolically
one and the same. I’ll provide more details in the next chapters.

Chapter 12

The Seven Churches

My contribution to this chapter is in the placement of the churches with their

respective continents, and the interpretations of the messages to the churches in plain
language. For all intents and purposes, I believe I am correct in my placements, but I can
tell you that I am absolutely certain on the placement of Pergamos to North America, and
particularly to America. The proof of accuracy of that placement can be found in Chapter
13.

Revelation 1:10 & 11: “I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day, and heard
behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, Saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the
first and the last: and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the
seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto
Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto
Laodicea.”

The seven churches in the above verses referred to provinces in Asia Minor,
which were located in the western third of modern-day Turkey. Pergamos, Ephesus, and
Smyrna were the most important, with Sardis the fourth-most important, and Laodicea
the fifth. Thyatira and Philadelphia were not as large or as important as the before-
mentioned provinces.

The seven churches can also be linked to the seven continents, in the scope of
their current and historical spiritual attributes: Ephesus – Europe; Smyrna - Asia;
Pergamos - North America; Thyatira – South America; Sardis - Australia; Laodicea -
Antarctica; Africa - Philadelphia. The spirits or essences of these continents are described
in detail below.

The seven churches stand for the spiritual evolution, or seven levels, of the
Christian Church through the church age, which consists of the time period since Christ's
time until now. These seven levels also represent an individual's personal spiritual
evolution toward oneness with Christ, which is unity with God. Six levels are earthly
spiritual growth; the final level mentioned is apostasy, the fallen away or anti-Christ
spirit. Each spiritual level attained has heavenly rewards that are suited for that particular
level of spiritual evolution, or spiritual growth. The seventh and final level of spiritual
growth is actual oneness and unity with God, on the celestial plane.

The six levels of spiritual growth and evolution are often represented as a sort of
nesting doll with one-way mirrors so that the individual who looks up at the level above
sees only his own level being reflected in a mirror, while those who inhabit the higher
levels can always look down clearly at the levels below them.

How the seven churches relate to the seven levels of spiritual evolution is
described below:

Ephesus - A large and important city; relates to the first stage of spiritual
development, physical matter. At this level, the interest lies in purely physical activities
and concepts, such as a small child's concern with understanding and learning about
his/her own body. This is before there becomes any awareness of consciousness,
psychology or even biology. No disillusionment has yet taken place. There is still belief
in the obvious, in the external. The church at Ephesus was at the beginning of the church
age, and was at a primary stage of spiritual understanding.

The believer is at the beginning stages of his/her spiritual journey in Christ. The
individual has accepted Christ as his/her Savior, and is learning more about advancing
away from the desires of the flesh, as well as learning more about Jesus Christ and His
plan for us; by faith, this person is conquering those outward things that are not like God.
Superstition and fear are at the forefront in their understanding of God.
 Revelation 2:1-7: “Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These
things saith he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, who walketh in
the midst of the seven golden candlesticks; I know thy works, and thy labour,
and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou
hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them
liars: And hast borne, and hast patience, and for my name's sake hast
laboured, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee,
because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou
art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee
quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.
But this thou hast, that thou hatest the deeds of the Nicolaitanes, which I also
hate. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the
churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is
in the midst of the paradise of God.”

Specifically,the term “Nicolaitanes” is derived from two Greek words “Nikos”

and “Laos”. Nikos is defined as: a conquest; victory; triumph; to conquer; and by
implication, dominancy over the defeated. The word “nicao” literally means: to
dominate-intimidate-manipulate. Additionally, the term “laos” means “the people” or the
“laity.” Thus exacting the phrase “to conquer (dominate-intimidate-manipulate) the
people (laity). The Nicolaitan movement marked the beginning of an unrighteous
priesthood in the church who mixed paganism with Christianity and mutated the church
from its first beliefs. This passage helps to place the time of the first seal, and establishes
that the seals began opening when Christ left the earth. The last days began when Christ
ended his earthly ministry.

Continent: Europe. Message: Return to the truth of what you know. Turn away
from any worldly “additions” to your spiritual understandings. Turn away from idolizing
priesthood. Repent from hypocrisy. Seek to learn, express, and follow only the truth.
Repent from being “Nicolaitan”, which is the essence of having a priest dominating the
parishioner’s spirituality. There are no other mediators between people and God but
Christ.

To be blunt: Take the “Santa Claus” out of your Nativity scene. Take the pagan
symbols out of your worship. They don’t mix. End the idolatry of the priesthood. Here’s
a hint: if your religious denomination uses a crucifix, which is a bleeding Christ on the
cross, it is in error. We are not to mourn and grieve over his death; we are to celebrate his
continuing life! This is the very heart of Christianity. Do you truly believe that Christ can
still be dead on the cross, yet return to Earth again for his people? If your loved one were
brutally murdered, would you want to wear a picture of their murdered body around your
neck? Would you parade models of their murdered bodies on the streets every year?
These types of beliefs are paganism, based upon old idolatry beliefs, and worship of
ancient gods. It is not right behavior for a true believer, and Christ says he hates it in
verse 6. If you truly love Christ, you will do as he has requested and follow the truth.
 Smyrna - This city was founded more than 1,000 years before Christ as a Greek
colony. At this level is biology; the interest turns inward for the first time and the
individual encounters self-reflection. The church at Smyrna was going through severe
persecution for their beliefs.

The believer is at the point that outsiders, people in their lives, are giving them
problems for making the changes in their lives that will bring them closer to Christ. They
must persevere against this pressure in order to obtain their goal of unity with God in
Christ. The believer is examining their inner motivations and is asking God to take away
those inner things that are not like Him. Superstition and fear continue at the forefront in
their understanding of God.

Revelation 2:8-11: “And unto the angel of the church in Smyrna write;
These things saith the first and the last, which was dead, and is alive; I know
thy works, and tribulation, and poverty, (but thou art rich) and I know the
blasphemy of them which say they are Jews, and are not, but are the
synagogue of Satan. Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer: behold,
the devil shall cast some of you into prison, that ye may be tried; and ye shall
have tribulation ten days: be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a
crown of life. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the
churches; He that overcometh shall not be hurt of the second death.”

Continent: Asia. Message: Those believers who are sincerely working to better
themselves face an uphill battle against the self-righteousness of others who say they also
believe in the message of Christ, but work against those who want to live their lives
according to truth. This passage of scripture is also referring to persecution and
martyrdom of true believers by those who don’t want the Gospel spread in their land.
Stand firm, even in the face of the death of relationships, situations, and possibly, in the
face of your own physical death, and you will get the reward of everlasting life.

To be blunt: If people in your life can’t accept your new life, leave them now,
move them out of your life, no matter how close they may be to you. Their continued
influence will stop your progress. Don’t let anyone or anything keep you from standing
firm in the truth you now possess, no matter how frightened you may be of the changes,
and even in the face of death. Never forget that God is with you always, supporting you
and encouraging you to persevere for the prize!

Pergamos - A large and influential province; the realm of psychology and

thought; the place where the vast majority of humanity now resides, where everything is
based on thought and the mind is believed to be the supreme device. Science triumphs
over faith, and the mind, not the heart, appears to be the main tool for understanding God,
which is an error.

The believer has to overcome the idea that rational thought and their ideas about
life are more important than complete faith in God. The individual has to understand and
recognize that he/she knows nothing about anything. This is the beginning of wisdom.
Only when a person admits they he/she doesn't know anything about his/her self, figures
out that they do not know who or what God is, and, although knowing this fact, still has
faith in God, the believer begins to release control of their lives to God. Only by going
through this purging process, by faith, will the believer attain the next level of spiritual
understanding. The sharp sword in the passage refers to truth; the church of Pergamos
was leaning to their own understandings of how God was supposed to be worshipped,
and they had their own ideas about how to grow spiritually that was mixed in with pagan
worship, instead of holding to the truth.

Further, there is no place in the Word where priests or ministers mediate between
God and the people, nor is there a place in the Word where they are separated in their
worship of the Lord. God desires all to love and serve Him together. Nicolaitanism
(defined earlier) destroys those precepts and instead separates the ministers from the
people, making the leaders overlords instead of servants. The Lord expressed His hatred
for this type of administration and expected His people to do likewise. In other words,
there are to be no intimidating, controlling, power-hungry officers in the Church Body
exercising counterfeit authority over the “layman”. The scriptures plainly support a
Priesthood of Believers, EACH being granted access to the Father through the Lord Jesus
Christ. “You are a CHOSEN RACE, a royal PRIESTHOOD, a HOLY NATION, a
PEOPLE FOR God’s OWN POSSESSION, so that you may proclaim the excellencies of
Him who has called you out of darkness into His marvelous light;” (1 Peter 2:9).

In order to overcome, people have to repent, and give up their false ideas about
who and what God is, and what He wants from them, and stick to the truth without fail.
These believers need to understand that they do not have to go through or rely on anyone
else in order to reach God. Superstition and fear are still at the forefront in their
understanding of God, but they are trying to gain the clarity of the truth that will lead
them to the next level.

Revelation 2:12-17: “And to the angel of the church in Pergamos write;

These things saith he which hath the sharp sword with two edges; I know thy
works, and where thou dwellest, even where Satan's seat is: and thou holdest
fast my name, and hast not denied my faith, even in those days wherein
Antipas was my faithful martyr, who was slain among you, where Satan
dwelleth. But I have a few things against thee, because thou hast there them
that hold the doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock
before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to commit
fornication. So hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the Nicolaitanes,
which thing I hate. Repent; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will fight
against them with the sword of my mouth. He that hath an ear, let him hear
what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to
eat of the hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a
new name written, which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it.”

Continent: North America, particularly America. Message: Those in Pergamos

live where satanic activity is working at the highest level, at the very center of the evil
engulfing the world today. While there are faithful believers in this location, there are
those in spiritual authority who are subtly trying to deceive believers by persuading them
to desire and accept things created or done with a worldly intent, but “sanitized” and
“transformed” into a form now deemed “acceptable” for believers to also make use of.
Fornication can be described as blending false doctrine with truth, which leads one off
the correct path in a subtle way. The reference to receiving a “white stone” has an ancient
meaning, one that means that you will be acquitted for your crimes, and God will no
longer identify you under your old self. You will receive a new name, and be completely
separate from your former name, and your former sinful identity.

In addition, rely on no one person for the truth. You can’t depend on the truth to
be delivered to you pure, without being adulterated by someone else’s viewpoint, or
having them even outright lie to you, in order to gain your support.

Paul, not Peter, the man Jesus originally chose to build His church with, is the
man whose doctrine is followed by most Christian believers, even though he did not
actually meet Jesus in person. He said he had an experience with Jesus, and then began
to teach. Paul – 18 – Bondage; Peter – 24, human – 24, stone - 24. Peter was called the
“rock”. Rock equals 14 – Salvation, Deliverance. Matthew (24) 16:18 - And I say also
unto thee, That thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build my church; and the
gates of hell shall not prevail against it. Yet, it turned into Paul’s church.

1 Peter 2:4 & 5 - To whom coming, as unto a living stone (human), disallowed
indeed of men, but chosen of God, and precious, Ye also, as lively stones, are built up a
spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by
Jesus Christ.

1 Peter 2:6 – 8 - Wherefore also it is contained in the scripture, Behold, I lay in

Sion (16 – Love, Light, 1+6 = 7) a chief corner stone, elect, precious: and he that
believeth on him shall not be confounded. Unto you therefore which believe he is
precious: but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the builders disallowed,
the same is made the head of the corner, And a stone of stumbling, and a rock of offence,
even to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient: whereunto also they were
appointed.

I consider Paul’s doctrine to be the doctrine of Balaam, a stumbling block for the
people of God. Out of the 27 books of the New Testament, 13, possibly also the book of
Hebrews, making 14 of the books, are Paul’s writings. 14 can mean Salvation, but it can
also mean destruction. That leaves 13 books written by disciples who were actually
involved with Jesus’ ministry. Paul was bound in many ways. Paul’s attitudes towards
women, towards marriage, not being clear on slavery, etc., besides the fact that it is
basically Paul’s writings in Romans that Christians use to condemn homosexuality, point
to the fact that he had a lot of biases, and those biases have been used to justify slavery,
subjugate women, harm and kill homosexuals. James, the brother of Jesus, was the first
bishop of the church, not Paul, but you never hear about him. Neither do you hear much
about the other apostles either. Paul was in error many times. He said some good things
and some bad things that have been amplified over the years and used to torture good
people.

Since I mentioned homosexuality, I would like you to understand something.

Judaism has NEVER condemned lesbianism. This was never an issue. A lesbian could
marry a Cohen, priest, which was not an easy thing to do. The prohibition was against
gay male sex, because semen was considered holy. Now, we know in this day and age
that this is not so. Condoms, masturbation, any type of contraceptive device used by a
male or female to prevent pregnancy would have been considered an “abomination”.
Abomination = 38 = 11 – judgement and disorder. That is what abomination really
means Biblically. Keeping Kosher – Kosher = 24 – Producing and Creating. Kosher was
the spiritually power for Jews to make things happen in the physical world. Now that we
have the codes, it is imperative that people not judge people, because there are spiritual
reasons why we all do the things we do.

The Old Testament prohibitions are now obsolete, now that the codes are
available. No one has to keep kosher anymore, no mikvahs, nothing anymore. Mikvah =
19 – Spirit, Faith; Bath – 12 – Government of God. The Government of God is now here.
I wish to thank all those, through time, who have sacrificed EVERYTHING to make this
happen, to make this come about. The Jews have done this GREAT THING, many
unwittingly. By following the Old Testament to the letter, they were still sacrificing at
the temple literally. The Temple has been spiritual all of this time, the temple of the body
and the mind. The Temple is in the soul. God knows what He was doing, of course
knew the future, and wanted the Jews to be dispersed to save the rest of the world. And
now, this glorious day has arrived!!! Everything that has happened was according to
Divine Plan. Divine Plan = 22 + 17 = Messiah Victory = 39 – Abundant Life.

It is time to stop the division. It is time to stop judging. Homosexuals have a

place in this world, just anyone else. Lesbianism is the highest form of worship to God.
Lesbianism = 29 – Producing Fruit of God, Gift of God. Lesbian = 20 = Orgasm,
Mystery. Lesbianism – 29, Orgasm – 20; 29+20 = 49 - Compounded Perfection, 7 times
7. This is why most men find lesbianism to be so erotic (many women too!). Madonna
is a Lesbian. She said it in a covert way in her 1992 Sex book, but she said it.

Stop the persecution of queer people!!! God loves everyone! See, an example of
Paul saying something useful: Romans 8:28 – “And we know that all things work
together for good to them that love God, to them who are the called according to his
purpose.” In Romans 1:26 & 27, Paul is talking about women using birth control to
control their pregnancies, and gay male sex. Modern people keep forgetting that
women back then did not have control of their own bodies. Men owned them, lock, stock
and barrel. They would not have had the choice to become lesbians and not be with men.
That passage of scripture cannot be interpreted that women were having sexual
relationships with each other instead of men. Remember, LESBIANS were OK. Men
have always loved to see two women together. What do you think harem women were
doing between visits? Sitting around polishing their nails? Belly dancing was
introduced in the harem for the amusement of the women, for each other, sexually. They
were sexually active with each other. The Kama Sutra is a witness to that. Tolerance.

Romans 1:26 - For this cause God gave them up unto vile affections: for even
their women did change the natural use into that which is against nature: This was the
use of birth control to control their pregnancies. The command was always “be fruitful
and multiply”. But, women were always at risk of dying having children. Their health
was never a consideration for men. So, they started practicing birth control, like gentile
women. This was changing the natural use. The natural use was to get pregnant when
having sex. Natural = 22 - Light, Revelation, Spiritual Knowledge, Messiah; use = 14 –
Salvation – Messiah Salvation; 22+14 = 36 – Divine Completion, Flesh. Using birth
control meant that the women could have been preventing the Messiah from materializing
into human form. Any Jewish woman could have the Messiah, so preventing pregnancies
meant stopping the manner in which the Messiah could be born. The Messiah is here.

According to Lewis Loflin, http://www.sullivan-county.com/news/paul/paul.htm,

he states: Jesus was not the founder of Christianity as we know it today. Most of the
New Testament doesn't even concern the historical Jesus while the main influence is the
Apostle Paul and through the church he founded at Ephesus a Greek convert named John.
Paul never met Jesus in the flesh, he only claimed some strange vision and proceeded to
paganize the teachings of Jesus (who preached an enlightened form of Judaism), until he
created Pauline Christianity. Because there are no known writings from Jesus, the actual
Apostles, or anyone that actually knew Him in the flesh (other then perhaps James), most
of what He taught is lost forever, other than perhaps the disputed Gnostic Gospels.

When I read Paul’s writings, I take them with a huge grain of salt. John 8:31 &
32 - Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on him, If ye continue in my word,
then are ye my disciples indeed; And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free. Matthew 22:36 – 40 – “Master, which is the great commandment in the law?
Jesus said unto him, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy
soul, and with all thy mind. This is the first and great commandment. And the second is
like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. On these two commandments hang
all the law and the prophets”. THESE ARE THE ONLY TWO LAWS OF CREATION!

If everyone would obey what Jesus said, love others are you love yourself, this
world would be heaven on earth very quickly. People would have enough to eat, a place
to sleep, medicine for their ills, clothing, education, peace, etc., etc., etc. There would be
no hate crimes, no victimizing, no fighting, just one big, happy party, a good, healthy life
to be had by all. There are more than enough resources in the world to go around.
Maybe this will happen very soon. It’s definitely something to greatly desire.

“Antipas” would have to be a very important person, someone whose death,

caused by the beast, would be very visible on an international scale, or else it wouldn’t
have made any sense to anyone when it was finally time to identify this person. We were
meant to know who Antipas is, judging by Revelation 1:1-3: “The Revelation of Jesus
Christ, which God gave unto him, to shew unto his servants things which must
shortly come to pass; and he sent and signified it by his angel unto his servant
John: Who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus
Christ, and of all things that he saw. Blessed is he that readeth, and they that
hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written
therein: for the time is at hand.”

According to Hargrave Jennings, in his book on Phallicism, and in a booklet

entitled Obelisks, the name “Antipas” derives its meaning from his term “negative –
positive”, used when comparing male and female sexual organs to magnets; “Anti – pas”
means female sex organs. Males have “positive – negative” sex organs. Therefore,
Antipas is a female. It is possible that this woman is well known for her overt sexuality.
Being slain doesn’t necessarily mean physically; it can also mean slaying a person’s
reputation, slaying them financially. There are other ways of dying that have nothing to
do with physical death. It is possible that a woman will stand up and be a faithful witness
to Jesus’ message: Love God with all you heart, soul, and mind, and love others as you
love yourself. A woman who is overtly sexual would most likely advocate sexual
freedom and expression, which would cause many to ridicule and try to discredit her.
This is a form of slaying.

There seems to be some hang up in the Christian psyche regarding sex and sexual
expression. Sex is good, yet many Christians are very sexually repressed. This sexual
repression is a great hindrance to otherwise viable relationships, and causes frustrations
that end up seeking an outlet that may not be suitable for the relationship.

Women have been the victim of sexual repression for a very long time, by many
religions. We are taught that we are not supposed to be sexually expressive beings, that
we are wrong for wanting to have a healthy sex life. Men are given a free pass in that
regards, but woman are degraded and rejected for these natural feelings. Sex should be
celebrated and embraced, not considered wrong and limited in scope. Humans are
imaginative beings. In the context of a loving and caring sexual situation, sexual
expression should have no limits. As long as no one is getting hurt, it’s all good. It is
ridiculous that someone would try to put laws on sexual behavior between consenting
adults. That’s brain-dead. How can you regulate who loves who, and how you love
them? Purely asinine idea. Love has no rules, except not to harm anyone.

As far as adultery is concerned: If you are in a relationship that has grown cold,
and you no longer love each other, if you are having sex under those conditions, you are
committing adultery. The piece of paper has nothing to do with it. True marriage is in
the heart. The real commitment is emotional, not legal. Also, it should be noted that
70% of the world’s population is polygamous, 30% monogamous. Out of that 30% who
call themselves monogamous, of course there is probably a good amount of cheating
going on, so they are not strictly monogamous. And why are men allowed to have
polygamous relationships, but not women? Just doesn’t seem to be right. A woman is
physically fitter to have polygamous relationships than men are. A woman who knows
what she’s doing and knows her body can wear a partner, or partners, out.
 So, the martyr Antipas’ declarations of loving God and seeking sexual freedom,
especially for women, would cause many to persecute her, and be repulsed by her
opinions. (Her martyrdom was also been the fact that she is a Lesbian, so she has been
suffering through having sex with men all her life, in order to make this time possible.)
For all we know, sex may be the religion (27) of (15) heaven (27). Sex = 13 – Magical
Life. Religion of heaven – 27+15+27 = 69. What a coincidence! 69 + 13 = 82 – 8 –
New Life, Beginnings, 2 – Union, Producing. Also, 8+2 = 10 – Authority. It appears
that the serpent (32) was male, because the number is Divine Completion Producing – 32,
and woman was 23 – Producing Divine Completion. 32 + 23 = 55 – Supreme Court of
God. God made Sex, and He said that everything He made was good. Heaven without
sex would be the most boring place in the universe!!! If heaven is supposed to be better
than here, then the sex, which is pretty doggone good here if you know what you’re
doing, is probably awesome there! Spiritually perfected people, the population of
heaven, would be able to have loving sexual relations with anyone, especially in light of
the fact the Jesus’ said there was no marriage in heaven. Forget all those angel wings,
clouds, harps and stuff. Worshipping in heaven sounds like a whole lot of fun!
Worshipping – 49 – Compounded perfection, 7 times 7. Even the word “snake” is 7.
Oops, Lesbianism Orgasm also equals 49! Free (20) Lesbianism (29) Orgasm (20) equals
69! Women, free your mind! Get with the program! It’s all good in the Kingdom of
God. The more the merrier! Get on the Boat! Boat = 14 = Salvation.

Luke 20:34 – 36 - And Jesus answering said unto them, The children of this world
marry, and are given in marriage: But they which shall be accounted worthy to obtain
that world, and the resurrection from the dead, neither marry, nor are given in marriage:
Neither can they die any more: for they are equal unto the angels; and are the children of
God, being the children of the resurrection.

Luke equals 16 – Love, Light; the verses 34, 35, 36: 3+4 = 7 – spiritual
perfection, 3+5 = 8 – new life, new beginnings, 3+6 = 9 – gift of God. Heaven promises
to be a very sexy place!!! Who said angels didn’t have sex? John 22:8 & 9 - And I John
saw these things, and heard them. And when I had heard and seen, I fell down to worship
before the feet of the angel which shewed me these things. Then saith he unto me, See
thou do it not: for I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren the prophets, and of them
which keep the sayings of this book: worship God. The angel said he was fellowservant
of John. Fellowservant – 58 – god, new life, new beginning. Spiritually perfected people
(god) have sex – 5+8 = 13. Angel = 17 – Victory, 1+7 = 8 – New Beginnings, New Life.
An angel is a human being who has the victory in Christ, and has a new life in God’s
Kingdom. That time is now!

Mark 1:14 &15 - Now after that John was put in prison, Jesus came into Galilee,
preaching the gospel of the kingdom of God, and saying, The time is fulfilled, and the
kingdom of God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel. James 2:8 – 12 - If ye
fulfill the royal law according to the scripture, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself,
ye do well: But if ye have respect to persons, ye commit sin, and are convinced of the
law as transgressors. For whosoever shall keep the whole law, and yet offend in one
point, he is guilty of all. For he that said, Do not commit adultery, said also, Do not kill.
Now if thou commit no adultery, yet if thou kill, thou art become a transgressor of the
law. So speak ye, and so do, as they that shall be judged by the law of liberty. Royal
(13) Law (10) – 23, 23 – woman, Antipas, 23 – Joshua (Jesus). Joshua means Savior.
Remember, there are more ways to kill someone than physically.

Matthew 5:48 - Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is

perfect. Saints are perfected in Christ. It is human nature for all people to want to
sexually express themselves. Human = 21 – fullness, nature = 23; 21+23 = 44 = 8 – new
life, new beginnings. Faithful = 36, Martyr = 14, Antipas = 23. 36+14+23 = 73,
Spiritually Perfected, Divinely Completed. 7+3 = 10 – Authority, Law and
Responsibility.

So to sum it up, Saints (Spiritually Perfected People, gods) will be sexually free.
Free = 20 – Orgasm, Mystery. Revelation 10:7 - But in the days of the voice of the
seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as
he hath declared to his servants the prophets. Saints (god Divinely Completed) will be
sexually free when the Seventh Trumpet angel begins to sound. We are very near that
time period. I believe it will be in 2008. Gospel = 11, heaven on earth = 11. Update: As
of this writing, February 9, 2008, the Seventh Trumpet angel has sounded! 2:03 p.m.
Pacific Time.

Revelation 11:15 - And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great
voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of
our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever.

Revelation 14:6 & 7 - And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having
the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation,
and kindred, and tongue, and people, Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory
to him; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and
earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.

After pondering for some time over the name “Antipas”, and trying to think of
someone who may fit the profile of a martyr during this time period, I realized that
“Antipas” was a code word, an anagram. The word “saint” can be taken from it, and the
letters that are left over are “A” and “P”. “AP” is a pronoun, and means “beginning or
first”. A = 1, P = 8, so “A+P” equals 9 - Fruit of the Spirit, Fruit bearing, Gift of God.
Saint = 14 – Deliverance, Salvation; Martyr = 14; Bride = 14. So the code word
“Antipas”, representing the first martyr of this time period, really means “First Fruit of
God’s Deliverance/Salvation”. Antipas is the first fruits (or tithe) of the martyrs, true
believers who will be killed by the beast, who dwells in Satan’s seat.

Revelation 14:6 & 7 - And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having
the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation,
and kindred, and tongue, and people, Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory
to him; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and
earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.
 Revelation 14 talks about the 144,000 who go with Jesus where He goes. These
144,000 are women.

Revelations 14:1 - 5 - And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Sion (16
– Love), and with him an hundred forty and four thousand, having his Father's name
written in their foreheads. And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters,
and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their
harps: And they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four beasts,
and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty and four
thousand, which were redeemed from the earth. Verse 4 - These are they which were not
defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb
whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the firstfruits unto
God and to the Lamb. And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault
before the throne of God.

Specifically, the verse says “no man”, not “no one”. Not one man in the Bible
was ever called a virgin, out of the 33 times it was used throughout the Bible.
Revelations 14:4 actually reads in Greek "These are they amid married women, not
defiled, for they are pure unmarried women. These are they that follow the Lamb
whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among human beings, being the
firstfruits unto God and to the Lamb. And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are
without fault before the throne of God".

So, there will be 144,000 women following Jesus around. Sounds like a harem to
me. Harem – 17 – Victory, 1+7 = 8 – New Life, New Beginnings.

While we are talking about women, let me also make something else plain.
Women were created to rule over men, not the other way around. Man was given
dominion over the earth, but women were given dominion over the man. Woman = 23,
2+3 = 5 – Grace, God’s Goodness, God. Man = 10 – Authority, Law and Responsibility.
When Eve ate the fruit of the knowledge of good and evil, her punishment was to have
the man put over her as her husband. This means that she was over him first. Otherwise,
there wouldn’t have been a punishment. Husband = 26 – female. Definition of husband:
master of a house. Old English did have a feminine word related to Old Norse h sb ndi
that meant "mistress of a house," namely, h sbonde. Had this word survived into Modern
English, it would have sounded identical to husband - surely leading to ambiguities
(http://www.thefreedictionary.com/husband ).

Eve (16 – Love, Light, 1+6 = 7 – Spiritually perfected) was the first one
approached by the serpent, not Adam (10). This was not because she was weak; it was
because she was the leader. Genesis 2:18 - And the LORD God said, It is not good that
the man should be alone; I will make him an help meet for him. Help – 21 – Fullness,
2+1 = 3 – Divine completeness; Meet – 18 – Liberty. 21 + 18 = Abundant Life. Eve was
created out of Adam’s rib (5 – Grace, God’s Goodness, God) as the superior model.
Adam named her Woman (23 = 5), Wo (13 – Magical Life), Man (10 – Authority). His
job was to take of creation; her job was to watch over him. Genesis 3:6 - And when the
woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was pleasant to the eyes, and a
tree to be desired to make one wise, she took of the fruit thereof, and did eat, and gave
also unto her husband with her; and he did eat.

In Genesis 3:1 – 5 Eve had been the one chatting with the serpent, not Adam.
When the serpent (32 = 5 – a god, like she was) enticed her to get rid of her and Adam’s
innocence and become like him, gods who knew good and evil (which means judging),
telling her that she wouldn’t die, she accepted, and pulled Adam along for the ride.
That’s why her punishment was more severe than his. For Eve, as the boss, she was more
accountable. She was still more spiritually perfected than Adam, so she had to endure
Adam, less spiritually perfected, telling her what to do, and how to do it, even though she
knows better than he does! Does this sound familiar!!!

To be blunt: Somebody got this all wrong! That strong male bias that pervades
everything has nearly erased the fact that women are spiritually superior to men. Men
commit most of the sin and crimes on this planet, yet they think that they are superior to
women. They also think that they are smarter than women, even though it has been
proven that both genders are equal in intelligence. What blindness and what incalculable
harm has been perpetuated on women since the Fall! But now, when a woman is a
believer of the gospel of Christ, she is free!!! John 8:36 - If the Son therefore shall make
you free, ye shall be free indeed. She is no longer bound to be under anyone anymore.
81 = Female Empowerment, 8+1 = 9 – Gift of God, Fruit of God. Jesus had lots of
women working equally in His ministry on earth (and don’t forget His harem later). 23 –
woman, 10 – man; 23+10 = 33 – Highest Power, Authority. Royal (13) Law (10) – 23.

Now, leaving the subject of women’s position in Christ behind: You can’t turn
“bad” into “good”, just because you are used to it, and it still appeals to you. You can’t
accept the overt “Christianization” of previously “worldly” songs, ideas, people, fashions,
etc., into your spiritual life, especially if those things and persons are still actively
promoted in their original form to the non-believing world. “Holy” means “separated”,
and like black and white, the sacred and the profane need to remain as separate entities,
not turned into “gray”. There is nothing wrong with keeping your secular activities
separate (holy) from your spiritual activities. Many spiritual authorities are causing
believers to blend everything, the doctrine of “blending with the world” in order to attract
more people to their church. Don’t be a victim to this type of doctrine! You will not
progress spiritually not knowing the difference between the two.

Stop believing everything you read and hear from spiritual “authority” figures,
including your own priest or pastor. Check their information thoroughly. Question them.
Don’t be lazy with your spiritual education. Your soul depends on your diligence. Don’t
be a slave to your church! They are letting all kinds of stuff into the church nowadays,
utterly confusing people as to what is right and wrong. That is very dangerous.

Thyatira - a military outpost; the province laid in the mouth of a long valley that
functioned as a natural communication route for the Macedonians and then later for
Rome itself. There were no natural fortifications such as hills or water, so the province
relied heavily for its preservation on the strength and courage of its soldiers. Thyatira was
known, therefore, as a city constantly ready for combat - a city of power. This level
involves the psychic heart, where instinct and "knowing" replace the past-conscious
workings of the mind. Here the individual discovers power and energy through freedom
from a purely intellectual state.

The believer is now at a point that they are beginning to operate from the
perspective of faith. They are no longer trying to handle everything; their power and
victory comes from doing nothing, sitting back and letting God handle the situations in
their lives. This brings a great freedom and energy, and the believer feels like they are
finally on the road to obedience and faith in Christ, which leads to greater spiritual
control over the events and circumstances of everyday living. Things start to work
together better than before, and the individual wants to do more in the service of God.
Superstition and fear no longer rules this individual. Mysticism is the new understanding
of God, and fear and superstition are falling away.

Revelation 2:18-28: “And unto the angel of the church in Thyatira write;
These things saith the Son of God, who hath his eyes like unto a flame of fire,
and his feet are like fine brass; I know thy works, and charity, and service, and
faith, and thy patience, and thy works; and the last to be more than the first.
Notwithstanding I have a few things against thee, because thou sufferest that
woman Jezebel, which calleth herself a prophetess, to teach and to seduce my
servants to commit fornication, and to eat things sacrificed unto idols. And I
gave her space to repent of her fornication; and she repented not. Behold, I
will cast her into a bed, and them that commit adultery with her into great
tribulation, except they repent of their deeds.

And I will kill her children with death; and all the churches shall know
that I am he which searcheth the reins and hearts: and I will give unto every
one of you according to your works. But unto you I say, and unto the rest in
Thyatira, as many as have not this doctrine, and which have not known the
depths of Satan, as they speak; I will put upon you none other burden. But
that which ye have already hold fast till I come. And he that overcometh, and
keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give power over the nations: And
he shall rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be
broken to shivers: even as I received of my Father. And I will give him the
morning star.”

Continent: Mesoamerica, Central and South America. Message: The use of

Jezebel in the verses is a symbol of overt idolatry being practiced by members. Don’t
pollute the truth of the faith by adding superstition to the truth, based upon old myths and
legends. Tribal peoples, unrelated and widely separated by geography, believed in and
passed down the same myths and legends about gods, astronomy, the flood stories,
pyramid building, root language similarities, etc. While myths and legends usually
contain a grain of truth, you must realize that they have been polluted by superstition.
Keep to the truth and avoid believing in superstition.
 For instance, Quetzalcoatl is a prominent godlike figure in the legends of ancient
Mesoamerica. He was the “Feathered Serpent”, the divine man who brought civilization
to the people of ancient Mesoamerica
(http://weber.ucsd.edu/~anthclub/quetzalcoatl/quetzal.htm). He is portrayed by legend as
a “Jesus” figure that helped the people to learn the ways of civilization. According to
legend, Quetzalcoatl, after ending blood sacrifices and teaching the arts of civilization,
subsequently left the area on a raft of serpents, by sea, and promised to return again. The
Spanish conquerors were able to conquer and subdue the peoples of Mesoamerica due to
this legend, because the peoples were awaiting the return of their Savior, Quetzalcoatl,
who was portrayed as a white man with beard. Regretfully, they made a tragic mistake,
and their civilizations were wiped out.

If the people had not polluted their faith with superstition, which deceived them
into believing that all white men were gods, they would not have been destroyed. They
would have been more discerning, and would have tested the invaders and found out their
real purposes.

Any further discussions of ancient civilizations are beyond the scope of this book.
However, I would encourage you to research this subject for yourself, because it is very
fascinating and intriguing.

I would like to stop this discussion of the seven churches here for a moment, and
add something very interesting about the term “morning star”, mentioned in Revelation
2:28 and 22:16.

Revelation 22:16: “I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these
things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright
and morning star.”

As we’ve seen in the discussion of the church of Thyatira, one of the rewards for
overcoming was being given the “morning star”. As I’ve already mentioned previously,
Quetzalcoatl was a figure that can be described as “Jesus-like”, a Savior of the people of
Mesoamerica. According to astronomy, the planet Venus is the “morning star”.

The following information about Venus and Quetzalcoatl is taken from this
website: http://www.johnpratt.com/items/astronomy/eve_morn.html:

“Native Americans of Central America had a legend about Venus, which is still
useful to help remember where Venus is in its orbit. They equated Venus, which they
called the Dawn Star, with their god Quetzalcoatl, the "Feathered Serpent." They believe
he came to earth and lived as a man and that the evening star represented his life.”

“It is about the death of Venus that the Native Americans have best preserved
their legends for us. A good reference on this is Skywatchers of Ancient Mexico by
Anthony Aveni (Austin, Texas: U. of Texas, 1980). He quotes (p. 187) the legend from
the Anales de Quauhtitlán (Seler, 1904, pp. 364-365):
 "at the time when the planet was visible in the sky (as
evening star) Quetzalcoatl died. And when Quetzalcoatl
was dead he was not seen for 4 days; they say that he dwelt
in the underworld, and for 4 more days he was bone (that
is, he was emaciated, he was weak); not until 8 days had
passed did the great star appear; that is, as the morning star.
They said that then Quetzalcoatl ascended the throne as
god"’

There are distinct similarities between the Mesoamerican legend of Quetzalcoatl,

and the New Testament’s account of the life and teachings of Jesus, including, death,
resurrection, and the promised return as “Savior”.

According to “New Evidences of Christ in Ancient America” (Yorgason, Warren,

Brown 1999, 142 & 143), Quetzalcoatl taught Christian virtues. Here’s a passage from
the book, which is quoting another author’s work:

“Hubert H. Bancroft, the prolific nineteenth-century historian of western America

and Mexico, admits that Quetzalcoatl taught Christian virtues. In his five-volume work,
“Native Races”, he summarizes the teachings of Quetzalcoatl, who exhorted the people
“to practice brotherly love and other Christian virtues, introducing a milder and better
form of religion” (Bancroft 1883-86, 5:23-24).

I could go on and on about ancient civilizations because this is another passion of

mine, but I will stop here. It is not within the scope of this book to cover every detail that
I am aware of about related savior myths and legends, and correlations between
civilizations.

I will suggest that the reference to “morning star” is a symbolic representation of

Christ’s life and role as Savior of the whole human race.

Sardis - of all of the cities used in John's allegory of spiritual evolution, this is the
one most closely associated with ruling power. This level is associated with the subtle
plane; the fear of death disappears at this level and the individual experiences a closer
connection with "the whole", or "oneness" with existence. The individual is approaching
enlightenment, and this can be called the first level of "realization".

The believer has gained mastery over their life, through faith in God, and all
things are working for the good of the believer. The believer has overcome all fear, and
he/she relies on God for everything. The believer realizes that God is all, and that God is
in control over all aspects of their being. Death has no meaning because the believer lives
and is hidden in God. The believer has and exhibits the fruits of the spirit (Galatians 5:22
& 23). Mysticism is at the forefront of this individual's beliefs, but they are now
committed to knowing the truth of God, no matter what the truth holds.
 Revelation 3:1-5: “And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write; These
things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know
thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful,
and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not
found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast
received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not
watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will
come upon thee. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled
their garments; and they shall walk with me in white: for they are worthy. He
that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not
blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before my
Father, and before his angels.”

Continent: Australia. Message: This message is to those believers who know the
truth, but have let the cares and amusements of this world distract them from living their
life according to the truth as they first received it. They have become hypocrites, judging
others from a self-righteous position, believing that because they have been in the faith
longer than some, they know more. Yet, although they were once on the right path, they
have now actually stagnated, and stopped progressing in their spiritual understanding. To
others, they look like they still “have it”, but in actuality, they don’t. They’ve lost their
pure devotion to God.

To be blunt: If you don’t go back to the beginning, and regain the truth you used
to have before you stagnated, the end of the age will come, you won’t even know the
signs that led up to it! You will be one of those ten virgins of Matthew 25 who once had
the truth, but went to sleep, without the oil for their lamps. They were not prepared, and
were left behind when the Bridegroom came. How tragic that would be! To have
experienced the truth, yet miss out on the reward would be worse than never knowing
anything about it at all! Wake up! Don’t do it. You’ll be very, very sorry.

Philadelphia - the Greek word "philadelphus" means "one who loves his brother",
and the city was founded to commemorate the devotion of one king for his brother, who
he succeeded as king. Philadelphia was known as the gateway to the East because of its
position at a junction of routes to Mysia, Lydia and Phyrgia. It also was connected by
road to Rome. Philadelphia would have epitomized the ideal of a city that had balance,
good will and good judgment. This gives us a good allegory for the final stage of human
spiritual evolution - that of enlightenment, the Christ-consciousness, a state that brings
perfect balance and oneness with God. God especially rewards the members of the
Philadelphia church.

The veils of superstition, fear, and mysticism have been stripped away, and the
believer now beholds the truth of God. After coming into this understanding, they desire
nothing from this life, this world, and now live their lives in anticipation of the coming of
Christ. They neither want nor desire anything that this world has to offer, and they
operate in the correct attitude and right reference in regards to material possessions and
relationships with others. They are ready for the new life ahead.
 Revelation 3:7-12: “And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write;
These things saith he that is holy, he that is true, he that hath the key of
David, he that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man
openeth; I know thy works: behold, I have set before thee an open door, and
no man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept my word, and
hast not denied my name. Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan,
which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie; behold, I will make them to
come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee.
Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from
the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them
that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou
hast, that no man take thy crown. Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in
the temple of my God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him
the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new
Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God: and I will write
upon him my new name.”

Continent: Africa. Message: This passage is for true believers, people whose faith
has not been perverted by any teachings outside of the original teachings of the kingdom
of God. This person’s faith is most likely to be misunderstood, and they can even be
considered invisible, as well as fewer in numbers compared to the members of the other
churches. Separation of church and state is maintained as a vital tenet of their faith. Some
believers in this church are not considered to be part of the people of God, but Christ will
reveal the truth of their rightful place soon, and make those that rejected them honor them
instead.

This believer is quietly living their life in the manner and level of truth that is real
to them, no matter how that truth may seem to some people, and they are observing the
signs that are signaling the return of Christ with quiet but mounting anticipation, but no
fear. The world is in turmoil, and some of that turmoil can be a part of their lives, but
they are holding on to what they know to be true. Their faith is great, and their reward is
that they will be able to use faith and their awareness and knowledge of the signs of
prophecy to stay calm while the rest of the world goes berserk with stress and fear. They
know what is happening, they know what to avoid, and they will continue to function
calmly in the midst of the storms of tribulation which are already sweeping over the
Earth.

To be blunt: Keep doing what you have been doing. You will be acknowledged.
You’re on the right track!

Laodicea - this city gained a great reputation for commerce, and in fact became
the banking and financial exchange center for the Roman emperors. New York City is the
present-day banking and financial center of the world. The church of Laodicea represents
the Christian church of modern times, beginning with the latter half of the 20th century.
The people believe that they are ready to be redeemed by God in the Rapture, but they
don't even know that they have fallen away from God. They say that they love God, but
they live for themselves. The Christian church is wealthy, and satisfied with material
pleasures. They don't know God, and they don't want to change their lives. If they don't
seek God in truth and purity, they will be left behind when Christ redeems his people.

These believers make up the apostate church. Superstition and fear are not deep
concerns with them because they don't really believe in God. They only go to church
because it is seen as the right thing to do. They do good works to seek an earthly reward.
They want God to give them money and status. They live their lives for themselves. They
are true atheists and idolaters, no matter what they say they believe in.

Revelation 3:14-21: “And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans
write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the
beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold
nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm,
and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth. Because thou
sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and
knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and
naked: I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be
rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of
thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou
mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and
repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear my voice, and
open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me.
To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also
overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne.”

Continent: Antarctica. Message: Take a lesson from the fate of the legendary
“Atlantis”. According to the research of scholars studying evidence of ancient
civilizations, Antarctica, a continent that is now covered by over two miles of ice, was
once in a temperate to tropical ecological zone, closer to the equator than it is now. Sonar
research and plugs of ice taken from the location show evidence of tropical vegetation,
and verdant mountains and freshwater rivers have been located there. In the opinion of
these scholars, an abrupt shifting of the Earth’s crust destroyed any civilization that this
continent may have harbored over 15,000 years ago, in the Ice Age. Antarctica may have
once been the location and birthplace of an advanced civilization, which may have left
behind evidence that led to a common worldwide understanding of astronomy, physics,
mathematics, as well as numerous flood myths and legends.

The legends of Atlantis suggest that although they enjoyed the luxurious lifestyle
afforded by their advanced technology; they were selfish, they were cruel, and they used
their powers to hurt others, instead of helping them. This led to their downfall, and the
subsequent end of their civilization. They were judged and punished. Our world is doing
the same thing. We are living for “today”, not keeping in mind that living for “today”
means you may destroy the possibility that you have a “tomorrow”.
 To be blunt: Stop living for short-term gratification. Accept that as a believer you
may not have as much fun as the people you see around you. Don’t be seduced into
blending worldly pursuits with your spiritual pursuits. Draw the line. Live your life
simply. Live your life with your spiritual future in mind. You are creating your future
with every action you take. The beast will attempt to persecute the seven churches, but
the Laodicean church won’t even notice it, due to their apathy and hypocrisy. Be found
worthy or you will be destroyed as a partner of the beast!

Revelation 6:9-11: “And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under
the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the
testimony which they held: And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How long,
O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that
dwell on the earth? And white robes were given unto every one of them; and it
was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their
fellow servants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were,
should be fulfilled.”

Revelation 13:7: “And it was given unto him to make war with the saints,
and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and
tongues, and nations.”

Revelation 14:9-13: “And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud
voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his
forehead, or in his hand, The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God,
which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he
shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels,
and in the presence of the Lamb: And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up
for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast
and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name. Here is the
patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and
the faith of Jesus. And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write,
Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the
Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.”

Revelation 20:4-6: “And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and
judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were
beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not
worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon
their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a
thousand years. But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand
years were finished. This is the first resurrection. Blessed and holy is he that
hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second death hath no power,
but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a
thousand years.”
 Revelation 3:22: “He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches.”

Chapter 13

USA – Illuminati Numeric Ties

(Author’s note: Most of this information is a compilation. This material is

provided for educational purposes, so you can get an idea of how people are using
symbolic numbers for their dubious purposes. Wherever I needed to insert my own
viewpoint, I will be sure to make it obvious to you.)

Let us begin by defining the New World Order, according to the writings of those
leaders who have been directing the world toward it since 1776. The New World Order is
that new alignment of nations, and of the peoples of those nations, which will set the
stage for the appearance of the beast (and Antichrist). The concept of this definition, and
the New Age writings which detail how it is to be achieved, follow Biblical prophecy to
the smallest detail.

To understand more about the New World Order, we must go back in history, to
May 1, 1776, the day that Adam Weishaupt, a former Jesuit priest, formed his occult
group, which he named The Masters of the Illuminati. Adam Weishaupt founded his new
group on the basis of the Jesuit Order, with which he was very familiar. The Masters of
the Illuminati was a true secret society, completely closed to the outside world. They had
a definite Plan to overthrow all religious and civil institutions and governments, replacing
them with a brand new global government, a system which Weishaupt called, The New
World Order.

To achieve this plan, Weishaupt understood that he needed supernatural power, if

he was going to successfully destroy Western Civilization, which was religiously
Christian. Therefore, Weishaupt established his Masters of the Illuminati with an occult
base! ("The New World Order", by A. Ralph Epperson, p. 108-112). Weishaupt created a
symbol for his organization, an all All-Seeing Eye atop an unfinished pyramid, inside a
circle. At the top of the circle were the words, "Annuit Coeptus" which is Latin meaning
"Announcing the birth of" and at the bottom of the circle are the Latin words, "Novus
Ordo Seclorum", meaning New World Order. In other words, Weishaupt's symbol was
"announcing the birth of the New World Order". ("America's Secret Destiny: Spiritual
vision & The Founding of a Nation", Robert Hieronimus, Ph.D., p. 20-21; Note: This is a
New World Order book).

If this symbol sounds familiar, it should, because is the symbol on the back of our
One Dollar bill! At the bottom of the pyramid are Latin Numerals, which, when
converted into our system of numbers is "1776". So, since American money has this New
World Order symbol on the back, we must assume that our Government has been
committed to this New World Order since 1776! (There is more information about this on
this website: http://www.caterpillar.org.uk/warning/seals2.htm.)

At the base of the pyramid is the date 1776 written in Roman numerals.
Remember, this does not stand for the U.S. Declaration of Independence on July 4th, but
rather for the inauguration of the Illuminati on May 1st. (May 1 - 5 + 1=6)

Just as a matter of interest, who else appreciates this date? Witches and top men in
secret societies are initiated into upper degrees on this day, and communists always have
their May Day parade.

This website has information on United States Presidents who were Masons and
the Masonic Power Structure:
http://www.geocities.com/lord_visionary/uspresidentasmasons_1b.htm. The following is
an excerpt from the above website:

1945-1953 - Harry S. Truman, 33rd. President of The United States (D)

Confirmed Mason. (New World Order: The Ancient Plan of Secret
 Societies, William T. Still, pg. 21) Was also a member of the Anti-
American organization known as the Council of Foreign Relations (CFR).
Vice President Albin W. Barkley, 1949-1953. Unknown Mason status.
Harry Truman was a protégé of the Pendergast crime machine in Kansas
City. English Reporter Reveals Depth of Media and Government
Treachery (http://www.geocities.com/lord_visionary/english_reporter.htm.
Truman was Initiated: February 9, 1909, Belton Lodge No. 450, Belton,
Missouri. In 1911, several Members of Belton Lodge separated to
establish Grandview Lodge No. 618, Grandview, Missouri, and Brother
Truman served as its first Worshipful Master. At the Annual Session of
the Grand Lodge of Missouri, September 24-25, 1940, Brother Truman
was elected (by a landslide) the ninety-seventh Grand Master of Masons
of Missouri, and served until October 1, 1941. Brother and President
Truman was made a Sovereign Grand Inspector General, 33°, and
Honorary Member, Supreme Council on October 19,1945 at the Supreme
Council A.A.S.R. Southern Jurisdiction Headquarters in Washington D.C.,
upon which occasion he served as Exemplar (Representative) for his
Class. He was also elected an Honorary Grand Master of the International
Supreme Council, Order of DeMolay. On May 18, 1959, Brother and
Former President Truman was presented with a fifty-year award, the only
U.S. President to reach that golden anniversary in Freemasonry. The
Masonic Presidents Tour - Harry Truman
(http://www.pagrandlodge.org/mlam/presidents/truman.html). Harry
Truman was related to the following Presidents: Harrison, Jefferson,
Jackson, Coolidge, and Lyndon Johnson. (Everything is Under Control.
Conspiracies, Cults, and Cover-Ups by Robert Anton Wilson pg 39-40)

"I've got every degree in the Masons that there is," said Truman. Harry S
Truman often told journalists, "The S doesn't stand for anything." However, after he
attained the 33rd degree as a Mason, Truman secretly changed his name by adding the
middle initial "S," which stood for Solomon. Truman's rise as a politician is traceable
to Masonic sponsorship. He said that being Grand Master for the whole state of
Missouri helped him win a U.S. Senate Seat in 1940. Truman's sister, Mary Jane
Truman, was the Grand Matron of Missouri in the Order of the Eastern Star, a Masonic
organization.

As the 33rd President, this 33rd degree Mason initiated the Nuclear Age, the
crowning success of alchemy, when the first A-bomb exploded at the 33rd Parallel
Trinity Test Site, (Almagordo) White Sands, New Mexico. He was responsible for
killing of thousands of Japanese (the Yellow Peril) at two cities close to the 33rd
Parallel, Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

On August 6, 1945 at 8:15 a.m. United States B-29 bomber Enola Gay, on
Mission No. 13, dropped an atomic bomb called "Little Boy" on Hiroshima, Japan near
the 33rd Parallel. This was "Day One" of a new age, the Nuclear Age. To understand
the change that took place, we must back up and look at the importance of the number
13 from the formation of the United States to the atomic bomb's explosion in
Hiroshima.

In 1935, Paul Foster Case wrote: "Since the date, 1776, is placed on the bottom
course of the pyramid [on the Great Seal], and since the number 13 has been so
important in the history of the United States and in the symbols of the seal, it is not
unreasonable to suppose that the thirteen courses of the pyramid may represent thirteen
time-periods of thirteen years each." The 13 time-periods of 13 years each equaled 169
years. From July 4, 1776 to July 4, 1945 equaled 169 years. From July 4, 1945 to
August 6, 1945 (Hiroshima) was 33 days. (Information on the numbers 3 and 33:
http://www.ellisctaylor.com/3oct2001.html.)

Harry Truman, who the Japanese called "Dirty Harry": when they heard the
movie Dirty Harry came out, they thought it was a movie about Harry Truman.

The Jesuits put Harry Truman into office, the Pendergast Democratic machine
in Missouri. Harry Truman took over after FDR’s murder, because he was murdered in
the home of Bernard Baruch. When he did that, he then finished up the war with the
hoax called the dropping of the nuclear bombs, to purposely create this greater hoax
called the Cold War that would enable the Vatican to knock over country after country
after country, and replace the leaders with dictators, subordinate to the Pope. That was
the purpose of the Cold War.

And so, when Harry Truman in 1950 signed into law the Emergency War
Powers Act, the Cold War was in full force. They were building bomb shelters, etc. So
the nation was in a kind of frenzy.

When he signed this into law, it put the whole country under military or martial
law, and that’s when the flags in every courtroom, state and federal, began to be
changed. And every state flag and every U.S. flag is now trimmed in gold fringe
(http://www.texasrepublic.com/flaglaw.html). (By the way, the official flag
dimensions are 1 x 1.9 or 1:1.9 proportions, again the use of 911.) The flag consists of
50 stars plus 13 stripes, 7 red and 6 white. 50 + 13 = 63 - 6 + 3 = 9 or 5+1+3=9;
another use of 9, 13.

Let us spend a few moments to examine the key years in the drive to
manipulate the world into the New World Order, remembering that occultists feel the
need to undertake action only at the most propitious moments, when the astrological
lineups are correct, and only when the numbers are properly aligned. Remember, too,
that the primary occultic numbers are 11, 22, and 33, that the number 3 is the number
of Pagan trinity, and that the number 6 is the number of man.

The intensification of the number 6 into 66 or 666 is considered to be most

powerful, with 66 representative of the government of their ultimate man, Antichrist,
who will bear the number 666. Three is the number of the Pagan trinity. Finally,
remember that occultists add the numbers of dates and years to determine the most
propitious time to cause an event to occur. Let us now consider the flow of history
according to the most important dates:

THE NUMBER 9-11 CORRELATION LIST:

• The date of the attack - 9/11 - 9+1+1=11

• Phone number to report life threatening events = 911
• "Eleven -shaped Building" Twin Towers Collapse on 9-11
• 11th Labor of Hercules Included Holding up Twin Pillars
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Twelve_Labours)
• Flight 11 hit the Twin Towers
• Flight 11 had 92 onboard: 9+2=11
• Flight 77 had 65 onboard: 6+5=11
• September 11th is the 254th day of the year 2+5+4=11
• After September 11th there are 111 days left to the end of the year
• State of New York - 11th state to be added to the Union
• New York City - 11 letters
• Afghanistan - 11 letters
• The Pentagon - 11 letters
• George W Bush - 11 letters

Revelation 9:11: “And they had a king over them, which is the angel of the
bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek
tongue hath his name Apollyon.”(Note the “9:11”.)

In an earlier version of 9/11, did you know that Hitler burned the Reichstag on
2/27/33? 2+2+7=11 and 33. Here’s another interesting site about 9/11 that should be
explored in detail: http://www.reopen911.org/.

There are many numbers the occult use but 3, 7, 9, 11, 13, 18, 28, 33, 39, 77 and
666 or any multiple of these numbers have special meaning to the Freemasons and the
Illuminati. Information on each number and the following numbers can be found at
http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com/911/Robert.htm.

The name “Skull and Bones” deals with the numbers 11, 22, and 33. These three
numbers are, “The Master Numbers”. The skeletal system is comprised of many bones. In
particular, your skull has 22 bones and your back has 33 vertebrae. Your rib cage has 11
true ribs on each side. There is a twelfth rib (on each side) but is not considered a true rib
because it is not bone. 11, 22, and 33 are precise numbers. They are also multiples of 11.
I couldn’t even begin to calculate the odds of these numbers being encoded within our
DNA through any process other than intelligent thought.

Freemasonry should pop into your mind at this point. The number 33 is the highest
degree within Masonry. As we further our research we find more and more evidence that
ties the modern global elite (who are Freemasons) to the biblical Elohim.
 Genesis 1:26: "And God said, Let us make man in
our image, after our likeness: . . ."

The word "God" has to be a plural entity because the usage refers to more than
one individual. Studying the Hebrew bible, which is the ORIGINAL, reveals that the
creative act is attributed to a certain ELOHIM---- a plural term that at the least should be
translated as "gods," not "God". You need to be aware that the quoted verse also explains
why "The Adam" was created: "For there was no Adam to till the land." These are two
important --- and unsettling --- hints to who had created Man and why.

Man was created by the Elohim as a servant. They are the ones spoken of by
ancient civilizations as being "the gods".

The White House sits at the south part of the pentagram

created by the streets that surround it (according to occultists, the south part represents
where the spirit of LUCIFER is to dwell) opposite of the North where God’s throne is to
dwell (The Bible [Isaiah 14:13] states that God sits on His throne in the North.) The
Illuminati do not worship Satan. They worship LUCIFER=7 letters (Light Bearer=11,
hence Illumination. Illuminati=10 letters, the illuminated ones. They believe themselves
to be the perfect chosen ones.)

(Author’s note)***Let’s stop right here for a moment. As I related in Chapter 12,
The Seven Churches, I have identified the church at Pergamos to be associated with
North America, particularly America. Here is the reason why. Let’s look at Revelation
2:12 & 13: “And to the angel of the church in Pergamos write; These things saith
he which hath the sharp sword with two edges; I know thy works, and where
thou dwellest, even where Satan's seat is: and thou holdest fast my name, and
hast not denied my faith, even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful
martyr, who was slain among you, where Satan dwelleth.” It is situated in the
south part of a pentagram, in a position I would theorize would be a good correlation with
the idea and phrase, “Satan’s seat”.

Here are a few more of my observations:

Washington, D.C. = 47 = 11, and the White House = 47 = 11 is the seat of the
beast, located at the south end of the pentagram, which is made up of the streets that
surround it. The Pentagon = 38 = 11 is in the shape of a pentagram.
 George Washington, first President, and the founding father of the United States,
was a Mason. The Washington Monument is an obelisk. As a Masonic symbol, the
obelisk stands for the penis: giver of life and power; it is an ancient phallic symbol of
power.

The pyramid is another important symbol: the pyramid stands for spiritual
completeness, resurrection; the four corners are the four corners of the earth; the structure
points up like an arrow to God; pyramid = 21 - Product of 7 and 3, Fullness: 3 -
Resurrection, Divine Completeness, 7 - Completeness, Spiritual Perfection.

Route 66 begins at Washington, D.C., and ends in California, spanning the entire
United States, from coast to coast.

Now, let’s return to the observations and perceptions of others:

The Mark of the Revenge of Lamech - 77 - mark of the Clandestine Luciferic

Masons (CLuMs). Genesis 4:23 & 24: “And Lamech said unto his wives, Adah and
Zillah, Hear my voice; ye wives of Lamech, hearken unto my speech: for I have
slain a man to my wounding, and a young man to my hurt. If Cain shall be
avenged sevenfold, truly Lamech seventy and sevenfold.”

July 17, 1996. TWA 800 took off from JFK Airport on Wednesday evening, July
17, 1996, and exploded a few minutes later over the Atlantic Ocean, near Long Island.
Swiss Air 111 took off from the same airport on Wednesday evening, 9/2, (9+2=11)
1998, and went down in flames into the Atlantic Ocean off the province of Nova Scotia,
Canada. The number of weeks between these two accidents is exactly 111, the same as
the Swiss Air flight number. This is a very clear hoof print of the clandestine Luciferian
Masons (CLuMs) who had sabotaged both airliners.TWA 800 and Swiss Air 111: the
time between them is 111 weeks, or 777 days. The number 777 contains the mark of the
revenge of Cain (7) and the mark of the revenge of Lamech (77). Doomed Air Flights
(http://hardtruth.topcities.com/doomed_airflights.htm).

December 21, 1988. Conspiracy investigators have long realized that another such
sabotaged flight was Pan Am 103. (10+3=13) This third doomed flight was brought down
over Scotland on December 21, 1988. December 21 is the Winter Solstice, a very
important CLuM holiday. Notice also that Pan Am 103 was destroyed over Scotland,
whereas Swiss Air 111 met its end near Nova Scotia, i.e., "New Scotland". Scotland is
very important to CLuMs, since the Masonic Scottish Rite is the preeminent public
Masonic body throughout the world. What is even stranger is that the time between Pan
Am 103 in December 1988 and TWA 800 in July 1996 is 7 years and 7 months: here we
have an occurrence of the number 77, the mark of the revenge of Lamech.

---------------------------------------------------
 George Bush Jr. and the Number 13
(taken from http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com/911/Robert.htm)

“According to the Illuminati, 13 is the number of death and rebirth, death

and reincarnation, sacrifice, the Phoenix, the Christ (perfected soul
imprisoned in matter), and the transition from the old to the new.

I will introduce another series of impossibility of coincidence. We have

President George Bush Jr. who is 13th cousin of Britain's Queen Mother,
and of her daughter Queen Elizabeth and is a 13th cousin once removed of
the heir to the throne, Prince Charles. Officially becoming the 43rd
President on December 13th of a nation who had originally 13 colonies,
who celebrates its independence day July 4 which is exactly 13 days after
Summer Solstice on June 21. In this calculation, June 22 is counted as
“Day 1”.

Bush rules from the White House of which a Masonic Ritual laid the
cornerstone on Saturday, October 13, 1792, when the Georgetown Lodge
No. 9 of Maryland gathered for the ceremony. The White House is
surrounded by 13 approximately straight lines of avenues which L'Enfant
planned for the city which were symbolic of the stripes of the national
flag, laid out to receive the impress of the stars, which is also is laid out in
a Satanic Pentagram.

The south point represents where the spirit of Satan is to dwell. The new
Commander-in-Chief faced the sacred Egyptian obelisk, known as the
Washington Monument, and took the inaugural omens and when you
convert the 555 feet of height into inches, it comes out to 6660, which
reveals the number of the beast imbedded in the sacred geometry of the
structure. Our leaders have allowed the Illuminati to divide The United
States into seven different regions geographically. Each region has a 13-
member leadership council that coordinates with the local leadership
councils.”

(Author’s note:)***Let’s stop here. I am done with numbers at this point. I get a
little overwhelmed with so many symbolic numbers being negatively related to so many
important American places and situations. There is no doubt in my mind that there is
more than enough evidence indicating that the beast is alive and well, and sitting in its
seat of power, right now, in the White House. It is too bad that more people don’t know
the truth! Now, you do.

I would like to present another observation about Revelation 2:12 & 13. The name
“Antipas” is given as the name of a faithful martyr who was killed in Pergamos, where
Satan’s seat is. I maintain that Satan’s seat is the White House, located in Washington,
D.C. This “Antipas” must be alive now because the events of 9/11 were the beginning of
the seven-year tribulation period.
 After pondering for some time over the name “Antipas”, and trying to think of
someone who may fit the profile of a martyr during this time period, I realized that
“Antipas” was a code word, an anagram. The word “saint” can be taken from it, and the
letters that are left over are “A” and “P”. “AP” is a pronoun, and means “beginning or
first”. A = 1, P = 8, so “A+P” equals 9 - Fruit of the Spirit, Fruit bearing, Gift of God.
Saint = 14 – Deliverance, Salvation. So the code word “Antipas”, representing the first
martyr of this time period, really means “First Fruit of God’s Deliverance/Salvation”.
Antipas is the first fruits (or tithe) of the martyrs, true believers who will be killed by the
beast, who dwells in Satan’s seat.

“Antipas” would have to be a very important person, someone whose death,

caused by the beast, would be very visible on an international scale, or else it wouldn’t
have made any sense to anyone when it was finally time to identify this person. We were
meant to know who Antipas is, judging by Revelation 1:1-3: “The Revelation of Jesus
Christ, which God gave unto him, to shew unto his servants things which must
shortly come to pass; and he sent and signified it by his angel unto his servant
John: Who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus
Christ, and of all things that he saw. Blessed is he that readeth, and they that
hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written
therein: for the time is at hand.”

According to Hargrave Jennings, in his book on Phallicism, and in a booklet

entitled Obelisks, the name “Antipas” derives its meaning from his term “negative –
positive”, used when comparing male and female sexual organs to magnets; “Anti – pas”
means female sex organs. Males have “positive – negative” sex organs. Therefore,
Antipas is a female. (See Chapter 12.)

After reviewing current events on the Internet, and my own reaction of sorrow to
hearing this news in the events leading up to the Iraq War, I will offer my own opinion of
who a prototype of a “first martyr”, could have been. Although a male, an “Antipas”- like
martyr situation could have been the death of Senator Paul Wellstone. The following
article says it all:

“The death of US Senator Paul Wellstone: accident

or murder?
World Socialist Web Site (http://www.wsws.org)

By the Editorial Board 29 October 2002

There is a serious question about the sudden

death of Democratic Senator Paul Wellstone that
has no doubt occurred to many people: was
Wellstone the victim of a political assassination?

It is possible that there will emerge a credible

explanation of the October 25 plane crash that
killed Wellstone, his wife Sheila, daughter
Marcia, and five others near Eveleth, Minnesota.
Initial reports, however, are disturbing. None of
the typical causes of a small plane accident—
engine failure, icing, pilot error—appear to be
involved.

The plane, a twin-engine Beechcraft King Air

A100, was apparently in good condition when it
hit the ground and exploded into flames about two
miles from the Eveleth-Virginia airport in the
Minnesota iron range. The Beechcraft model has an
excellent safety record, with only two fatal
crashes—both in December 1997—in the past six
years. Debris recovered from the crash site
includes both the plane’s engines, which suffered
blade damage, suggesting that the engines were
running when the plane crashed.

While weather conditions were less than ideal,

with some ice and freezing rain, two smaller
Beech Queen Air planes had landed at Eveleth
without incident two hours before the crash, when
temperatures were colder. Wellstone’s plane was
reportedly equipped with two separate de-icing
mechanisms.

Visibility was limited but well above the minimum

required—between two and two and a half miles.
Although the approach to the airport was being
made using instruments, the airport would have
been in clear view of the pilot once he descended
below the lowest cloud layer at about 700 feet.

The plane’s two pilots were both experienced,

with the senior man, Capt. Richard Conry, 55,
having airline transport pilot certification, the
top industry qualification. Co-pilot Michael
Guess, 30, was a certified commercial pilot.
Wellstone was by all accounts a cautious flier,
and there is no suggestion that the decision to
fly that day was a reckless one.

The acting chairwoman of the National

Transportation Safety Board, Carol Carmody, said
there was a slight irregularity in the Eveleth
airport’s radio beacon, but it was not yet
possible to say whether this contributed to the
accident.

The plane’s altimeter and “possibly one other

gauge” have been recovered and sent to the NTSB
lab in Washington for analysis, Carmody said. The
plane was not required to have a cockpit voice
recorder and was not equipped with one.

According to air traffic control records, the

flight had proceeded without incident until its
last moments. Wellstone’s plane took off at 9:37
a.m. from Minneapolis-St. Paul, received
permission to climb to 13,000 feet at 9:48 a.m.,
and received clearance to descend towards Eveleth
at 10:01 a.m., at which time the pilot was told
there was icing at the 9,000-11,000 foot level.
The plane began its descent at 10:10 a.m., passed
through the icing altitude without apparent
difficulty, and at 10:18 a.m. was cleared for
approach to the airport. A minute later, at 3,500
feet, the plane began to drift away from the
runway. It was last sighted at 10:21 a.m., flying
at 1,800 feet.

Carmody said that the impact area was 300 feet by

190 feet, with evidence of “extreme post-crash
fire.” The plane apparently was headed south,
away from the Eveleth runway, when it hit the
ground. “The angle was steeper than would be
expected in a normal stabilized standardized
approach,” she said. Some press reports cited
eyewitness accounts of a near-vertical plunge.

Under different political circumstances it might

be possible to dismiss the Eveleth crash as a
tragic accident whose causes, even if they cannot
be precisely determined, lie in the sphere of
aircraft engineering and weather phenomena. But
the death of Paul Wellstone takes place under
conditions in which far too many strange things
are happening in America.

Wellstone’s death comes almost two years to the

day after a similar plane crash killed another
Democratic Senate hopeful locked in a tight
election contest, Missouri Governor Mel Carnahan,
on October 16, 2000. The American media duly
noted the “eerie coincidence,” as though it was a
statistical oddity, rather than suggesting a
pattern.

One might say, paraphrasing Oscar Wilde, that to

lose one senator is a misfortune, but to lose two
senators, the same way, is positively suspicious.

Last year two leading Senate Democrats, Majority

Leader Tom Daschle and Judiciary Committee
Chairman Patrick Leahy, were targeted for
assassination with letters laced with anthrax.
The federal Justice Department—headed by John
Ashcroft, who lost to the deceased Mel Carnahan
in the Missouri contest—has failed to apprehend
the anthrax mailer.

Wellstone was in a hotly contested reelection

campaign, but polls showed he was beginning to
pull ahead of Republican nominee Norm Coleman,
the former mayor of St. Paul, in the wake of the
vote in the Senate to authorize President Bush to
wage war against Iraq. The liberal Democrat was a
well-publicized opponent of the war resolution,
the only Senator in a tight race to vote against
it.

More broadly, with the Senate controlled by the

Democrats by a margin of 50-49, the loss of even
a single seat could shift control to the
Republicans. The immediate effect of Wellstone’s
death is to deprive the Democrats of a majority
in the lame-duck session scheduled for late
November.

Without exaggerating Wellstone’s personal

significance—he was a conventional bourgeois
politician and no threat to the profit system—
there are enormous financial stakes involved in
control of the Senate. Republican control of the
Senate would make it possible to push through new
tax cuts for the wealthy and other perks for
corporate America worth billions of dollars—more
than enough of an incentive to commit murder.
 The neo-fascist elements within and around the
Republican Party have already demonstrated their
contempt for democracy, first in the protracted
campaign of political destabilization against the
Clinton administration, then with the theft of
the 2000 presidential election. They are now
preparing to slaughter tens of thousands of
Iraqis in order to grab control of the second
largest oil reserves in the world. To imagine
that they would suffer moral qualms over a
conveniently timed plane crash would be naïve in
the extreme.

There is another curious and suggestive factor.

Virtually every day the Bush administration
issues warnings of terrorist attacks on trains,
nuclear reactors, airports or government
buildings, to keep the American people off
balance and stampede the public into supporting
the impending war against Iraq. Government
officials are prepared to attribute virtually any
act of violence—such as the Washington sniper
shootings—to Al Qaeda. Yet there has been no
suggestion that the destruction of Wellstone’s
plane was the result of terrorism. Perhaps in
this case they prefer not to inquire too closely
into the causes.

In the current climate of war, repression and

right-wing provocation, it is perfectly
reasonable to ask whether Wellstone was the
victim of a political killing. No investigation
deserving of the name can exclude sabotage as a
possible cause of the plane crash. And yet, given
the cowardice of the Democratic Party and the
advanced putrefaction of American democracy, the
official investigation will in all probability
conclude that Wellstone’s death was the result of
an unfortunate but unexplainable mechanical
malfunction.”

Senator Paul Wellstone’s death must have cast a pall of silence and a wave of fear
over the other members of Congress, because not one Congressperson ever protested or
openly disagreed with the Bush Administration ever again about going to war with Iraq.
These people, who have been elected by the American people to represent them in
Congress, stood by in silence and fear, and watched up to 15 million people worldwide
protest the proposed U.S.-led invasion of Iraq, many of whom were the very American
citizens whose interests they supposedly represent. Not one of them had the courage to
stand up for their beliefs, and possibly suffer the same fate as Senator Wellstone. Yet
many of them claim, along with our President, George W. Bush, that they are born-again
Christians, and that they are living up to the standards that Jesus set forth in the Gospels.
Really?

Speaking of President Bush and his Christian beliefs, here is an article about those
beliefs, and how they motivate his political life:

“Bush says God chose him to lead his nation

Book reveals how President's religious and

political beliefs are entwined - and claims he
did pray with Blair.

President George W. Bush stood before a cheering

crowd at a Dallas Christian youth centre last
week, and told them about being 'born again' as a
Christian.

'If you change their heart, then they change

their behaviour. I know,' he said, referring to
his own conversion, which led to him giving up
drinking.

Behind Bush were two banners. 'King of Kings',

proclaimed one. 'Lord of Lords', said the other.
The symbolism of how fervent Christianity has
become deeply entwined with the most powerful man
on the planet could not have been stronger.

Few US Presidents have been as openly religious

as Bush. Now a new book has lifted the lid on how
deep those Christian convictions run. It will
stir up controversy at a time when the
administration is keen to portray its 'war on
terror' as non-religious.

The book, which depicts a President who prays

each day and believes he is on a direct mission
from God, will give ammunition to critics who
claim Bush's administration is heavily influenced
by extremist Christians.

Bush is already under fire for allowing the

appointment of General William Boykin to head the
hunt for Osama bin Laden. Boykin, who speaks at
evangelical Christian meetings, once said the war
on terror was a fight against Satan, and also
told a Somali warlord that, 'My God was bigger
than his. I knew that my God was a real God and
his was an idol.'

Bush has also been accused of a 'creeping

Christianisation' of federal government
programmes. In September, the government made
more than $60 billion available for religious
charitable groups. Critics say the groups will be
able to use the cash to promote their religion.
One group that benefited from previous grants was
an Iowa prison project that entitled inmates to
televisions, private bathrooms and computers - in
return for Christian counselling.

Now Bush is likely to face intense scrutiny. The

book, The Faith of George W. Bush, was written by
Christian author Stephen Mansfield. It details
numerous incidents where Bush's faith has been
shown to be at the centre of his political
thinking.

Among Mansfield's revelations is his insistence

that Bush and Tony Blair have prayed together at
a private meeting at Camp David. Blair has
previously denied this.

Mansfield, however, says that, while there were

no witnesses, aides were left in little doubt as
to what had happened. He told The Observer:
'There is no question they have shared scripture
and prayed together.'

The book also shows that in the lead-up to

announcing his candidacy for the presidency, Bush
told a Texan evangelist that he had had a
premonition of some form of national disaster
happening.

Bush said to James Robinson: 'I feel like God

wants me to run for President. I can't explain
it, but I sense my country is going to need me.
Something is going to happen... I know it won't
be easy on me or my family, but God wants me to
do it.'
 In another incident, Mansfield recounts how, on
Palm Sunday last year, Bush was flying back from
El Salvador aboard the presidential jet Air Force
One and seemed to be destined to miss church.

However, knowing that Bush hated to miss a

service, some officials suggested they worship in
the air. Bush agreed, and soon 40 officials were
crammed into the plane's conference room. The
service was led by National Security Adviser
Condoleezza Rice, while the lesson was read by
close Bush aide Karen Hughes.

The author also proves anecdotes about Bush that

had previously been dismissed as false. Rumours
that he had prayed with a young soldier who had
lost a hand in Iraq were thought to be myth, but
Mansfield tracked down witnesses and a hospital
chaplain who said that Bush had prayed with the
man, ending by kissing him on the forehead and
telling him he loved him. 'For me, that sums up
Bush's beliefs. He really believes Jesus is taken
up in his heart and soul,' Mansfield said.”

Just last week, I was flabbergasted and astounded to see an article on the front
page of the local newspaper detailing how several prominent Black pastors, many who
had formerly voted for Democrats, had been persuaded by the White House and President
Bush to vote for him in his re-election bid, in exchange for a portion of the $60 billion
dollars set aside by 5 Faith-Based & Community Initiative executive orders to be used for
charity work by faith-based ministries (more details on this initiative here:
http://www.whitehouse.gov/government/fbci/).

The ministers justified their actions (the taking bribes to change their voting
patterns) by explaining that the amount of money they had received (over a million each)
was not the issue. The issue was that the President was promoting the moral values that
they both shared (i.e. school vouchers, no abortion, no gay marriage). In their opinions,
these pastors were only standing up for the candidate that would promote their Christian
values. Of course, none of these pastors were going to do anything to persuade their
congregations to vote for Bush, as they themselves were choosing to do. They were only
going to allow speakers who supported Bush to merely talk to the congregation from
their pulpits. All I have to say is HYPOCRISY, HYPOCRISY, and MORE
HYPOCRISY!
 Chapter 14
MYSTERY, Babylon the Great

Revelation 17:18: “And the woman which thou sawest is that great city,
which reigneth over the kings of the earth.”

(There is an audio message to America in a link in the lower part of this page under the
divider: Holy Bible - America - The Message - Part 7 Jim Searcy Jan 30, 2003)

Revelation 17:19: “The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the
woman sitteth.” The seven mountains represent the seven continents, in other words,
the entire world. Verse 20 says, “And there are seven kings (of the entire world
history): five are fallen, and one is (in the time period of John, the author of
Revelation, the Emperor of the Roman Empire was currently ruling), and the
other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space
(this was Adolf Hitler). Verse 21: “And the beast that was, and is not (the
Babylonian Empire), even he is the eighth (the United States, the last and most
influential world power, occupying and ruling Babylon {Iraq}), and is of the
seven (greatest world empires), and goeth into perdition.”

The United States of America arose after World War II to become the greatest
world power that has ever been seen throughout all time. As I stated in Chapter 8, the
prophecy detailed in Revelation 9:13-21, which are the events that occurred when the
sixth Trumpet sounded, has been fulfilled to the letter. By capturing and occupying the
sovereign, modern nation of Iraq, the location of the Euphrates River (a nation that was
formerly named Babylon), President George W. Bush officially became the King of
Babylon, reigning over the land of the ancient kingdom, and sitting on the throne that
once belonged to King Nebuchadnezzar. The great empires have come full circle.

The seven kingdoms of Revelation 17 are, in order: Egypt, Assyria, Babylon,

Medo-Persia, Greece, and Roman Empire. The eighth kingdom is America/Babylon. By
its rule over Iraq (Babylon), the United States represents the Babylonian Empire,
resurrected.

The main reason why the American Empire and the Babylonian Empire are
inextricably linked together, and named a “beast” in this chapter, is because they will
both soon share the same dubious “honor”: the capture and destruction of Israel. Chapter
16 will go into this subject in more detail.

There are striking similarities between George W. Bush and Nebuchadnezzar,

which I find astounding, considering their impact on prophecy:

• Both men have held the official position of “King of Babylon” (Daniel
1:1), Chapter 8 of this book.
 • Both men have made an “image”, and compelled the people to
worship it or be killed (Daniel 3:1-6), (Revelation 13:15),
Chapters 4 and 15 of this book.
• Both men have been called “beasts” (Daniel 4), (Revelation 13), Chapter
15 of this book. Nebuchadnezzar was turned into a “beast” because of his
pride. In Chaldean/Hebrew numerology (explained in Chapter 11), the
name “George Walker Bush” = 60; 60 – Pride.
• Both men will be guilty of persecuting true believers (Daniel 3:8-30),
Chapters 9 and 16 of this book.
• Both men will invade and occupy Israel: (2 Kings 24:10-16), Chapter 16
of this book.

The tenth Jewish month and tenth Jewish day happened to correspond with
December 22, in 2004. This day is called Asara b'Tevet or The Tenth of Tevet - Troubled
Days. On the Tenth of Tevet, Jews commemorate as a fast day the day on which the
Babylonians successfully laid seize to Jerusalem and beleaguered it until its final
conquest (Source: http://www.yipc.org/tt_tevet.htm).

On January 30, 2005, the Iraqi people, under the supervision of the United States,
voted for the first time in a democratic election. Here are two excerpts from CNN.com:

“WASHINGTON (CNN) -- President Bush delivered a brief White House

address on Sunday, following Iraq's first free elections in half a century.
Following is a transcript of his remarks:
(http://www.cnn.com/2005/ALLPOLITICS/01/30/bush.transcript/index.ht
ml)

BUSH: Today the people of Iraq have spoken to the world, and the world
is hearing the voice of freedom from the center of the Middle East.

In great numbers and under great risk, Iraqis have shown their
commitment to democracy. By participating in free elections, the Iraqi
people have firmly rejected the anti-democratic ideology of the terrorists.
They have refused to be intimidated by thugs and assassins.

And they have demonstrated the kind of courage that is always the
foundation of self-government. Some Iraqis were killed while exercising
their rights as citizens.

We also mourn the American and British military personnel who lost their
lives today. Their sacrifices were made in a vital cause of freedom, peace
in a troubled region and a more secure future for us all.”

***********
 “Iraqis vote amid violence
Bush calls election a 'resounding success'

BAGHDAD, Iraq (CNN) -- Polls have closed and ballot counting has
begun after Iraq's first free election in a half century, with officials
reporting a higher than expected turnout of registered voters amid attacks
and threats of violence.
(http://www.cnn.com/2005/WORLD/meast/01/30/iraq.main/index.html)

Insurgents carried out more than a dozen attacks across the country on
Sunday, killing at least 25 people and wounding 71 others.

After the voting, President Bush said the balloting was a "resounding
success" and praised Iraqis who "have taken rightful control of their
country's destiny."

At least eight suicide bombings took place during the voting. There are
reports of a ninth, but CNN has not confirmed those reports.

There were eight other types of attacks as well, including one in which
insurgents identified Iraqi civilians as having voted -- based on the ink on
their fingers -- and threw grenades at them, killing them.”

The “King of Babylon” has had his way. The Iraqi people now have a democracy,
with its leaders handpicked by the U.S., and functioning as puppets to the American
Empire. Leadership of the country, operating under the guise of democracy and liberty,
can now start the onerous task of controlling the oil issue, to the U.S.’ satisfaction.

I received an email from a newsletter I subscribe to on February 2, 2005, and I

thought a portion of it might be worth sharing:

Real Freedom Still Far Off, By Eric Margolis

Will today's elections for 7,785 unknown

candidates in violence-wracked Iraq mark the dawn
of genuine Mideast democracy, as U.S. President
George W. Bush claims, or be another step deeper
into the bloody quagmire in Mesopotamia?

First, no election held under a foreign military

occupation resulting from an unjustified war is
legal under international law. During the Cold
War, elections staged by the Soviets after
invading Afghanistan, Hungary and Czechoslovakia
were rightly denounced by the U.S. as "frauds"
and the leaders elected as "stooges"
 (http://www.canoe.ca/NewsStand/Columnists/Toronto
/Eric_Margolis/2005/01/30/914831.html).

Now that I’ve discussed that portion of the “mystery”, let’s turn to another aspect
of “Babylon” for a discussion:

New York City, as the financial hub of the U.S., and the financial capital of the
world, appears to be Babylon in chapters 17 and 18. She is sitting upon a scarlet beast,
full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns. Revelation 17:8: “The
beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless
pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder,
whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the
world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.”

Former New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani once said, "New York City is the
capital of the world". New York City is the heart of capitalism. The U.N. is based there,
and embassies from every country are based in this city. That is why it was the perfect
target, and had the most impact, for the 9/11 attacks.

Verse 15 says, “And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest,
where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and
tongues.”

The population of the U.S. contains all of the descendants of all of the peoples
that have ever walked the earth, currently with 66 separately identified ethnic groups. The
U.S. has accumulated the descendants of all the people of all the nations of the world,
including nations who have been persecutors and perpetuators of the worst crimes against
humanity ever committed. New York City is the focal point for immigration into the
U.S., and is the home of the greatest mass of immigrants, who come from every country
to reside within the city. New York City is the capital city of the New World Order,
chosen by the worldwide Illuminati. It has been said that the World Trade Center was
destroyed from a nuclear explosion coming from underneath the building. That is why it
imploded so neatly (http://www.serendipity.li/wot/aa11.html). Controlled Demolition, the
demolition company that cleaned up the Oklahoma bombing, is the very same company
that cleaned up the World Trade Center debris. Are they hiding the true cause of both
events?

April 25, 1945. (4/25/ 4+2+5=11) Delegates from 50 nations met in San Francisco
on April 25, 1945, for what was officially known as the United Nations Conference on
International Organization. During a two-month period, they completed a charter
consisting of 111 articles, based on the draft developed at Dumbarton Oaks. The charter
was approved on June 25 (6/25=6+2+5=13) and signed the next day; it became effective
on October 24, 1945, after ratification by a majority of the signatories. The bonds of the
wartime alliance undoubtedly hastened agreement on establishing the new organization.
 In December 1945 the Congress of the United States invited the U.N. to establish
its headquarters in the United States. The organization accepted and in August 1946
moved to a temporary location in Lake Success, New York. Later that year a site was
purchased bordering the East River in New York City, and plans for a permanent
headquarters were drawn up. (97 Microsoft Encarta United Nations Origin) (Information
above taken from website http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com/911/Robert.htm;
information on occult numbers can be found here too.)

Occult number significances: Think it was a coincidence the United Nations is in

New York? The State of New York was the 11th State added to the Union. New York
City =11 letters. The U.N. building has 39 stories (13+13+13=39). Once again the occult
numbers are present.

Proof of prior knowledge of the WTC (13) attack: Tom Kennedy, a spokesman
for the Federal Emergency Management Agency's (FEMA) "National Urban Search and
Rescue Team" during an interview on national TV with CBS News anchor Dan Rather,
Mr. Kennedy let slip a frightening truth: FEMA sent the Urban Search and Rescue Team
to New York City the night before the attacks occurred! Mr. Kennedy tells Dan Rather,
"We're currently one of the first teams that was deployed to support the City of New
York in this disaster. We arrived on late Monday night (note: Monday was September 10,
the day before the attacks) and went right into action on Tuesday morning"
(http://hardtruth.topcities.com/fema.ram). (My note: Link is now gone.)

David Rockefeller conceived the World Trade Center, and construction started in
1966. The intent of its creation was to make money for his bank, Chase Manhattan, and
to bring together people from all over the globe. The twin towers were 110 stories tall
each, and the construction of the towers contained many mathematical occult numbers.
Information on the World Trade Center can be found here:
http://www.howstuffworks.com/wtc1.htm.

Zechariah 5:5-11: “Then the angel that talked with me went forth, and
said unto me, Lift up now thine eyes, and see what is this that goeth forth.
And I said, What is it? And he said, This is an ephah that goeth forth. He said
moreover, This is their resemblance through all the earth. And, behold, there
was lifted up a talent of lead: and this is a woman that sitteth in the midst of
the ephah. And he said, This is wickedness. And he cast it into the midst of the
ephah; and he cast the weight of lead upon the mouth thereof. Then lifted I
up mine eyes, and looked, and, behold, there came out two women, and the
wind was in their wings; for they had wings like the wings of a stork: and they
lifted up the ephah between the earth and the heaven. Then said I to the
angel that talked with me, Whither do these bear the ephah? And he said unto
me, To build it an house in the land of Shinar: and it shall be established, and
set there upon her own base.”

An "ephah" is a basket. The land of Shinar is Babylon; the basket carrying

wickedness was flown to New York City (Babylon), and a house (the World Trade
Center) was built for it. It was no accident that it was built in 1966, and then destroyed on
September 11, 2001. This was the intent of the Illuminati, according to their plans for the
New World Order. New York City is their capital.

The Skull and Bones secret society

(http://parascope.com/articles/0997/skullbones.htm) (My note: Link is now gone.) the
American Illuminati have been the driving force behind the horrific events of the 20th
Century. Over 200 million people have died so far as a direct result of the Illuminati's
actions. The following information is taken from the above referenced website about the
Skull and Bones:

“Another interesting group of "Bonesmen" is the Harriman/Bush

crowd. Averil Harriman ('13), "Elder Statesman" of the Democratic Party,
and his brother Roland Harriman ('17) were very active members. In fact,
four of Roland's fellow "Bonesmen" from the class of 1917 were directors
of Brown Brothers, Harriman, including Prescott Bush ('17), George
Bush's dad.
Since the turn of the century, two investment bank firms --
Guaranty Trust and Brown Brothers, Harriman -- were both dominated by
members of Skull and Bones. These two firms were heavily involved in
the financing of Communism and Hitler's regime.
Bonesman share an affinity for the Hegellian ideas of the historical
dialectic, which dictates the use of controlled conflict -- thesis versus anti-
thesis -- to create a pre-determined synthesis. A synthesis of their making
and design, where the state is absolute and individuals are granted their
freedoms based on their obedience to the state -- a New World Order.
Funding and political maneuvering on the part of "Bonesmen" and
their allies helped the Bolsheviks prevail in Russia. In defiance of federal
laws, the cabal financed industries, established banks and developed oil
and mineral deposits in the fledgling U.S.S.R.
Later, Averil Harriman, as minister to Great Britain in charge of
Lend-Lease for Britain and Russia, was responsible for shipping entire
factories into Russia. According to some researchers, Harriman also
oversaw the transfer of nuclear secrets, plutonium and U. S. dollar printing
plates to the U.S.S.R.
In 1932, the Union Banking Corporation of New York City had
enlisted four directors from the ('17) cell and two Nazi bankers associated
with Fritz Thyssen, who had been financing Hitler since 1924.”

From "George Bush; The Unauthorized Biography":

"President Franklin Roosevelt's Alien Property Custodian, Leo T.

Crowley, signed Vesting Order Number 248 [11/17/42] seizing the
property of Prescott Bush under the Trading with Enemy Act. The order,
published in obscure government record books and kept out of the news,
Note #4 explained nothing about the Nazis involved; only that the Union
 Banking Corporation was run for the 'Thyssen family' of 'Germany and/or
Hungary' -- 'nationals ... of a designated enemy country.'

"By deciding that Prescott Bush and the other directors of the
Union Banking Corporation were legally 'front men for the Nazis', the
government avoided the more important historical issue: In what way
'were Hitler's Nazis themselves hired, armed, and instructed by' the New
York and London clique of which Prescott Bush was an executive
manager?

"New York Times, December 16, 1944, ran a five-paragraph page

25 article on actions of the New York State Banking Department. Only the
last sentence refers to the Nazi bank, as follows: 'The Union Banking
Corporation, 39 Broadway, New York, has received authority to change
its principal place of business to 120 Broadway.'

"The Times omitted the fact that the Union Banking Corporation
had been seized by the government for trading with the enemy, and the
fact that 120 Broadway was the address of the government's Alien
Property Custodian."

After the war, Prescott went on to become a U. S. Senator from

Connecticut (1952) and favorite golfing partner of President Eisenhower.
Prescott claims responsibility for getting Nixon into politics and takes
personal credit for bringing Dick on board as Ike's running mate in 1952.
President George Bush (Sr.) is carrying on with the Illuminati blueprint for
the New World Order, just as his father did.”

Now, President George W. Bush is carrying on the work. Because of the goals of
the Illuminati to rule the world, to this day, the U.S. has been and is the continuing main
source and exporter of the world’s sin and filth, polluting all nations with her vices and
abominations.

Not only is the U.S. corrupting the world with material and spiritual vices,
America is forcefully shoving democracy down the throats of other sovereign nations,
often as a condition of keeping the peace and/or financial support. As I have described in
Chapter 4, “democracy” means “people ruling themselves”. Democracy fits the category
of being a religion. Definition of religion: a specific system of belief or worship, etc.,
built around God, a code of ethics, a philosophy of life, etc. Technically, democracy is
“anti-Christ” because people ruling themselves are the very essence of a false religion!

In an example of how financial support can be used as a bribe, instead of military

force, to support the growth of democracy around the world, the Millennium Challenge
Account is a program that provides financial support for developing countries that follow
the rules that the U.S. sets for how their leaders run their country
(http://www.whitehouse.gov/infocus/developingnations/millennium.html). One of those
rules is that the country must be run as a democracy in order to qualify. If these criteria
aren’t followed, the country’s funding is stopped.

In a final consideration on the identity of the woman sitting on the scarlet beast,
the following points need to be considered:

1. She is described as the prostitute who is to be contrasted with the bride.

2. She sits on many waters, which are peoples, multitudes, nations and
languages.
3. She is to be distinguished from the beast upon whom she sits and who
destroys her.
4. She is the city of power, excessive luxury and great wealth.
5. She persecuted the saints.
6. She rules over the kings of the earth.
7. She is associated with music, trade, farming, marriage, merchants and
persecution.
8. With her the kings of the earth commit adultery and the inhabitants are
intoxicated with the wine of her adulteries.
9. In view of the emphasis of the book that only God is to be worshipped she
should be viewed as the temptress who tempts men away from God.

Revelation 17:12-14, 16 & 17: “And the ten horns which thou sawest are
ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings
one hour with the beast. These have one mind, and shall give their power and
strength unto the beast. These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb
shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that
are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.” “And the ten horns which
thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her
desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire. For God
hath put in their hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom
unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.”

In the past, these verses would not have seemed likely to be referring to the
United States because of the admiration and regard felt by individuals for the U.S. After
9/11, the world was in full support of the U.S., and mourned the tragedies with her. But,
because of the Iraq War, this is no longer the case. In light of the rising anti-American
and anti-Bush rhetoric coming from the people of other countries, and due to the
atrocities being committed in the name of “freedom and democracy”, it is not hard to see
how the nations of the world could attack “this” America, using the so-called “Bush
Doctrine” to justify their actions. These nations could conceivably destroy New York
City in anger against the policy and threats of the U.S. (details on the Bush Doctrine can
be found here: http://www.crimesofwar.org/expert/bush-intro.html
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=story_27-1-2005_pg3_5).

On April 16, 1948,The Organisation for European Economic Cooperation

(OEEC) was created to coordinate the Marshall Plan (This information can be found at
http://europa.eu.int/abc/history/1948/1948_en.htm.) The Marshall Plan was set up for the
economic revival of Europe. The events leading up to the forming of the OEEC began in
1946, after the destruction of Europe by World War II. The OEEC, who are of the
remnant 10 nations of the old Roman Empire, have come into power for one hour with
the beast, which is 60 years.

According to the math found in Chapter 7, 60 earthly years = 60 minutes (one

hour) heavenly time. Therefore, the time period that the ten horns are in power, who give
their power and strength unto the beast is from 1948 until 2008, reinforcing the
supposition that end time events, such as Armageddon, will be occurring in 2008. The
European Union (formerly the OEEC) has given the U.S. their power and strength since
1948, and after their armies are engaged in Armageddon, they will blow up the U.S.,
probably by nuclear means. The U.S., particularly New York City, is to be destroyed in
one earthly hour by fire, as described in Revelation 18. We know this to be one earthly
hour because it is the merchants of the earth who are speaking in this chapter, grieving
the loss of their greatest trading partner, the U.S., particularly New York City.

Revelation 18 describes the complete destruction of Babylon, as well as Jeremiah,

chapters 50 & 51.

In Jeremiah, chapters 50 and 51, God describes the final, complete destruction of
Babylon. In both Jeremiah and Revelation, God tells His people to come out of Babylon,
to physically leave in order to avoid being devastated and included in Babylon's
destruction. The fact that Jeremiah and Revelation both describe the events of Babylon's
final destruction, and the fact that both books make the exact same appeal to God's people
to leave and escape Babylon show that God wants us to know this information! God
wants to protect His people living in the United States, specifically in New York City,
from the wrath that is going to overtake it.

Jeremiah 51:6: “Flee out of the midst of Babylon, and deliver every man
his soul: be not cut off in her iniquity; for this is the time of the LORD's
vengeance; he will render unto her a recompence.”

Jeremiah 51:45: “My people, go ye out of the midst of her, and deliver ye
every man his soul from the fierce anger of the LORD.”

Revelation 18:4: “And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come
out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive
not of her plagues.”

************************************************

(Author’s note: The following is solely the opinions and viewpoints of the
organization below. I have no affiliation with them. I have included this so you may see
what other people are saying about America being a modern-day Babylon.)
Holy Bible - America - The Message - Part 7 Jim Searcy Jan 30, 2003

Dear Friends –

Babylon/America Questions & Answers:

Eccl 3:15 That which hath been is now; and that which is to be hath already been; and
God requireth that which is past.

Holy Bible - America - The Message http://www.gvtc.com/~jsearcy/AmBabKJ1.ra

http://www.gvtc.com/~jsearcy/AmBabKJ2.ra http://www.gvtc.com/~jsearcy/Pass02.ra

Those on this list are NOW able to hear the above complete real audio message. You are
encouraged to get a recording of The Message before the links are posted on the GJiGT.
Then, net traffic may make them difficult to hear and get a good recording for the first
few days after the link is posted.

How do we know what Babylon is in scripture?

Some prophecies have dual or multi-time fulfillments. The Lord is not constrained by
linear time. The Lord is not bound by the physics of the laws which He set up to govern
His creation. The Lord can easily accomplish this mind boggling and incredibly complex
orchestration. More specifically, how do we identify OUR Babylon in scripture? Any
mention of the Day of the Lord, the Latter Days, the End of Days, The Last Days before
the day of vengeance of The Lord Jesus. That Babylon is our Babylon America, the
daughter of Babylon. Here is an example:

Isa 13:4 The noise of a multitude in the mountains, like as of a great people; a tumultuous
noise of the kingdoms of nations gathered together: the LORD of hosts mustereth the host
of the battle. Isa 13:5 They come from a far country, from the end of heaven, even the
LORD, and the weapons of his indignation, to destroy the whole land. Isa 13:6 Howl ye;
for the day of the LORD is at hand; it shall come as a destruction from the Almighty. Isa
13:7 Therefore shall all hands be faint, and every man's heart shall melt: Isa 13:8 And
they shall be afraid: pangs and sorrows shall take hold of them; they shall be in pain as a
woman that travaileth: they shall be amazed one at another; their faces shall be as flames.
Isa 13:9 Behold, the day of the LORD cometh, cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to
lay the land desolate: and he shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. Isa 13:10 For the
stars of heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light: the sun shall be
darkened in his going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine. Isa 13:11
And I will punish the world for their evil, and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will
cause the arrogancy of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible.

Isa 13:1 The burden of Babylon, which Isaiah the son of Amoz did see. We know that is
reference to America because in verse 6 it says: Howl ye; for the day of the LORD is at
hand;
Question: How does America Geographically qualify for the role of Babylon?

According to scripture, Babylon's destroying enemy is from a far country, from the
North, and the end of heaven. On a globe, trace from the United States, straight up north
and across the pole, to the other end of the globe. Your finger will now be in Russia.
Also, the end of days Babylon must sit upon many waters and have deep water ports
around her coast lines, for the merchant sailors to stand afar off and bewail her. It is also
interesting if you go to Yahoo maps or any of the internet search engines and type in
"Babylon, New York" - surprise there is even a literal Babylon, New York, right on the
coast line.

Question: Isn't Russia our friend now? What about their reforms?

No. America has been disarming and sending aid money to the Russian republics. They
have been using the US aid money to build and modernize their arsenal. How ironic.
There is a reason almost all of the world chess champions, are Russians. Chess is a game
of patience and strategy. America has become incompetent in her complacency, lacking
both patience and the comprehension of strategy. Lady Liberty will be blown out of the
water and she will not even know what hit her. Research the men who are in charge of
the new "democratic" Russian republics. Most are hard core Soviets who were trained at
the school of Lenin. It is like putting some retired grand wizards of the Ku Klux Klan in
charge of the United Negro College Fund.

Here is what former US secretary of defense, in the Reagan administration, Frank C.

Carlucci, had to say. "If the United States and our allies are to maintain the defense
required to safeguard our peace and freedoms, we must have a clear understanding of the
threat posed, by the military capabilities and doctrine of the Soviet Union. As reported in
Soviet Military Power in 1988, neither Glasnost, nor the stirrings of economic reform
within the Soviet Union has resulted in any redirection of resources, away from the
armed forces of the USSR. Soviet strategic nuclear forces, land, sea, and air, continue to
be upgraded. Soviet strategic defenses, INCLUDING a ballistic missile defense system
around Moscow, continue to be upgraded. The across the board modernization of soviet
conventional forces, tanks, artillery, fighter aircraft, surface warships, and submarines,
marks an UNPRECEDENTED INCREASE IN SOVIET MILITARY CAPABILITY."

Question for the Bible Scholars - What about Iraq rebuilding around the ruins of the old
Babylon from Nebuchadnezzar's time period? Could Iraq be the nation and Baghdad be
the city in Revelation 18 that is destroyed?

No. ONLY IF YOU IGNORE 80% OF THE FACTS GIVEN IN THE BIBLE that
identifies Babylon as the Lady of the Kingdoms.

Is Baghdad the economic center of the world, or is New York, Wall Street? Does Iraq
have a deep water port for merchant sailors to bewail it from? Does Iraq have multiple
deep water ports along its coast lines? Does Iraq have the Largest IDOL in the world
crafted by mystery religion secret society freemasons in its harbor? Did Iraq initiate the
United Nations world governance? Is Iraq the world's policeman? Is Iraq known for its
cattle, and goods, and fine merchandise, and delicacies, and pharmaceuticals, AKA
sorceries? Is Iraq at rest and dwelling carelessly? Does Iraq have people gathered from all
the nations in it? Was there a WORLD Trade Center reduced to ash in Baghdad, or was
that New York?

There are other scholars who think that end times Babylon is Rome, or the EU, or Russia,
or Israel. I find no fault with those who see the Babylon confusion of world religion
under Rome's antichrist false prophet pope. However, just see how it fits to replace any of
those in the above list of questions about Iraq. You will get the understanding.

Question - Could the upcoming New Word Order be Babylon?

No. Dan 7:22 Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the
most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom. Dan 7:23 Thus he
said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse
from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it
in pieces. Dan 7:24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise:
and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall
subdue three kings. Dan 7:25 And he shall speak great words against the most High, and
shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they
shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. Dan 7:26 But
the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy
it unto the end.

The antichrist new world order governance will be far more dreadful than any of the
Babylonian nations throughout history. Study Daniel and Revelation to find out what is
going to come after America's Judgment.

If you understand that America is Babylon, then another important question is - WHAT
DO WE DO ABOUT IT?

Zec 8:16 These are the things that ye shall do; Speak ye every man the truth to his
neighbour; execute the judgment of truth and peace in your gates: Zec 8:17 And let none
of you imagine evil in your hearts against his neighbour; and love no false oath: for all
these are things that I hate, saith the LORD.

Zec 2:7 Deliver thyself, O Zion, that dwellest with the daughter of Babylon.

Jer 50:8 Remove out of the midst of Babylon, and go forth out of the land of the
Chaldeans, and be as the he goats before the flocks.

IMPORTANT - DO NOT FIGHT AGAINST YOUR AGGRESSORS.

Jer 51:1 Thus saith the LORD; Behold, I will raise up against Babylon, and against them
that dwell in the midst of them that rise up against me, a destroying wind; Jer 51:2 And
will send unto Babylon fanners, that shall fan her, and shall empty her land: for in the day
of trouble they shall be against her round about.

Jer 51:29 And the land shall tremble and sorrow: for every purpose of the LORD shall be
performed against Babylon, to make the land of Babylon a desolation without an
inhabitant.

Jer 51:45 My people, go ye out of the midst of her, and deliver ye every man his soul
from the fierce anger of the LORD.

Jer 51:50 Ye that have escaped the sword, go away, stand not still: remember the LORD
afar off, and let Jerusalem come into your mind.

Rev 18:4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people,
that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.

MOST IMPORTANTLY - SEEK THE LORD WHILE HE MAY YET BE FOUND.

CAN GRACE BE FOUND TO REPENT?

Zep 2:3 Seek ye the LORD, all ye meek of the earth, which have wrought his judgment;
seek righteousness, seek meekness: it may be ye shall be hid in the day of the LORD'S
anger.

Acts 2:37 Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter
and to the rest of the apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we do? Acts 2:38 Then Peter
said unto them, Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for
the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. Acts 2:39 For the
promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the
Lord our God shall call. Acts 2:40 And with many other words did he testify and exhort,
saying, Save yourselves from this untoward generation.

From Chittim, Isaiah 23:1, Shalom & Simcha, Jim Searcy (Zech. 8:16-17)
 Chapter 15
Mark of the Beast

Revelation 13:13-18: “And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire

come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, and deceiveth them
that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to
do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they
should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did
live. And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image
of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship
the image of the beast should be killed. And he causeth all, both small and
great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in
their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark,
or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him
that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of
a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.”

As I first described in Chapter 4, the Homeland Security Act was signed into law
in 2003. This is the "image of the beast", a new version of the Nazi doctrine. An "image"
is defined as "a copy; likeness". The new Federal Cabinet, The Department of Homeland
Security, in cooperation with FEMA, was supposedly created to deter terrorism, but is
going to copy and institute Nazi-like doctrines into American society. The laws are being
changed to resemble the Nazi Germany “Night and Fog” laws.

On December 7, 1941, the Nacht und Nebel (Night and Fog) order was issued to
deter resistance by allowing military courts to swiftly sentence resisters to death. Those
arrested under this order were said to have disappeared into the "night and fog." This law
paved the way for the legal round up and subsequent murder of millions of Jews in Nazi
German-occupied areas, named the Holocaust. America is quietly (and not so quietly)
doing the same thing, under the catchall phrase of “fighting terrorism”.

According to provisions in the Homeland Security Act, the image (likeness or

copy) of the Nazi German "Night and Fog" laws, this new set of American laws allow
previously unlawful detainment, without the aid of an attorney. The Act allows forced
smallpox vaccinations, allowing forced detainment and incarceration for quarantine
purposes if you don't submit to the smallpox vaccination.

The American Association of Physicians and Surgeons

(http://www.aapsonline.org) said that one section of the legislation would allow the head
of the Health and Human Services department to order Americans to receive potentially
deadly smallpox vaccines against their will. The bill gives "the HHS secretary virtually
unlimited powers to declare an emergency and order smallpox treatment that could
include forced immunizations, detainment and quarantines" said AAPS.

AAPS said the dubious medical emergency language is contained in Section 304,
titled, "Administration of Counter Measures Against Smallpox." The bill gives HHS
authority to declare an actual or potential bio-terrorist incident while giving the secretary
the power to "administer 'countermeasures'" – like forced immunizations – to "a category
of individuals or everyone." Also, the bill gives HHS the power to "continually extend"
the emergency declaration indefinitely, without Congress' consent. "Also, if you are
harmed" by the countermeasures, "you cannot sue or take any other civil remedy," AAPS
said.

"This section will give the [HHS] secretary unlimited power to define a real or
potential threat, to take any measures he decides and to do it for as long as he wants,"
said Kathryn Serkes, a spokeswoman for the group. "It's 'Alice in Wonderland' time again
– an emergency is just what [the secretary] says it is." At this time, you must give written
consent in order to be vaccinated.

As of November 27, 2002, President Bush authorized that frontline health

workers are to be vaccinated for smallpox, as well as 1,000,000 military troops.

New York Times columnist William Safire, in an editorial entitled, "You Are a
Suspect," attacked the entire measure, claiming a provision in the bill that establishes a
broad Defense Department-administered database of information on every American is
akin to author George Orwell's book "1984". "To this computerized dossier on your
private life from commercial sources, add every piece of information that government has
about you – passport application, driver's license and bridge toll records, judicial and
divorce records, complaints from nosy neighbors to the FBI, your lifetime paper trail plus
the latest hidden camera surveillance – and you have the super snoop’s dream: a 'Total
Information Awareness' about every U.S. citizen," Safire wrote. Called the Defense
Department's Total Information Awareness program, it would be administered by a
totally new department called the Security Advanced Research Projects Agency.
 Revelation 13 uses the word "killed" to describe what would happen if you don't
submit to the image (laws) of the beast. "Killed" does not necessarily mean physical
death; it also means being made ineffective, being destroyed (economically), or being put
an end to, in some way. In other words, people who don't submit to the image of the beast
will be put an end to, either physically by death; economically put an end to; socially; by
incarceration, etc. There are many ways and means to put an end to a person or even a
country if they don't comply with the laws of the beast.

As a direct result of the U.S. occupation of Iraq, guerrilla fighters in Iraq started a
gruesome tactic to horrify and frighten off foreign subcontractors who were setting up
their businesses in Iraq. Big business is being done under the assumption that these firms
were “rebuilding” the country, not making billions of dollars on the unnecessary
destruction of the infrastructure, which was committed by the U.S. The guerrillas began
kidnapping foreigners and cutting their heads off, on video. The world has been horrified.

The word “killed” in Revelation 6:9 and 13:15 translates literally from the Greek
as “beheaded”. Beheading, whether physically done to an individual, or done politically,
such as the “beheading” of Iraq when the U.S. took the leader of Iraq, Saddam Hussein,
captive, is a method of killing that is unusual in our time. It is not a coincidence that this
method of slaying is occurring at this time.

As I related briefly in Chapter 13, President Bush created a new government

agency to dole out billions of dollars in foreign aid, forcing the world's poorest countries
to complete conditions if they want a share. Strict conditions would be set for countries to
qualify under the so-called Millennium Challenge Account program aimed at rewarding
cash-strapped governments that embrace civil rights, root out corruption, and open up
their markets and adopt other policies favored by Washington. These countries must also
have democratic governments.

This type of financial aid is very important to developing countries, and it would
be very hard for poor governments to resist taking advantage of these funds.
Unfortunately, this entails accepting a form of blackmail from Washington, because if a
participating country doesn’t abide by the rules of the program, they are dropped from the
funding. By taking the funds, the country is now a dependent of the U.S.

On January 29, 2001, at 10:55 EST, President Bush announced the signing of two
executive orders that announced the mark of the beast, the first important act of his new
presidency. President Bush describes is as "one of the most important initiatives that my
administration not only discusses, but implements". The first executive order created a
new office, called the White House Office of Faith-based and Community Initiatives. The
head of this office reports directly to the president. The second executive order cleared
away the bureaucratic barriers in several important agencies that make private groups
hesitate to work with government. It will establish centers in five agencies -- Justice,
HUD, HHS, Labor and Education -- to ensure greater cooperation between the
government and the independent sector. These centers will report back on regulatory
barriers to working with non-profit groups, and make recommendations on how those
barriers can be removed. Occult numbers involved with this action: 1/29/2001 -
1+2+9+2+1=15; 1+5=6. 10:55 - 1+5+5=11. The website describing the above
information is at http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/20010129-5.html.

These groups were represented at the signing of the executive orders - religious
and non-religious; Catholic, Jewish, Protestant, and Muslim; foundations and other non-
profits. Make no mistake - the people and organizations who take advantage of the
government funds offered through the Office of Faith-based and Community Initiatives
have taken the mark of the beast, in the forehead (thoughts) and in the right hand (deeds),
as well as having the name of the beast (George Bush & his Administration), and the
number of his name (666 - George Bush).

The mark of the beast, in the right hand or the forehead, is a figurative identifier,
and it may also become a physical reality. Buying and selling is economic trade, pure and
simple. Those who don’t take the mark (allegiance to the beast), be it individuals or
countries, will be slain, either physically or economically.

Deuteronomy 11:18: “Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your

heart and in your soul, and bind them for a sign upon your hand, that they may
be as frontlets between your eyes.”

Deuteronomy 6:8: “And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand,
and they shall be as frontlets between thine eyes.”

In both Deuteronomy passages, the commandments were to love the Lord thy
God with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your might, and to treat
others as you would treat yourself. This is how Jesus broke down the Ten
Commandments for the disciples, and the Deuteronomy passages above came after the
Ten Commandments were issued to the Israelites. In other words, in your thoughts
(forehead) and actions or deeds (right hand), keep God’s Word.

This is the emphasis of receiving the mark of the beast in the forehead (thoughts),
and in the right hand (action; deeds). Everyone has been taught to get ready for some
specifically physical mark, which may happen, but the subtle method of receiving the
mark by supporting the beast’s policies mentally and emotionally will be the most
dangerous. They are not going to realize just what they have accepted. If they are not
informed, they are going to miss what actually happened, and accept the mark of the
beast! The word “Patrioticism” = 39, 13+13+13.

The scope of the mark of the beast is worldwide. In the U.S., receipt of the
smallpox vaccine by over 288 million citizens is the goal of President Bush, under the
new laws. This is one of many parts of the Homeland Security Act that affects absolutely
every single citizen of the U.S.

Voluntary acceptance by an individual of any part of the Act that causes a citizen
to personally take action to receive something decreed by the new law, under penalty of
punishment if the law is not obeyed, is taking the mark of the beast (taking the mark in
your right hand, deeds). Worshipping (or paying homage to) the beast in any way, by
doing business with the U.S., economic trade, militarily, American patriotism (including
voting) and support for U.S. policies and actions (both in the U.S. and abroad), taking
foreign aid from the U.S., etc., is grounds for taking the mark of the beast (taking the
mark in your forehead and/or right hand), and having "the name of the beast". Any
support for President Bush and his actions is the essence of having "the number of his
name". Participating in democracy, from now on, in particular on the national level, is
participation with the beast. Do not vote on the national level! Vote – vo (6+7 = 13), te
(4+5 = 9). Vote = 22, 2+2 = 4 – Creation/Destruction.

This is an often-overlooked fact: during his entire adulthood, Jesus never got
involved with the political system of his time. In our time, Jesus would never have voted.
The reason Jesus was crucified by the Romans was because the Jewish leaders of the time
accused him of blasphemy, but didn’t have the authority to kill him themselves. So, they
turned him over to the “beast” of the times, the Roman authorities, to do the dirty work,
under their laws for “un-Roman” activities. Even though he was innocent of a crime, to
please the people, they turned a treasonous murderer loose instead and crucified Christ.
That’s just how fair man’s laws are!

Christ will return as King, to rule over the earth. Revelation 17:14: “These shall
make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of
lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and
faithful.” Revelation 19:16: “And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a
name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.”

Those people who survive the horrors and persecution of the tribulation, as well
as the tremendous earthquake and killing hail of Revelation 16:16-21, and the battle of
Armageddon, are going to be ruled by a theocracy, God’s Kingdom, with Christ as King
of Kings, Lord of Lords, over all rulers of all lands. If we consider ourselves “true
believers”, we will be looking forward to this time, and making preparations now to end
anything we are doing that conflicts with living under God’s theocracy. There will be no
democracies in the world, only justly appointed authorities and leaders to govern
according to the will of Christ. This is what we must be getting ready for. Essentially,
“democracy” is dead! There will be no Democrats and Republicans in Christ’s reign.

I really feel sorry for the people who supported and voted for President Bush and
the continuation of his Administration on November 2, 2004, with the explanation that he
shares their “moral values”. President Bush is now a “lame duck” president, which means
that since he can’t run for re-election again, he can get away with and do anything he
wants to, without concern for pretending to please anyone anymore. Even having access
to the movie documentary “Fahrenheit 911” didn’t seem to faze those who were intent to
vote for President Bush.

Those people unknowingly re-elected the Antichrist and, by extension, the beast,
to another term, enabling them to continue their nefarious part in prophesy. Although
these actions were predicted millennia ago, and no one could have stopped them, if the
supporters of President Bush had been aware of their own hypocrisy, I don’t believe they
wouldn’t have supported him. They have taken the mark of the beast, and they will be
damned.

In my opinion, knowledge is the key to the mark of the beast. It will become
increasing obvious that something is very wrong, as you may already be noticing in the
news and through personal contacts and conversations with those around you. The
information in this book was bound to come out, one way or another. I believe that
everyone will have a chance to make a decision whether they want to believe it or not. If
this information causes you to reject the beast, in its entirety, you will not have the mark.
If this information doesn’t change your mindset, and you reject it, and you continue to
support the beast, you will have the mark. This is very clear. This is a time to stand up for
either one side or the other, even if it means the end of your physical life. The end result
for both sides has already been prophesied in Revelation. Reward or Damnation: the
time to choose is now!

I would like to give you a very recent example of persecution I experienced

directly related to the mark of the beast that deeply shocked and affected me:

I had spent a few weeks training to become a hospice volunteer. “Hospice” is not
a particular place or location. “Hospice” is a term that describes a quality of care for
terminally ill patients, whether it is in their home, a skilled nursing facility, an assisted or
independent living facility, etc. I wanted to donate my extra time doing something useful,
doing volunteer work that most people would be afraid to try because of its intimate
involvement with dying and death. I was ready for that type of challenge.

I was all prepared and ready to get started, being near the end of training. I was
scheduled to go to the hospital affiliated with the program to do a routine employment
physical, something required even for volunteers, who will not be considered employees
of the hospital. I went to my appointment at 9:00 a.m. on Tuesday, February 1, 2005. I
was conducted to a table to sign a few papers connected with employment, and then I
would need to provide a blood and urine sample to complete the procedure.

As soon as I sat down, the first form I was supposed to sign rocked me! The form
was the “Oath of Allegiance to the United States of America”, which reads as follows:

"I will solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the
Constitution and laws of the United States of America against all enemies,
foreign and domestic; that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the same;
and that I take this obligation freely without any mental reservation or
purpose of evasion; so help me God."

My stomach tightened. I started thinking, “I’ve just completed and sent to the
publisher my book about this very issue, and I am immediately being tested on whether I
really believe what I am writing, and whether or not I am a hypocrite. I really wanted to
volunteer, because this type of service is really necessary, and volunteers are few. But I
can’t sign an Oath to the beast, and I cannot deny my faith, even though this hurts.”

I put down the pen, told the kind woman that I couldn’t sign the Oath, and left the
hospital. I was in a state of shock! I kept thinking, “What is going to happen to all those
people who work for government jobs and institutions who are required to sign the Oath
in order to accept their job? What about those who have already signed the Oath, in
ignorance, who will now read this book and find out their situation in regards to
allegiance to the beast? What about military people? What about new citizens? This
situation is all pervasive already, and it is so subtle! What are people going to do when
they choose to challenge and repent of this type of allegiance and possibly lose their
jobs?”

One woman sued the government over the Oath:

“Former U.S. Employee Sues Over Loyalty Oath –

The Washington Post, December 22, 1999:
http://www.aclu.org/FreeSpeech/FreeSpeech.cfm?ID=
8364&c=42

WASHINGTON--A woman who lost her job for refusing

to sign a loyalty oath has filed suit in federal
court, the Washington Post reported on December
22nd. The woman claims that the oath violates her
First Amendment rights to freedom of religion and
free speech and is therefore unconstitutional.
The oath is required of almost all of the 1.8
million permanent federal employees.

The woman, Michelle Hall, was willing to

subscribe to most of the oath, including
promising to "support and defend" the U.S.
Constitution. But she objected to a clause that
says, "I will bear true faith and allegiance to"
the Constitution, according to an 11-page
complaint filed by the ACLU of Virginia, which
represents Hall. Hall is a Jehovah's Witness and
believes that those words "would contradict her
undivided allegiance and faithfulness to
Jehovah," according to the lawsuit, which was
filed on Friday, December 17th in Alexandria.

Hall has offered to sign an oath that omits

"faith and allegiance" and instead promises not
to "violate" or "undermine" any laws or the
Constitution and not to seek to overthrow the
 government, said her attorney, Rebecca Glenberg,
the legal director of the ACLU of Virginia.”

This really is the persecution spoken of in the Bible, the worshipping of the
image of the beast, which is not necessarily religious persecution. Remember,
“democracy” is the religion of the beast. The one-world religion everyone is afraid of is
actually democracy; it’s not the Catholic Church, like pre-Tribulationists teach. The beast
has no problem with different religious faiths, especially Christian. The beast’s biggest
supporters are Christian.

This persecution will not be the overt persecution people have been taught to
expect. This persecution is subtle, and will be perceived as engaging in “un-American”
activities. That means that those around you will not understand why you aren’t behaving
like a “patriotic” American citizen, especially when you refuse to do the Pledge of
Allegiance anymore. I want you to see the words in the Pledge:

“I pledge allegiance to the Flag of the United States of

America, and to the Republic for which it stands: one Nation
under God, indivisible, with Liberty and Justice for all.”

This nation was not formed “under God”. It was started under the direction of the
Illuminati (Chapter 13). Both the Pledge and the Oath are “marks of the beast on the
forehead”, actions of allegiance to the purposes, policies and ideals of the Antichrist and
the beast, and must be avoided, repented from, and renounced by true believers.

The last change in the Pledge of Allegiance occurred on June 14 (Flag Day),
1954 when President Dwight D. Eisenhower approved adding the words "under
God". As he authorized this change he said:

"In this way we are reaffirming the transcendence of religious faith in

America's heritage and future; in this way we shall constantly strengthen those
spiritual weapons which forever will be our country's most powerful resource in peace
and war."

June 14 – 1+6+5+5+1+4 = 22. Democracy = 30 – divine completion (3) and

authority (10), kingdom of god (30). Notice the use of the little “g”. The definition of
democracy is people ruling people. Democracy is a government "of the people, by the
people, and for the people." Where’s God in that? De – 4+5 = 9, mo – 4+7 = 11; 9/11.
Demo equals 20, mystery. The Iraqi people now have a democracy, with its leaders
handpicked by the U.S., and functioning as puppets to the American Empire. Babylon
(Iraq) now has its mystery, democracy, for the very first time in its history (see Chapter
14, Mystery, Babylon the Great).

Election Day – Tuesday, 11-4-2008. November = 9, 9+4 = 13. Tuesday = 6. So

this is what it looks like: 6+13+20+8 = 47, 4+7 = 11. 4 – create, 7 – spiritual perfection.
Man (6) beast (13) mystery (20) new beginning (8). Democrat = 30. Republican = 36.
Both parties add up to 66, 30+36 = 66. Who will the new ruler of the world be? Mark =
9, Beast = 13. Vote – vo (6+7 = 13), te (4+5 = 9). Vote = 22, 2+2 = 4 –
Creation/Destruction. Vote (22) For (17) President (37) – 22+17+37 = 76 – spiritual
perfection, flesh; 7+6 = 13. 2+2 = 4 – create, 1+7 = 8 – new beginning, 3+7 = 10 –
authority. Create, New Beginning, Authority. That’s what presidential elections are all
about. It’s all in the numbers. United States of America = 77. United (25) States (20)
equals 45, 4+5 = 9. 2+5 = 7 – spiritual perfection/completion, mystery (20). Of (15)
America (17) – evil/beast (15) victory (17). 7+7 = 14 – destruction. I think you get the
picture.

Revelation 14:9-11: “And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud
voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his
forehead, or in his hand, The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God,
which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he
shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels,
and in the presence of the Lamb: And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up
for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast
and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.”

2 Thessalonians 2:3 - 12: “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that
day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin
be revealed, the son of perdition; Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all
that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the
temple of God, shewing himself that he is God. Remember ye not, that, when I
was yet with you, I told you these things? And now ye know what withholdeth
that he might be revealed in his time. For the mystery of iniquity doth already
work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way.

And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume
with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his
coming: Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power
and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in
them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they
might be saved. And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that
they should believe a lie: That they all might be damned who believed not the
truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.”
 Chapter 16

The Little Book of Revelation 10 – The Book of Isaiah

Revelation 10:1-11: “And I saw another mighty angel come down from
heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face
was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire: And he had in his hand a
little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the
earth, And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth: and when he had
cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. And when the seven thunders had
uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven
saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and
write them not. And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the
earth lifted up his hand to heaven, And sware by him that liveth for ever and
ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and
the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that
there should be time no longer:”

But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to
sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his
servants the prophets. And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me
again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the
angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. And I went unto the
angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take
it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth
sweet as honey. And I took the little book out of the angel's hand, and ate it
up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my
belly was bitter. And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many
peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings.”

On December 26, 2004, a massive earthquake occurred under the Indian Ocean in
Southeast Asia, causing a huge tsunami that killed over 200,000 people, and left more
than 5 million people homeless. Here’s are two December 26th excerpts from CNN.com:

“Quake, tsunamis kill more than 22,000

Thousands still missing as search for survivors continues

(CNN) -- People across Asia are flocking to makeshift morgues seeking

lost loved ones after tsunamis swept across the Indian Ocean from
Thailand to Somalia, killing more than 22,000 people.

The giant waves also left thousands injured and missing as well as
hundreds of thousands homeless in Indonesia, India, Sri Lanka and
Thailand.

Authorities across the region are running out of places to put the dead --
lining them up in schools and stacking them in the street -- as food aid and
other supplies for survivors are making their way to affected areas.

The United Nations is asking donor countries to dig deeper, saying this
will likely be the costliest disaster ever.

The magnitude 9.0 quake struck about 7 a.m. Sunday (0000 GMT
Saturday) and was centered about 100 miles (160 kilometers) off the coast
of Indonesia's Sumatra island at a depth of about 6.2 miles (10
kilometers).
 Nearly 48 hours later, no one was under any illusion that the death toll
would not rise significantly.

The head of the United Nations' emergency humanitarian relief agency

said the tsunamis were unprecedented and that it could take years to
rebuild some places that were wiped out.

The tsunamis are "not the biggest in recorded history, but the effects may
be the biggest ever because many more people live in exposed areas than
ever before," said Jan Egeland, undersecretary-general for humanitarian
affairs and emergency relief.

With tens of thousands dead, many missing and millions displaced, still
more serious problems lie ahead, Egeland said, including widespread
illnesses.”

The earthquake was so massive that it affected the rotation of the Earth:

“Quake's power = million atomic bombs?

Like a bulldozer in Sumatra

(AP) -- Scientists describe Sunday's devastating earthquake off the island

of Sumatra as a "megathrust" -- a grade reserved for the most powerful
shifts in the Earth's crust.

The term doesn't entirely capture the awesome power of the fourth largest
earthquake since 1900, or the tsunami catastrophes it spawned for coastal
areas around the Indian Ocean.

Despite its awesome power, the quake itself was not much of a surprise,
scientists said Monday.

Sumatra is one of the most earthquake-prone places in the world, sitting

atop one of the handful of sites where several plates of the planet's crust
overlap and grind. Colossal pressures build up over decades, only to
release in a snap.

"These subduction zones are where all the world's biggest earthquakes are
produced," said geologist Kerry Sieh of the California Institute of
Technology. "Sunday was one of the biggest earthquakes in the region in
the past 200 years."

How powerful? By some estimates, it was equal to detonating a million

atomic bombs.
 Sieh and other scientists said it probably jolted the planet's rotation. "It
causes the planet to wobble a little bit, but it's not going to turn Earth
upside down," Sieh said.

I believe that the massive earthquake in the Indian Ocean on December 26, 2004
was caused by the events of Revelation 10. As a result of the physical force of the mighty
angel, who roared loudly like a lion when he placed one foot on the sea and one foot on
the earth, the massive earthquake produced a devastating tsunami that inundated the
coasts of 12 nations, killing and maiming tens of thousands, and displacing millions.
After the angel roared, seven thunders uttered their voices.

John was told not to record the utterances of the seven thunders. The seven thunders
(thunders – 33 – highest power, authority) are things that will happen during the
Tribulation period that will reveal themselves when they are manifested, the ultimate
fight between good and evil. Lion – 7, thunders – 33, 7 + 33 = 40 – Tribulation.

As we reviewed in Chapters 7 and 8, the eruption of Krakatoa, and the Siberian

blasts were signs of the opening of the sixth Seal and the seventh Seal, consecutively. It
would be reasonable to place the Southeast Asia earthquake and resulting tsunami into
place as a significant sign as well, due to the vast magnitude of its destructive force, and
its deleterious effect upon the Earth itself.

The little book that the roaring angel holds is a mystery. John was told not to
write the contents of the little book into Revelation, but he was given the book to eat
instead. To eat the book was to absorb its contents, make it a part of himself. Although it
tasted good in the mouth at first, it went sour in his belly.

The contents of this mysterious little book are what must be prophesied again
before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings. I believe that it is the book of
Isaiah, which is composed of 66 chapters. The entire Bible is composed of 66 books.

Revelation 10:9-11: “And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give
me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall
make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. And I took
the little book out of the angel's hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth
sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. And he said
unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and
tongues, and kings.”

A discussion of the book of Isaiah is now in order:

When the Dead Sea Scrolls were discovered in 1947, the oldest Hebrew text of
the whole of the book of Isaiah was found complete, which was extremely unique,
because before then no Jewish text in Hebrew or Aramaic, written on perishable material
could previously be traced to the pre-Christian period. The book of Isaiah found in the
Bible was based on the Ben Asher codex from Cairo dated 895 A.D.; the book of Isaiah
found within the Dead Sea Scrolls is about a millennium older, thereby verifying its
veracity and accuracy.

The book of Isaiah is very long, but it needs to be studied, if you want to know
what is going to happen soon, especially in regards to the coming destruction of
Jerusalem. The urgency of this message is beginning to dawn on the Israeli rabbis, who
have begun sounding the message to the Israeli people for the need of repentance.

On January 8, 2003, this article appeared in the Israeli press:

RABBI CAUSES STIR WITH WARNING OF CATASTROPHE

An announcement of warning by a leading Kabbalist

rabbi has been making waves in many religious
communities throughout Israel.

Rabbi Chaim Ezra HaKohen Prachya, for whom this

is the first time making a public statement of
this nature, has publicized a sharp call for
"prayer and good deeds" to ward off a possibly
upcoming catastrophe. The rabbi writes of his
difficulty in departing from his custom of not
making public announcements - "Woe unto me if I
reveal, and woe unto me if I do not reveal. How
can I be silent? Forgive me, for I must speak..."

Rabbi Prachyah writes that he sees the

possibility of "rivers of blood" but that it can
be countered by "tears and sobs, crying out,
openly and secretly, night and day, pour forth
prayer to our Father in Heaven, and perhaps He
will have mercy, perhaps He will have compassion."

He also delivered a sharp rebuke regarding

election campaign efforts: "Instead of organizing
election rallies, organize public fasts, and
instead of spending millions on photos of 'false
gods," invest all your resources to bring
millions of Jews to the streets, led by Torah
giants from all the streams, in a show of Jewish
unity vis-a-vis the Heavens and the world. Do
this! and thus nullify the decree."

One area of concern I must voice: There are Christian organizations that are
helping poor Jewish people in the former Soviet Union immigrate to Israel. These
Christian - Jewish organizations, such as the International Fellowship of Christians and
Jews (http://www.ifcj.org/site/PageServer), have interpreted Isaiah 58 as meaning that
they should be assisting Jewish people in need to return to Israel, fulfilling prophecy.
Unfortunately, the events of prophecy regarding the book of Isaiah haven’t happened yet,
so the very people they desire to help will be caught up in the Antichrist’s destruction and
captivity of Israel, as predicted. Implementation of the U.S.-sponsored “Roadmap of
Middle East Peace” should be called the “Roadmap of Israeli Destruction”, because it
will happen, according to prophecy.

Introduction to the book of Isaiah:

Isaiah began his ministry in the year of King Uzziah's death (about 740 B.C.). He
continued as a prophet in Jerusalem during the reigns of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. He
was the contemporary of Amos, Hosea, and Micah. According to tradition, Isaiah was
martyred (by being sawed in half) under Manasseh, the wicked son of Hezekiah, who
reigned from 696-642 B.C.

The national and international developments during Isaiah's lifetime provide the
essential background for understanding his message. While Isaiah grew to manhood the
kingdom of Judah emerged as the leading power in Palestine opposing the advance of
Assyrian might, while the northern kingdom of Israel declined in power due to internal
struggles and revolutions. After Uzziah's death the Assyrians conquered Damascus in 732
B.C. and Samaria in 722 B.C., reducing Syria and Israel to Assyrian provinces.

In the meantime, Ahaz the king of Judah ignored the warnings of Isaiah and
introduced idolatry into the Jerusalem temple. In subsequent decades, Assyrian kings
marched their armies southward and threatened to terminate the Davidic dynasty rule in
Judah in 701 B.C. (Isaiah 36-39). Hezekiah and the city of Jerusalem were delivered
miraculously, although according to Assyrian records forty-six walled cities in southern
Palestine capitulated to Sennacherib, the Assyrian king, and some 200,000 captives were
taken into exile.

Isaiah repeatedly warned his people that Jerusalem and Judah would be judged
because of the prevailing wickedness. In addition to this message of impending doom,
Isaiah offered assurance to those who would trust in God that ultimately the kingdom
would be restored.

Chapters 40-56 have been regarded by many modern scholars as being written by
unknown authors about 550 B.C. or later, primarily on the basis of the prediction in
chapters 44 and 45 that Cyrus king of Persia would be the one who would allow the Jews
to return from exile. Those who accept prediction as a fundamental part of the prophet's
God-given message do not find any compelling reason to deny the authorship of the
entire book to the historic Isaiah.

From Isaiah's perspective the destruction of Jerusalem was inevitable, since he

definitely predicted the Babylonian exile as recorded in chapter 39.
 Beginning with chapter 40 Isaiah offers comfort in the assurance of three-fold
salvation. (1) The Babylonian exiles will be allowed to return to Jerusalem under Cyrus
the king of Persia. (2) Although Israel has failed as God's servant, a Righteous Servant is
promised, Who through suffering will provide salvation and righteousness for many,
atoning for their sins (chapter 53). The invitation to accept this salvation is extended
universally in chapter 55, so that the house of prayer is open to all people (56:1-8). (3)
The kingdom will ultimately be restored so that the God-fearing or righteous people will
participate in the everlasting blessings of the new heaven and the new earth.

Outline of Isaiah:

1. Judgment and hope of restoration - chapters 1 – 6

2. Hopes in Assyria or God - chapters 7 – 12
3. Oracles concerning nations - chapters 13 – 23
4. Israel's judgment and regathering - chapters 24 – 27
5. Futility of alliances -- Zion to be restored - chapters 28 – 35
6. Hezekiah withstands Assyria - chapters 36 – 39
7. Divine deliverance assured - chapters 40:1 - 56:8
8. The final kingdom established - chapters’ 56:9 - 66:24

Understanding that the events of the book of Isaiah are being re-enacted in these
last days, here's how the modern-day events are coming about:

1. Judgment and hope of restoration - chapters 1 through 6 predict the coming

days of disaster and persecution for Israel. Only a tenth of the people will remain alive in
the land, and God considers them the "holy seed", the elect remnant. Many people will
die, and the rest will be taken captive and removed away from Israel.

The destruction of Israel will start during a period after they officially accepted
the Middle East Roadmap to Peace, which was accomplished on May 25, 2003. Iraq, now
occupied by the U.S., is Assyria, still inhabiting the same place it was during Isaiah's
time. The U.S. invaded and occupied Iraq in March 2003, so Iraq is now a U.S.
protectorate nation, with President Bush as its ruler. “Assyria” can now be equated with
America. God is letting Israel know why they are being judged so harshly, which is
because they turn to other nations to protect them and agree to divide the land of Israel in
order to make peace with the Palestinians, but promises them that their land will be
restored to them in the coming kingdom, when Christ (the Messiah) returns at
Armageddon.

2. Hopes in Assyria or God - chapters 7 through 12 describe the destruction of

Israel by the leaders of Iraq (that would be America) and its Arab allies, but God lets
Israel know that He will turn His anger from them, and regather them from the nations of
the world after the Messiah returns.

3. Oracles concerning nations - chapters 13-23 describe God's judgments and

destruction against the nations that help to destroy Israel. These are the Arab nations
surrounding Israel, and the United States (Babylon/Assyria) and its allies. Of particular
note is Isaiah 17, the destruction of Damascus. The U.S. is currently targeting Syria for
sanctions and possible military actions.

4. Israel's judgment and regathering - chapters 24-27 talk about how Israel will be
judged harshly, then their sins will be forgiven them. They will be regathered from all
nations.

5. Futility of alliances -- Zion to be restored - chapters 28-35 condemn Israel for

turning to Egypt for help against the Arab allies, instead of relying upon God. Israel
presently has a peace treaty with Egypt, and has officially accepted the U.S.-sponsored
Roadmap to Middle East Peace. Zion is restored when the Messiah comes back and
destroys the destroyers of Israel.

6. Hezekiah withstands Assyria - chapters 36-39 describe the siege that the U.S.
and its Arab allies will stage against Jerusalem, and how God protects them in their hour
of need. Just as King Hezekiah prayed to God for help, the people of God in Jerusalem
will pray for deliverance, and their prayers will be answered, with the destruction of the
U.S. forces and their Arab allies right before they completely consume Jerusalem at the
battle of Armageddon.

7. Divine deliverance assured - chapters’ 40:1-56:8 describe the divine

deliverance of Israel from its enemies. Isaiah 47 is devoted to the description of the
sudden destruction of Babylon (United States) (Rev. 18).

8. The final kingdom established - chapters’ 56:9 - 66:24 describe the return of
the Jewish people from other nations, laden with wealth. Jerusalem will be established as
the capital of the world, and the other nations will serve Jerusalem in that day. The
Jewish people will be honored by the nations that once dishonored them. Zion will be
beautiful, and the people will live to very old age in health and happiness. Living to 100
years will be considered still a child in the new Zion.

Isaiah 11:1: “And there shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse,
and a Branch shall grow out of his roots:”

Isaiah 11:2: “And the spirit of the LORD shall rest upon him, the spirit of
wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of
knowledge and of the fear of the LORD;”

Isaiah 11: 3: “And shall make him of quick understanding in the fear of the
LORD: and he shall not judge after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after
the hearing of his ears:”

Isaiah 11:4: “But with righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove
with equity for the meek of the earth: and he shall smite the earth: with the
rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked.”
 Isaiah 11:5: “And righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins, and
faithfulness the girdle of his reins.”

Micah 4:10-13: “Be in pain, and labour to bring forth, O daughter of Zion,
like a woman in travail: for now shalt thou go forth out of the city, and thou
shalt dwell in the field, and thou shalt go even to Babylon; there shalt thou be
delivered; there the LORD shall redeem thee from the hand of thine enemies.
Now also many nations are gathered against thee, that say, Let her be defiled,
and let our eye look upon Zion. But they know not the thoughts of the LORD,
neither understand they his counsel: for he shall gather them as the sheaves
into the floor. Arise and thresh, O daughter of Zion: for I will make thine horn
iron, and I will make thy hoofs brass: and thou shalt beat in pieces many
people: and I will consecrate their gain unto the LORD, and their substance
unto the Lord of the whole earth.”

Chapter 17
 Why the Year 2008

Matthew 24:36-44: “But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the
angels of heaven, but my Father only. But as the days of Noe were, so shall
also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the
flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the
day that Noe entered into the ark, And knew not until the flood came, and took
them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. Then shall two be
in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left. Two women shall be
grinding at the mill; the one shall be taken, and the other left. Watch
therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come. But know this, that
if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come,
he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken
up. Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of
man cometh.”

Luke 17:26–30: “And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the
days of the Son of man. They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they
were given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and the
flood came, and destroyed them all. Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot;
they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they builded;
But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from
heaven, and destroyed them all. Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son
of man is revealed.”

1 Thessalonians 5:1–10: “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye

have no need that I write unto you. For yourselves know perfectly that the day
of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night. For when they shall say, Peace
and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a
woman with child; and they shall not escape. But ye, brethren, are not in
darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. Ye are all the children
of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness.
Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober. For
they that sleep sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the
night. But let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of
faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation. For God hath not
appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, Who
died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with
him.”

According to the above passages, the majority of people will be going about their
daily business when Christ returns. The above scenario flies in the face of the way some
of us were traditionally taught about what would be happening when Christ returns.
 The way it has been described, up to now, is that the seven Seals have not opened
yet, and that when they do open, there will be chaos everywhere! Huge portions of the
world will be convulsing in natural disasters, both in the heavens and in the earth; the
earth’s poles will shift; massive death and damage everywhere, etc. There will be so
much going on that you can’t help but know that Christ was coming back! How did this
sudden chaotic backdrop become the prevalent theme of the teaching of the Latter Days,
in direct opposition to what the Bible says?

People tend to forget that John saw these last days with his first century A.D. eyes
and mind. The events he saw were the most astounding things he had ever witnessed! He
described these events, in the words of his time, the best he could. John was seeing
everything in his visions come to pass in heavenly time, which is much faster than earthly
time. He saw the frightening tableau of Revelation happening in a little over one day, not
as events occurring over a period of 2,000+ years, and he didn't know that it would
happen to a culture that is quite used to seeing such incredible things on a daily basis.

These scripture passages describe people going about their daily business, seeing
nothing that should alarm them. It doesn't describe any panic at all, even though people
are today dying all over the world by disease and sword; earthquakes and other natural
disasters are occurring; wars and rumors of wars make tensions mount; and every other
symptom that is described for the end times is happening every day, being reported in our
local news. This is normal. This is how we live our lives today. We are living in the most
turbulent portion of time ever to exist since the earth was formed, and we don’t seem to
notice it!

Why do I believe that the year 2008 is a momentous year before Christ (the
Messiah) returns? Here are my findings based on my interpretations of data from Daniel,
Jeremiah, and Revelations:

Interpretation of Daniel’s 1,290 days:

1,290 days; 1,335 days – 1,290 days = 45 more days (Dan.12: 11-12)

January 27, 1942 to August 8, 1945 = 1,290 days; 45 days more =

September 22, 1945; first day of the Feast of Tabernacles (Sukkot).
Daniel 12:11-12 gives the exact period of days from January 27, 1942
when U. S. persecution against Japanese-Americans began, leading to
internment, until the Soviet Union declares war on Japan on August 8,
1945 (a period of 1,290 days) and describes the Holocaust (specifically in
Daniel 11:31-35) waged against the Jews during this period. 45 days later
is the first day of the Feast of Tabernacles on September 22, 1945 (1,290 +
45 days = 1,335 days).

During World War II, after the December 7, 1941 bombing of Pearl
Harbor, the U.S. government forced more than 120,000 Japanese
Americans to leave their homes, farms, schools, jobs, and businesses. In
 some cases family members were separated. From 1942 to 1945, they
lived in internment camps.

Understanding Daniel’s 1,290 days is the key to unlocking the time period of the
last days. What people haven’t understood is that the prophecies in the Bible predicting
the events of the last days contain a pattern. That pattern is this: The events predicted
have happened before, with different rulers and their nations playing the parts. The
pattern keeps repeating itself, over and over, so that we can see what will happen in the
future.
Since we now have historical events to look at that approximate the prophecies,
we can now determine at what point the pattern is repeating itself in our time. The
addition of more detail in Daniel’s last portion of the last 2 chapters, regarding the pattern
of the last 2 leaders who commit the abomination that causes desolation lets us know that
this event occurred during the reign of Adolf Hitler in World War II, will occur again
during the reign of George W. Bush. Revelation picks up where Daniel leaves off, with a
description of the last ruler and nation to perpetrate the abomination that creates
desolation, President Bush and the beast.

Interpretations of Daniel and Jeremiah’s 70 years (weeks):

Jeremiah 25:10: “For thus saith the LORD, That after seventy
years be accomplished at Babylon I will visit you, and perform my
good word toward you, in causing you to return to this place.”

Daniel 9:2: “In the first year of his reign I Daniel understood by
books the number of the years, whereof the word of the LORD
came to Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy
years in the desolations of Jerusalem.”

Daniel 9:24 & 25: “Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people
and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an
end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring
in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and
prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy. Know therefore and
understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to
restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall
be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall
be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times.”

The process of restoring Israel in its Biblical territory started in 1938, documented
in the British White Paper of 1939. 1938 – 1945 = 7 years. 1945 + 62 years = 2007. No
one can deny it has been troublous times for Israel since its rebirth.

Daniel 9:26: “And after threescore and two weeks (62 years) shall Messiah
(Deliverer) be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that
shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall
be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.”

At this time (February 4, 2005), I may have an idea who the “Messiah” mentioned
in Daniel 9:26 is. I’m sure that this will be revealed at the appropriate time. I’m keeping
my mind and eyes wide open.

Daniel 9:27: “And he (the prince that shall come) shall confirm the
covenant with many for one week (year): and in the midst of the week he shall
cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of
abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that
determined shall be poured upon the desolate.” The prince sounds like President
Bush, and he will confirm his support for Israel in 2007-2008. In the midst of that one-
year period, he shall cause the destruction of Jerusalem to begin. War and desolation will
happen in the Middle East, but especially in Israel and Iraq, involving America and its
Arab allies.

The total period between 1938 and 2008 is 70 years.

February 7, 2008 -- I just found this link:

http://freelife.livingbulwark.com/2007/12/04/president-bush-to-visit-israel-in-january/

PRESIDENT BUSH TO VISIT ISRAEL IN JANUARY

Historic first — plus new CIA estimate says Iran has stopped pursuing nuclear weapons.
Are they right?

By Joel C. Rosenberg
(Washington, D.C., December 4, 2007) — On January 9, 2008, President Bush will make
his first official visit to Israel as commander-in-chief and leader of the free world.

This is an excellent development. As readers of Flash Traffic know, I have been saying
for the last 18 months — including just last week — that President Bush should make this
historic visit to Jerusalem to show solidarity with the people of Israel. He has traveled
repeatedly to Iraq and Afghanistan, and visited Jordan last summer. But until now, the
only time Mr. Bush has visited the Jewish State was in 1998 as Governor of Texas.

The President should be applauded for this bold move. Let us also pray for the peace of
Jerusalem, for safety for the President and his team, and for a new era of quiet and
calmness in the epicenter.

1 Thessalonians 5:1-3 - But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need
that I write unto you. For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief
in the night. For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon
them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.
Matthew 24:15 - 22 - When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken
of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:)
Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains: Let him which is on the
housetop not come down to take any thing out of his house: Neither let him which is in
the field return back to take his clothes. And woe unto them that are with child, and to
them that give suck in those days! But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter,
neither on the sabbath day: For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the
beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And except those days should
be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days shall be
shortened.

Jeremiah 25:2-38: The Lord judges the world, naming Babylon (America) and Chaldea
(Iraq). Verse 11 - Babylon (America) will rule the nations that destroyed the Jewish
people in World War II for 70 years (1938 – 2008). Verse 12: “And it shall come to
pass, when seventy years are accomplished, that I will punish the king of
Babylon, and that nation, saith the LORD, for their iniquity, and the land of the
Chaldeans (Iraq), and will make it perpetual desolations”.

Interpretation of Daniels’s 2,300 days:

Daniel 8:13 & 14: “Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said
unto that certain saint which spake, How long shall be the vision concerning
the daily sacrifice, and the transgression of desolation, to give both the
sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot? And he said unto me, Unto
two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.”

Western Europe has dominated world history, and ruled over most of the world’s
people for over 2,000 years. This direct domination culminated with Nazi Germany and
Adolf Hitler. March 12, 1938 - Hitler occupied Austria, the first of the 3 nations (horns).
2,300 days was given as the time period of trouble, including desolations against the
Jewish people.

January 27, 1942 when U. S. persecution against Japanese-Americans began

(http://www.sfmuseum.org/war/42.html) to August 8, 1945 (Soviet Union declaration of
war against Japan -http://www.worldwariihistory.info/1945.html) = 1,290 days. Add
1,010 days to the 1,290 days to equal a total of 2,300 days – August 8, 1945 to May 13,
1948 – 1,010 days – the next day, May 14, 1948, Israel is reborn as a nation (Yom
Haatzmaut - Israel Independence Day). The sanctuary (Israel) is cleansed (Daniel 8:14).

Daniel 8:13 & 14: 2,300 days of transgression and desolation, until the sanctuary
is cleansed; this is a pattern; a repeat of the events committed against the Jews by Hitler
and Nazi Germany, now to be committed by President Bush and the United States, for a
final time.
 I believe that there will be 2,300 days between the start of the desolations against
Israel until the day Israel is cleansed of the physical horrors of the last world war (Ezekiel
39).

Ezekiel 24: 1 & 2: “Again in the ninth year, in the tenth month, in the
tenth day of the month, the word of the LORD came unto me, saying, Son of
man, write thee the name of the day, even of this same day: the king of
Babylon set himself against Jerusalem this same day.” The tenth Jewish month and
tenth Jewish day happened to correspond with December 22, in 2004. This day is called
Asara b'Tevet or The Tenth of Tevet - Troubled Days. On the Tenth of Tevet, Jews
commemorate as a fast day the day on which the Babylonians successfully laid seize to
Jerusalem and beleaguered it until its final conquest (Source:
http://www.yipc.org/tt_tevet.htm).

James 5:7 & 8: “Be patient therefore, brethren, unto the coming of the
Lord. Behold, the husbandman waiteth for the precious fruit of the earth, and
hath long patience for it, until he receive the early and latter rain. Be ye also
patient; stablish your hearts: for the coming of the Lord draweth nigh.”

Interpretations of Matthew 24:3-34; Mark 13:4-30; Luke 24:7-32:

Matthew 24:15 refers to the troubles spoken of by Daniel concerning the

abomination of desolation standing in the holy place (Daniel 11:31 & 12:11). I
understand this as being the Holocaust against the Jews, which occurred during World
War II. That pattern will be repeated again. During the time after World War II until
now, many people would rise up and call themselves Christ (The Anointed One), false
christs and false prophets leading many people astray with their various doctrines. The
above-referenced verses say that the generation that saw World War II would not pass
away until all these things, including the return of Christ, were fulfilled.

Now, President Bush has visited Israel on January 9, 2008 showing his support.
The pattern is about to repeat itself again. The Middle East, particularly Israel, is in big,
big trouble!

During the past two years, the number of surviving World War II veterans fell
below the number of Vietnam veterans for the first time. According to the Department of
Veterans Affairs, an estimated 6.7 million veterans of World War II are still alive, with
an average age of 77 (in 1997). That means in 2002, the average age of someone who
was a young adult at the beginning of World War II is now 82, with several million
veterans still alive. By 2008, the average age will be 88, and most of those alive today
(2002) will have died. The generation that saw these events occurring will almost be
totally gone. Christ will come back then, according to scripture.

Interpretation of the 10 horns in power one hour with the beast:

 On April 16, 1948, The Organization for European Economic Cooperation
(OEEC) was created to coordinate the Marshall Plan:
http://europa.eu.int/abc/history/1948/1948_en.htm. The Marshall Plan was set up for the
economic revival of Europe. The events leading up to the forming of the OEEC began in
1946, after the destruction of Europe by World War II. The OEEC, who are of the
remnant 10 nations of the old Roman Empire, came into power for one hour with the
beast, which is 60 years. According to the math found in Chapter 6, 60 earthly years = 60
minutes (one hour) heavenly time.

Therefore, the time period that the ten horns are in power, which give their power
and strength unto the beast, is from 1948 until 2008, reinforcing the supposition that the
end time events will be over around 2008. The European Union (formerly the OEEC) has
given the U.S. their power and strength since 1948, and after their armies are defeated in
Armageddon, they will blow up the U.S., probably by nuclear means. The U.S. is to be
destroyed in one earthly hour by fire, as described in Rev. 18. We know this to be one
earthly hour because it is the merchants of the earth, who are grieving the loss of their
greatest trading partner, the U.S., that are speaking in this chapter.

I will finish this chapter by detailing the prophecies that have been matched.

Prophesies being fulfilled (Author’s note: this section is taken from my files; I thank the
anonymous writer for his contribution):

It has been said that it is virtually impossible for anyone to make 11 straight predictions,
2000 years into the future. There is only one chance in 8 x 10 to the 63rd power, or 80
followed by 63 zeros after it that such a thing could be done. If such a set of predictions
existed, it would have to be the Word of God.

The Bible is true, and we are nearing the end of the last generation before Christ returns.

1. Prophecy #1: The Jewish people would be scattered worldwide; yet, Israel would
become a nation again. Ref. Isaiah 66:8; Micah 5:3. This prophecy has been fulfilled.
This happened exactly as predicted on May 14, 1948. That's 1 out of 1. Note: Israel was
destroyed in approximately 721 B.C. and Judah about 135 years later. For the last 2,500
years, approximately fourteen different peoples have possessed the land of Israel.
Nevertheless, the Bible showed that the day would come when the nation of Israel would
be reborn.

The rebirth of Israel was a key sign, indicating

we had entered a time period called the latter
days. It was the beginning of a countdown leading
to the Tribulation and culminating with the
Battle of Armageddon, and the return of Jesus
immediately thereafter. Along with the
fulfillment of this crucial event are over 360
prophecies that would all come together, so we
might recognize that the Tribulation is very
close at hand.

Yet, the Bible foretells that most people would

not believe these things, despite the
overwhelming evidence of the fulfillment of the
signs from God's Word and the incredible rebirth
of Israel happening exactly as predicted. In the
same manner people refused to believe the flood
was coming in Noah's time, so people today
willingly choose to disregard the signs of the
times.

2. Prophecy #2: Israel shall be brought forth in

one day, at once. Ref. Isaiah 66:8. This prophecy
was fulfilled on May 14, 1948. That's 2 out of 2.
Note: On Nov. 29, 1947, the General Assembly of
the U.N. approved a resolution calling for the
establishment of a Jewish state in Palestine. On
the morning of May 14, 1948 (the last day of the
British mandate), a meeting of the People's
Council took place in Israel to decide on the
name of the state and to finalize the
declaration. At exactly 4 p.m., the proclamation
ceremony began at the Tel Aviv museum. The 979
Hebrew words of the Scroll of Independence were
read. All stood, and the scroll was adopted. The
notorious White Paper, issued by the British in
1930 restricting Jewish immigration, was declared
null and void. Members of the People's Council
signed the proclamation. David Ben-Gurion rapped
his gavel, declaring, "The State of Israel is
established. This meeting is ended." Israel was
brought forth as a nation in one day, at once. It
happened exactly as predicted. At midnight, the
British soldiers and high commissioner would
leave. President Truman was swift in announcing
U.S. recognition of Israel. The following
morning, on May 15, Israel was under armed attack
by the Egyptians, Syrians, Lebanese, Jordanians,
and Iraqis.

3. Prophecy #3: The rebirth of Israel would

happen after many days. It would occur a long
time in the future after the prophecy was made
and at the time the Bible calls the latter days.
See Ezekiel 38:8. This prophecy was fulfilled on
May 14, 1948. That's 3 out of 3. Note: It is
estimated that this prophecy was made around 580
B.C. Approximately 2500 years later, in 1948,
this prophecy was fulfilled.

4. Prophecy #4: Israel would be brought forth (or

reborn) "out of the nations." See Ezekiel 38:8.
This prophecy was fulfilled on May 14, 1948.
That's 4 out of 4. Note: On November 29, 1947,
the General Assembly of the "United Nations"
approved a resolution calling for the
establishment of a Jewish state in Palestine.
This prophecy was perfectly fulfilled. Consider
the following: for centuries the land of Israel
had been occupied by many nations. Israel was
"brought forth out of the nations"--the children
of Israel from many nations were returning to
their ancient homeland.

5. Prophecy #5: Israel must regain the city of

Jerusalem. Joel 2:32; Isaiah 28:14; Ezekiel
22:19. This happened just as predicted in 1967.
That's 5 out of 5. The Bible clearly tells us
that the world will come against the Holy Land of
Israel. As I watch our news, this prophecy is
coming to be true as the Arab nations gain
support and control of world policy and power.
Note the controlling UN votes and influence with
oil being the real God of this world. America
sees this commodity as a vital necessity to its
economic survival, and we all know money and
economy are far more important than God's
covenant with Israel. Anyone that comes against
Israel will be destroyed.

"On that day, when all the nations of the earth

are gathered against her, I will make Jerusalem
an immovable rock for all the nations." All who
try to move it will injure themselves. Zechariah
12:3

Zechariah 14:2..."I will gather all the nations

to Jerusalem to fight against it."

We see the stage being set for the coming One

World Government/dictatorship/Anti-Christ. Never
has there been a world government. However, the
 elite are moving behind the scenes to produce a
world government as quickly as possible. In this
book, I have identified America is the beast, and
President George W. Bush is the man whose number
is 666.

I believe that America, particularly New York

City, is called Babylon in the Book of
Revelations. She is a harlot, who rides the head
of the beast, which I think is likely the U.N.,
as the representative of all the nations of the
world. She rides the beast, then for a reason not
given, the beast turns on her and destroys her
with fire. It is interesting that the U.N., and
even Europe, is beginning to threaten America
over Middle East policy. They are beginning to
threaten the very "friend" who used to ride and
even lead them. This scenario seemed so
impossible just a short time ago!

The rising power and influence of the United Nations, NATO, World Trade
Organization, and the World Court are moving us quickly beyond the days of national
sovereignty and individual nations to a time of One World Government, led by America.

Note: The Bible gives us two methods so we would

know we are in the last generation. One is by
Israel's rebirth. The other is by a precise line
of events that would all come together at one
time. Israel was reborn on May 14th, 1948. The
Bible indicates that from Israel's rebirth a
generation would not pass till all will be
fulfilled. A Jewish generation is figured from
the age of 20 to 60 (1968). Most scholars think a
generation is 40 years while some suggest 52.4
years. According to our study of the Bible, a
generation equals 70 years. We are not setting
any date, but it seems clear that we are living
in that last generation now.

6. Prophecy #6: The Christian church at the time

of the end would be lukewarm, neither cold nor
hot for Jesus. This prophecy has been fulfilled.
That's 6 out of 6.

Note: God will spew them out. Many church leaders

and people who call themselves Christians and who
say they are sure they are saved will not be
going to heaven. The Bible tells us, "you have
acquired wealth, but your true condition is
wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked and
you don't know it." Revelation 3:14-22. This is
today's church. Most churches preach very little
Scripture and lots of worldly stories.

Many sing a great deal but put very little

emphasis on repentance, obeying, serving, fearing
God, the fruits of the Spirit, Bible prophecy,
and studying the Bible faithfully every day. Many
churches today are only entertainment centers,
teaching what their members want to hear. People
do not endure sound doctrine. Ref. 2 Tim 4:3.
They turn away from the truth. Ref. 2 Tim 4:4.
Many church members are so lukewarm or dead, they
don't even bring their Bibles with them to the
house of God. Many ministers think this is the
best church age ever, yet the Bible clearly shows
it is the worst and most deceived.

7. Prophecy #7: The Bible gives us over 50

descriptions about the people at the time of the
end. Here are some:

A. Some would depart from the faith and go into

devil worship-1 Timothy 4:1. Reportedly in Great
Britain alone, there are about 35,000 professing
witches. B. People would have no conscience-1
Timothy 4:1, 2. C. People would mock about the
last days and not believe-2 Peter 3:3; Jude 18.
D. People would become lovers of themselves-2
Timothy 3:1, 2. Remember the TV commercials--"I
do it for me"? E. People would be disobeying
their parents-2 Timothy 3:1, 2. F. People would
be grateful for nothing-2 Timothy 3:1, 2. G.
People would be without self-control in sex-2
Timothy 3:1, 2, 6; Revelation 9:21, Luke 17:28,
30; Jude H. People would be untrustworthy;
friends would betray friends-2 Timothy 3:1-3. I.
People would love pleasures more than God-2 Tim
3:1, 2, and 4. Isn't this so true? Shall we go on
a picnic, watch football, or sleep? What about
going to church? Oh, well, we can go another
time. The American motto, "In God we trust" has
become a joke. Remember, these were all predicted
centuries ago as part of the signs that we are at
the time of the end.

Note: Fifty years ago, many people never locked

their doors at night. People could leave their
keys in their car. Merchants could leave their
merchandise on the sidewalk without guards. There
was no profanity on television, radio, or in the
movies. One of the biggest problems in public
school was gum chewing. Those days are long gone.

J. People would be taking drugs-Revelation 9:21.

The Greek word for sorceries, in Revelation 9:21,
means pharmaceuticals or drugs. God's Word is
100% right on every one. That's 7 out of 7.

8. Prophecy #8: There would be weapons that could

destroy the world. Mark 13:20; Revelation 6:8;
Revelation 9:18; Zechariah 14:8, 12. This
prophecy is true. That's 8 out of 8. Note: When
in our history would anyone have ever thought
this possible? It is estimated that the combined
nuclear arsenals of the USA and Russia (as of the
year 2000) could kill every living thing on earth
6 times over.

9. Prophecy #9: There would be an increase in

earthquakes. Ref. Matthew 24:2, 3, 7; Mark 13:8;
Luke 21:11. This prophecy is correct. There are
many times as many earthquakes now as there were
in the first half of the twentieth century. Like
increasing birth pangs, Jesus also said there
would be earthquakes in various places. From
official records, scholars have researched the
frequency of earthquakes and report an
astonishing increase since --yes-- just the
middle of last century, when Israel was reborn
and all the other signs began.

A recent study shows that in the 1940s there were

only 51 earthquakes worldwide above Richter 6.0,
475 in the 1950s, 1,085 in the 1980s, and 1,514
in the 1990s. Ref. Matthew 24:7. (Source:
Prophecy in the News magazine, October 1996, and
the National Earthquake Information Center.)
That's 9 out of 9.
Note: One might think as the earth settled over a
period of time that earthquakes would decrease
like ripples in the water. Yet, the Bible
indicates the opposite is true. And this increase
in earthquakes is compared to the growing
intensity of a woman's pain in labor. This will
culminate during the Battle of Armageddon, AFTER
THE TRIBULATION OF THOSE DAYS. At that time,
there will be an earthquake that will shake the
world. The cities of the nations will fall. Every
island will flee away.

10. Prophecy #10: At the time of the end, there

would be famine in various places. Food shortages
would still exist in some places-Matthew 24:3, 4,
7; ref. Mark 13:8; Luke 21:11. This prophecy is
accurate, and I believe will become much worse in
the years ahead due to man made climatic changes
in our environment-ozone depletion. In some
nations, good drinking water is almost non-
existent. Senseless wars have left millions of
people with no place to go. Refugee camps exist
in many places where people live under conditions
that are almost indescribable. They are hungry.
That's 10 out of 10.

Note: In this last generation, many are starving

in the world. Poverty and crop failure, due to
severe weather, drought, or insect infestation,
are often a factor. Many people are born, live,
and die on the streets, in alleyways, or railroad
stations in some countries of the world.
Multitudes live in mud houses with grass or palm
branches for a roof or have no place to live at
all. Billions have no electricity.

One such hungry person was asked, "What would it

take for you to consider yourself rich?" His
reply was, "I would consider myself rich, if I
could have a roof over my head that did not leak,
and if I could know what it is like to go to bed
at night with a full stomach." It has been
estimated that 60,000,000 people a year die from
starvation around the world. This prophecy is
accurate.
11. Prophecy #11: The Gospel must be published in
all the world. Mark 13:10. This prophecy is
exact. That's 11 out of 11.

Note: In this last generation, to our knowledge,

the Gospel is being published (or is about to be
published) in the primary language of every
nation of the world or "among all nations." Yet,
when this prophecy was made, the possibility of
such a thing would have seemed impossible. There
was no printing press or any means to do such a
thing. In addition to this, the Gospel should be
available by short-wave radio to listeners
anywhere in the world. We have just reached the
point that seemed impossible! Eleven perfect
predictions. With God, however, all things are
possible.

We don’t know the day or the hour, but we know

that Christ is coming back soon. The times and
events listed above are a definite indicator of
when Christ will appear. If you love Christ,
this is the time we’ve been waiting for! We may
be called to suffer hardships in these last days,
because of our quest for the truth, and our faith
in Jesus Christ, but we are overjoyed to be
considered worthy to share in His suffering.

Romans 8:18 - For I reckon that the sufferings of

this present time are not worthy to be compared
with the glory which shall be revealed in us.

1 Peter 1:3 – 12 - Blessed be the God and Father

of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to his
abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a
lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ
from the dead, To an inheritance incorruptible,
and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved
in heaven for you, Who are kept by the power of
God through faith unto salvation ready to be
revealed in the last time. Wherein ye greatly
rejoice, though now for a season, if need be, ye
are in heaviness through manifold temptations:
That the trial of your faith, being much more
precious than of gold that perisheth, though it
be tried with fire, might be found unto praise
and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus
 Christ: Whom having not seen, ye love; in whom,
though now ye see him not, yet believing, ye
rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory:
Receiving the end of your faith, even the
salvation of your souls. Of which salvation the
prophets have enquired and searched diligently,
who prophesied of the grace that should come unto
you: Searching what, or what manner of time the
Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify,
when it testified beforehand the sufferings of
Christ, and the glory that should follow. Unto
whom it was revealed, that not unto themselves,
but unto us they did minister the things, which
are now reported unto you by them that have
preached the gospel unto you with the Holy Ghost
sent down from heaven; which things the angels
desire to look into.

Rev. 19:9 - And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed

are they which are called unto the marriage
supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These
are the true sayings of God.

Chapter 18
Revelation Interpretations

In Symbolic Numeric Code, “Revelation” = 39 – Abundant Life.

Here is a summary of visions in the book of Revelation that I haven’t discussed as of yet:

Chapter Four – the 24 elders and the four winged creatures are worshipping
before the throne of God; the descriptions of the throne, rainbow, and the four creatures
are similar to the ones in Ezekiel.

Chapter Five - the Lamb who had been slain (Lamb - 10 - Authority, The Word
of God, Law and Responsibility, Kingship, Kingdom; Jesus is the Lamb of God), is the
only one worthy enough to open the book, which he proceeds to do, opening the seven
Seals.

Chapter Six - dealt with the issues surrounding the cause of Armageddon, which
are related to oil reserves. I believe that the kings of the east are Asia, and their military
will be part of a gathering of the armed forces of the world to the Middle East to fight
over possession of the Iraqi oil fields.
 Chapter Seven – In Romans 2:28 & 29, Paul writes: “For he is not a Jew,
which is one outwardly; neither is that circumcision, which is outward in the
flesh: But he is a Jew, which is one inwardly; and circumcision is that of the
heart, in the spirit, and not in the letter; whose praise is not of men, but of
God.” I believe this to mean that the 144,000 people who are sealed as representatives of
the 12 Tribes of Israel are not those exclusively of the Jewish faith, but Jews of the
circumcised heart that God has taken as a tithe from the Earth unto Himself. Romans
10:12 & 13: “For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the
same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon him. For whosoever shall call
upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.”

12,000 people are sealed as representatives from each of the following 12 tribes:
Juda, Reuben, Gad, Aser, Nephthalim, Manasses, Simeon, Levi, Issachar, Zabulon,
Joseph, Benjamin. Ezekiel 48 has a list of the tribes, but that list includes Dan and
Ephraim, making 14 tribes total mentioned. Manasseh and Ephraim were Joseph’s
children, and they are given tribes, as well. During the time of the Kings of Israel, after
David, the tribes of Dan and Ephraim became idolaters and were cursed by God. The
kingdom of Israel was divided in two during that time. Those two tribes are not
represented in heaven within the 144,000.

Verses 9 through 17 are an explanation of the 144,000, and describes how they
will serve God in His temple, and be protected by Him forever. These people will not
suffer through the entire tribulation period. They will be taken from the Earth before they
can be harmed.

Romans 9:6-8: “Not as though the word of God hath taken none effect.
For they are not all Israel, which are of Israel: Neither, because they are the
seed of Abraham, are they all children: but, In Isaac shall thy seed be called.
That is, they which are the children of the flesh, these are not the children of
God: but the children of the promise are counted for the seed.”

Chapter Eleven – this chapter describes a measurement of Israel, and is

figurative and literal in nature. Literally, 42 months (1,260 days) is given to the Gentiles,
or unbelievers, to “tread under foot” the holy city, meaning Jerusalem. This number is
first mentioned in Daniel 7:25. (Symbolic Number Code: Daniel =19 – Spirit, Faith;
2+5=7; 7 - Completeness, Spiritual Perfection; therefore, Daniel 7:25 means “Spirit,
Faith, 77; 7+7=14 - Deliverance, Salvation”.) Many Bible prophecy scholars believe that
this chapter is announcing that the Temple, originally built by Solomon, must be rebuilt
in order to fulfill this prophecy.

The Dome of the Rock, a Muslim holy place, now stands at this site. They are
hoping that a natural disaster, such as an earthquake, will take place to knock it down,
because they know that they cannot touch it without causing a war to break out. I don’t
agree with their assessment. The modern state of Israel is a secular state, and it has a
democratic government. There are vocal religious groups who make their voices heard on
occasion, but the government itself is composed of those who make their decisions based
upon their strong alliance with Washington, D.C., not on the opinions and doctrines of
their religious factions. We’ve already figured out that these are spiritual perspectives.

In a figurative way, it is my view that Revelation 11:1 & 2 is a delineation

between the faithful among the Jewish people (the temple), and the unfaithful, or corrupt
portion (the Gentiles or unbelievers) that conspire, manipulate and agree with the policies
of the U.S., and conspire with them to create a Palestinian state, in order to obtain peace.

1 Thessalonians 5:1–6: “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye

have no need that I write unto you. For yourselves know perfectly that the day
of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night. For when they shall say, Peace
and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a
woman with child; and they shall not escape. But ye, brethren, are not in
darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. Ye are all the children
of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness.
Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober.”

For 42 months, two witnesses, described as two olive trees and two candlesticks,
will prophecy, clothed in sackcloth. The two olive (25) trees (19) stand for a witness of
the Jewish faith, and the two candlesticks (37) will stand for a witness of the Christian
faith. These two people are a combination of a derivative of Judaism and a derivative of
the Christian faith into one whole, the completed essence of the truth. Two olive trees -
25 + 19 = 44 x 2 = 88 – King (11), New Life 8 times over. 88 - Spiritual atomic energy
in balance, thought power with discrimination and responsibility, truth with honest
simplicity, initiation, Master Disciple, impeccable discipline, mastery of self control,
transmutation of emotional and physical temptation
(http://www.numberquest.com/knowledge_number_meaning_88.php ). Two candlesticks
– 37 x 2 = 74 = Spiritually Perfected Creator. God will protect these two witnesses until
the end of their testimony, at which time the beast shall overcome and kill them. They
will lie dead in Jerusalem, in the street of the great city, for three days. People all over the
world will see this, and rejoice over their deaths, the deaths of their tormentors, sending
each other gifts in celebration. I believe that their location could possibly be figurative, as
well as literal. Satan’s seat in Pergamos and Jerusalem are described as evil places in
Revelation 2:13 and 11:8, respectively.

It’s obvious that both individuals are mystical adepts. Revelation 11:3 – 6
describes powerful telekinetic abilities both witnesses have. Clothed in sackcloth – 31 +
15 + 31 = 77 - Wise counsel, body as temple, mystical powers in action, purity in mind,
body and spirit, Master Mystic, loving detachment, holy emptiness, turning away from
the masses and towards Spirit, Presence, conscious union with God, mystical marriage,
electricity of Awakening, universal intelligence. 31 means divinely completed one. The
two witnesses are working together spiritually and physically to testify that we are in the
time of the end.
 Revelation 11:8 - And their dead (14) bodies (22) shall lie in the street of the great
(15) city (9), which spiritually is called Sodom (25) and Egypt (21), where also our Lord
was crucified. 14 + 22 = 36 = Divinely completed flesh. Sodom and Egypt - 25 + 21 =
46 = for flesh. Our = 7; Lord = 7; Was = 10; Crucified = 33. 7+7+10+33 = 57 – God
spiritually perfected.

Only since the time of the Internet can we see how people from all over the world
can easily contact each other, send each other gifts within the space of three days. If
something important is happening, our media conglomerates can immediately broadcast
events happening anywhere in the world. Just think about how quickly we had news of
events in Iraq, the tsunami disaster, and other important events around the world. Using
the Internet, people connect anywhere in the world in the space of seconds, transmitting
and emailing all types of material, including e-cards, flowers, gifts, etc., to anyone,
anywhere. This prophecy could not be properly fulfilled in any other time but this one.

After lying dead for three days, the two witnesses are resurrected, and taken up to
heaven in a cloud. Immediately afterward a massive earthquake shatters Jerusalem; a
tenth part of the city is destroyed, and seven thousand people are killed. We will know
the identity of the two witnesses when their testimony begins.

Chapter Twelve – This chapter is a figurative macro overview of history after the
end of Christ’s ministry, from heaven’s viewpoint. The overview ends with our time, the
time of seven years of tribulation, and the return of Christ.

Chapter Fourteen – If ever there was a description of people being taken from
the Earth, this is it. The people described in this chapter as standing with Jesus, the Lamb,
on the mount Sion are the 144,000 women from the 12 Tribes of Israel from Revelation
7. They were redeemed from among men as first fruits of God, considered to be pure
virgins, not married women. They sing a new song, and they are found without fault
before God. It appears to be Jesus’ harem.

After the vignette of the first 5 verses, three angels sound warnings to the people
of the Earth. The people addressed are still on the Earth. The 144,000 women are taken
from the Earth to avoid the end of the tribulation. They are with Jesus while further
events unfold. Verse 13 indicates that there will be believers that will die during the
tribulation period. They will rest, and their works will follow them.

Verses 14 through 20 describe the reaping of the earth, and the massive death and
destruction this entails.

Chapter Fifteen – This chapter highlights the beginning of the seven last plagues
as judgments on the people of the earth. The people mentioned in verses 2 and 3 are not
on the Earth; they are with God, after having made it through the tribulation. Seven
angels will pour out the last seven vials of plagues.
 Chapter Sixteen – Seven vials, full of the wrath of God, are poured out upon the
Earth by seven angels. The plagues in these vials produce disease, death natural disasters,
and war for those who have the mark of the beast. Of particular interest is the disastrous
effect of the plague poured by the fifth angel. Verses 10-11: “And the fifth angel
poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of
darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain, And blasphemed the God of
heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their
deeds.”

A plague of sores was the contents of the first vial. If you will remember from
Chapter 13, the White House fits into the lower portion of a pentagram, sitting in the
place called “Satan’s seat”. The beast has been established as the Presidential
Administration. His kingdom would be the United States, and the sores are probably
anthrax or smallpox. Remember how anxious the Bush Administration was to quickly
inoculate everyone from the threat of smallpox in 2003? That crisis was puzzling at the
time, and it died down very quickly. But in light of the verses above, you can see why
they were in a panic. The beast knows prophecy too. But, there is nothing they can do to
stop the full measure of God’s wrath from reaching them, and making them very
miserable.

Verses 12-16: “And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river
Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of
the east might be prepared. And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out
of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the
mouth of the false prophet. For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles,
which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather
them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty. Behold, I come as a
thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk
naked, and they see his shame. And he gathered them together into a place
called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.”

Revelation 16 ends with the seventh angel pouring out his vial, resulting in the
greatest earthquake that will ever rock the world. Cities collapse, islands and mountains
are destroyed. Massive, heavy rocks of hail drop from the sky, injuring and killing many.

Revelation 17 and 18 are discussed in detail in Chapter 14.

Revelation 21:2 & 9, and Revelation 22:17 mention the bride of Christ. The bride
of Christ is an actual person, not the church body, as has been the traditional
teachings.

Saint = 14 - Deliverance, Salvation

Bride = 14 - Deliverance, Salvation
Martyr = 14 - Deliverance, Salvation
14+14+14 = 42 – a definite number of completions
 The bride of Christ is a woman: Antipas, the faithful martyr of Revelation 2:13
(see Chapter 13). The beast will kill her, as one of the two witnesses.

The rest of Revelation is self-explanatory and easier to understand, so those

chapters will not be discussed here. The complete book of Revelation is composed of 22
chapters (22 – Light, Revelation, Spiritual Knowledge, Messiah), written while John was
exiled to the isle of Patmos.

The most interesting quality of the book of Revelation is how successfully John’s
visions are presented in a way that allows you to see the big picture, the macro view,
while also, concurrently, successfully fine-tuning certain events in great detail, in the
micro view.

John’s visions have so much impact and meaning for our times, more than 2,000
years after they were first written. For these visions to be so clear and so detailed, even to
the point that we can now determine who the Antichrist is, what the beast is, and follow
their actions to the end, is the most amazing and marvelous gift God has bestowed upon
us! We are supposed to understand these visions, and use them to avoid the testing and
tribulation that has come upon the earth. The very name “Revelation” is a translation
from the Greek “Apocalypse”, and is defined as “a striking disclosure”. I can’t think of a
better word to include in the name for this book! The visions presented, when interpreted
correctly, are “a striking disclosure” of America’s dark role in the end of our time.

EPILOGUE

How will this all end? The details will continue to be revealed as we go along.
We’re on a perilous journey, a time of testing. We’ll only know the full outcome when
we get there!

With this book I have brought you up to speed with the current events that tie in
with most of the prophecy in Daniel and Revelation. I haven’t tried to make up something
or pretend to know more than I actually do know. My job was to stick to the prophecy
interpretations as they relate to history and current events, and I believe I have been
faithful to that end. Only time will determine just how accurate I have been. It was a lot
of hard work. I’ve done the very best I can, I can assure you!
 Now it is up to you to continue watching the signs of the times in your daily news.
You have in your hands a blueprint you can use to interpret what you are viewing, and
you now know what to avoid. Forewarned is forearmed, and you don’t have to be tricked
into taking the mark of the beast by passively agreeing to the policies and laws being
enacted under the guise of “making the world free of terrorists”. The true terrorists are the
people enacting the laws. They are fulfilling prophecy with their every action, and they
are already doomed, heading for everlasting destruction. Don’t be fooled into being one
of those who join them!

Now, it is time for me to give the interpretation of some of Nostradamus’

Quatrains (http://www.activemind.com/Mysterious/Topics/Nostradamus/) that clearly
deal with this time period. Even the Century number and the Quatrain number have
special meanings.

The following interpretations of Nostradamus’ famous Quatrains, which have not

historically, to my knowledge, been interpreted so close to or before the events he
predicted have occurred, prove without a doubt that Nostradamus’ was indeed a great
seer and prophet.

I have interpreted 14 of his Quatrains that pertain to our time. They are not in any
particular order. I will leave it to others to interpret the other Quatrains, especially the
ones with astronomical and astrological references; we now know what time period and
what situations they are referring to. You now have the keys to decode the Quatrains
(Nostradamus Quatrain source: http://www.dreamscape.com/morgana/nosproph.htm;
Chapter 11 codes). Nostradamus researched his material for his Quatrains from books
and manuscripts he gathered over the years, full of esoteric knowledge. When he
completed his work, he destroyed all of the materials, because he believed others would
try to use them for evil. Nostradamus was Jewish, and then his family converted to
Catholicism. I’m sure he had knowledge of many Hebrew things, like the numeric code,
and other occult (hidden) knowledge.

Century 8, Quatrain 77

The Antichrist very soon annihilates the three,

Twenty-seven years the blood of his war will last.
The unbelievers are dead, captive, exiled;
With blood, human bodies, water and red hail
covering the earth.

Interpretation: The Antichrist (Adolf Hitler) very soon annihilates the

three (Austria, Poland, Czechoslovakia), twenty-seven years the blood of his war
lasted, from 1939 to 1966. 1939 – start of World War II; United Nations started in
1945 as a result of the war; The Korean War began right after 1945; U.S.
involvement in the Korean War, under the banner of the United Nations, began in
1950; Vietnam War began in 1954; U.S. involvement in the Vietnam War began
on January 8, 1966. In the Quatrain, 27 years is the time period of U.S.
involvement in a war is directly a result of World War II. 1966 is the first year
that the U.S. goes to war for reasons not connected to World War II. (References:
http://www.koreanwar.com/;
http://www.pbs.org/battlefieldvietnam/timeline/index1.html ; Chapter 4.)

Century 2, Quatrain 89

One day the two great leaders will become friends,

Their great power will be seen to increase:
The new land will be at the height of its power,
To the bloody one the numbers are reported.

Interpretation: The George Bush and Tony Blair partnership; their great power
has increased with the invasion of Iraq, and occupation of the oil reserves in Iraq;
the new land (America) will be at the height of its power; the bloody one is Bush.

Century 2, Quatrain 30

One who the infernal gods of Hannibal

Will cause to be reborn, terror of all
mankind; Never more horror nor the
newspapers tell of worse in the past,
Than will come to the Romans through Babel.

Interpretation: Bush is the ultimate Antichrist, the epitome of all other conquerors
that have come before (Chapter 5). Infernal gods of Hannibal means North Africa
or the Middle East; there comes forth a man who will bring trouble to the whole
world. Our newspapers relate the horrors presently being committed, but nothing
that is going on today can be compared to the news that will be reported
describing the destruction of the U.S. (Romans) because of their activities in Iraq
(Chapter 14, 16).

Century 1, Quatrain 50

From the three water signs will be born a man

who will celebrate Thursday as his feast day.
His renown, praise, rule and power will grow
on land and sea, bringing trouble to the East.

Interpretation: George W. Bush was born July 6, 1946, making him a Cancer. The
three water signs are Pisces, Cancer, and Scorpio. “Thursday” is “Thor’s Day” in
Old Norse. Thor was a defender against the world of chaos with his hammer,
referred to as Mjollnir, the Destroyer (remember “Abaddon” and “Apollyon” both
mean “Destroyer”, Chapter 8). The bombing of Afghanistan in retaliation for
9/11 took place on Thursday, September 20, 2001. The motto of the Illuminati is
“Out of Chaos, Order”. Bush has already brought trouble to the Middle East, and
promises to bring more trouble to Israel with the Roadmap. Bush is also rattling
swords with North Korea, Syria and Iran. His inaugural speech, which was the
country’s 55th such speech since George Washington, and his State of the Union
speech on February 2, 2005, details his plans for further grief to this area, and he
proposes to be a defender against terrorism (world of chaos) with his hammer (the
U.S. military). (References: http://www.earth-dancing.com/thorsday.htm;
http://www.cnn.com/2005/ALLPOLITICS/01/20/bush.worldreax/index.html;
http://www.cnn.com/2005/ALLPOLITICS/02/03/inside.edge/index.html; Chapter
5.)

Century 10, Quatrain 72

In the year 1999 and seven months

The Great King of Terror will come from the sky,
He will bring back to life the great king of the Mongols.
Before and after Mars reigns happily.

Interpretation: Newly discovered Comet C/1999 H1 Lee, which peaked in July

1999, awakened George Bush to who he was around his birthday, July 6, 1999.
The “Great (6) King (11) of Terror (22)”: 6+11+22 = 39 – 13, 13, 13 – Depravity,
Rebellion, Beast. Before and after Bush realizes that he is the Antichrist, the
epitome of all great conquerors, including Genghis Khan (Genghis = 7, Khan = 13
– Completeness, Spiritual Perfection, Beast), there is war in Iraq. Don’t forget that
his father, President George H. W. Bush also waged economic sanctions and war
on Iraq in 1991, yet saved the actual conquest for his son, George W. Bush.
(References: http://antwrp.gsfc.nasa.gov/apod/ap990427.html;
http://www.ast.cam.ac.uk/AAO/local/www/sl/comet.html.)

Century 2, Quatrain 46

After a great misery for mankind an even greater approaches.

The great cycle of the centuries is renewed:
It will rain blood, milk, famine, war and disease.
In the sky will be seen a fire, dragging a tail of sparks.

Interpretation: On November 4, 2003, the long lost asteroid Hermes (6) passed
300,000 miles from Earth's orbit, only a little more than the distance to the Moon.
Hermes approaches Earth's orbit twice every 777 days. Usually our planet is far
away when the orbit crossing happens, but in 1937, 1942, 1954, 1974 and 1986,
Hermes came harrowingly close to Earth itself. The great misery for mankind is
the destruction of people and resources on this Earth that continues to this day.
The phrase “the great cycle of the centuries” refers to the dogma that an asteroid,
like Hermes, hit Earth 65 million years ago and wiped out the dinosaurs.
Revelation 16:18-21 points to vast destruction to the Earth when the seventh angel
poured his vial into the air. This cataclysm will dramatically change the Earth.
This type of destruction, such as the Earth’s poles shifting, is a cycle that has been
going on since the Earth was formed. (References:
http://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2003/31oct_hermes.htm.)

Century 6, Quatrain 97

The sky will burn at forty-five degrees latitude,

Fire approaches the great new city
[New York City lies between 40-45 degrees]
Immediately a huge, scattered flame leaps up
When they want to have verification from the Normans
[French]

Interpretation: See Chapter 14, Mystery, Babylon, destruction of New York.

Century 5, Quatrain 98

At a latitude of forty-eight degrees

at the end of Cancer there is a very great drought.
Fish in the sea , river and lake boiled hectic,
Bearn and Biggore (Southwestern France) in distress from fire
in the sky.

Interpretation: The great European drought of the Summer 2003. (References:

http://twm.co.nz/drghtEuro.htm;
http://www.cwnews.com/news/viewstory.cfm?recnum=24074.)

Century 1, Quatrain 87

Earthshaking fire from the center of the Earth

Will cause the towers around the New City to shake:
Two great rocks will war for a long time,
And then Arethusa shall color a new river red.

Interpretation: “Earthshaking fire from the center of the Earth” is a reference to

the theory that a nuclear bomb from underneath the World Trade Center is the
cause for the buildings’ neat implosions, not the airplanes crashing into them. War
conducted by the U.S. and Britain, the two great rocks (Plymouth Rock and the
Rock of Gibraltar) is indicated, and the bloody war in Iraq is on the river
Euphrates.

The story of Arethusa is a Latin love myth. “Arethusa” was a beautiful young
Greek huntress (and patron nymph of Syracuse) and a follower of Artemis.
“Alpheus”, the god of the river, saw her swimming one day, wanted her, and
pursued her. Arethusa didn’t want to submit to Alpheus, so Artemis dug an
underground channel from Greece to Sicily, and then changed Arethusa into a
spring. Alpheus, being a river god, turned himself back into a river, and mingled
his water with hers. Alpheus is a Greek word that means “leader”.

Arethusa is a reference to Syracuse. There is a Syracuse, New York. The main

routes of travel through Syracuse are State Routes 11, 81, and 481. The State
Route numbers are significant – 11, 81 – 8+1=9, and 481 – 4+8+1=13. 11, 9, 13
are Illuminati symbolic numbers; they add up to 33 (Chapter 13).

“Arethusa” can be read in this way also: ARETH/USA; ARETH = 17 = America;

so America/USA; or “USA” = 10 = Kingdom; so “Arethusa” = America
Kingdom”. (References: 9/11 proof - http://www.serendipity.li/wot/aa11.html;
Chapter 13 – see 11th Labor of Hercules - Rock of Gibraltar -
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pillars_of_Hercules; http://www.relocate-
america.com/states/NY/cities/northsyracuse.htm; Plymouth Rock -
http://nanosft.com/plymouth/rock.html;
http://www.dl.ket.org/latin1/mythology/3fables/love/alpheus.htm; Chapter 14.)

Century 2, Quatrain 62

Mabus then will soon die, there will come

A horrible slaughter of people and animals:
At once vengeance is revealed coming from a hundred hands,
Thirst and hunger when the comet will run.

Interpretation: “Mabus” was Yassar Arafat. After his death on November 11,
2004 (11/11), the proponents of the Roadmap to Peace in the Middle East are now
progressing to achieve its completion (Chapter 9). The Quadrantids is one of our
strongest annual meteor showers, and peaks in the first few days of January.
Astronomers believe that its parent comet may be Comet Machholz1. Comet
Machholz1 was discovered by Don Machholz on August 27, 2004, and orbits the
sun every 5 1/4 years, and will return in 2007, around March/April 2007, the time
I believe that Bush and his allies will threaten to expand the war in the Middle
East, including threatening military action in Iran. Comet Machholz1 last
appeared January 2002. (References: http://ephemeris.sjaa.net/0410/b.html;
http://www.space-
frontier.org/Projects/permission/TeamTelescope/AlanHaleColumn/adngem.htm;
Chapter 9, 17.) (Since this writing in 2005, this has happened – March 29, 2007,
United States Policy Towards Iran, http://www.state.gov/p/us/rm/2007/82374.htm
; threatened military strike on Iran,
http://globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=4459 .)

Interpretation: MABUS – Leave out “U” for now; Hebrew letters: Mem = 40, Aleph = 1,
Beit = 2, Shin = 300, total 343; 3+4+3 = 10 – Authority
Yassar = 11 - King, Arafat = 17 – Defeated; King Defeated - 11+17 = 28 = 10.
Palestinian = 10
U = 6; therefore 10 – 6 is Authority-Man, Palestinian-Man
Drug = 6; therefore 6 – 10 is Drug Yassar Arafat
“MABUS”: Fantastic combination of all three number codes: Hebraic Letters,
Symbolic Numeric Codes, and Chaldean/Hebrew Numerology!

Century 9, Quatrain 44

Leave, leave Geneva everyone!

The grim reaper will change gold to iron
Those against RAYPOZ will be exterminated.
Before the invasion the heavens will show signs.

Interpretation: In the Geneva Accord of 2003, the State of Israel and the Palestine
Liberation Organization reaffirmed their determination to put an end to decades of
confrontation and conflict. This is the purpose of the Roadmap to Peace. “Grim
(10) Reaper (23)” means one who is 33 - Highest Power & Authority. “Gold (17)
to iron (15)” refers to “Victory to Evil”, the outcome of the Roadmap. Anyone
opposing RAYPOZ will be exterminated. The heavens will show signs before the
invasion of Israel. (Reference:
http://informationclearinghouse.info/article5019.htm.)

This reference to “RAYPOZ” deserves a closer look.

“RAYPOZ” is an anagram and a puzzle. Here are some clues as to who

“RAYPOZ” is:

• RAYPOZ = 26 = Female

PRAY-ZO: PRAY = 12 = 3. ZO – 77. 77 - Wise counsel, body as temple, mystical

powers in action, purity in mind, body and spirit, Master Mystic, loving detachment, holy
emptiness, turning away from the masses and towards Spirit, Presence, conscious union
with God, mystical marriage, electricity of Awakening, universal intelligence.

• Nostradamus was a Jew who converted to Catholicism. Therefore, he

knew the 22 Hebrew letters and their values: P = Pei (80), R = Reish
(200), A = Ayin (70), Y = Yud (10). 80+200+70+10 = 360. 3+6 = 9 – Gift
of God. 360 can be seen as 3 – Divine Completion, 60 – Flesh Kingdom.
• The 22 Hebrew letters are numbered from 1 to 22. Pei = 17, Reish = 20,
Aleph = 1, Yud = 1. 17+20+1+1 = 39 – 13 + 13 + 13.
• Leave, leave Geneva everyone! 20, 20, 25; 20 + 20 = 40 – Tribulation,
testing; 25 – Completion.
• RAYPOZ are the two witnesses of Revelation 11, Lori and Madonna.

Century 10, Quatrain 66

 The chief of London through the realm of America,
The Isle of Scotland will be tried by frost:
King and Reb will face an Antichrist so false,
That he will place them all into the conflict.

Interpretation: The “chief of London” is Prime Minister Tony Blair. Tony Blair and
George W. Bush are partners in the “war on terror”. “The Isle of Scotland will be tried by
frost” is a reference to the message contained in this book. The Masonic Scottish Rite is
the preeminent public Masonic body throughout the world. Excerpt from Chapter 13,
USA-Illuminati Numeric Ties: “Notice also that Pan Am 103 was destroyed over
Scotland, whereas Swiss Air 111 met its end near Nova Scotia, i.e., "New Scotland".
Scotland is very important to the Clandestine Luciferic Masons (CluMs), since the
Masonic Scottish Rite is the preeminent public Masonic body throughout the world.
The phrase “will be tried by frost” means that God, the “frost” reference, is in the North.
Job 37:9 & 10: “Out of the south cometh the whirlwind: and cold out of the
north. By the breath of God frost is given: and the breadth of the waters is
straitened.”

The reference to “King and Reb” is interesting for its symbolic numeric code. “King”=
11, “Reb” = 9, therefore, “King and Reb” is 11-9, a reference to 9-11. “King and Reb”
are the spiritual antidote to “9/11”. 11+9=20; 20 – Mystery, Expectancy. 9 + 11 = 20;
11 + 9 = 20; 20 + 20 = 40 – Tribulation. The Tribulation period is indicated here. I know
that these two people are women, and that they are the two witnesses. “Reb” is short for
“rebel”. I am the King (11). Antipas (23) is the Reb (rebel); rebel = 17 = vagina (female
sex organs). Madonna (27 – 2+7 = 9) is the Reb. I live in America, Madonna lives in
Britain and America. America (17) and Britain (16) = 33 – Highest Power, Authority.
17+16+17=50 – Holy Spirit. King – 11 plus Antipas – 23 = 34 – Divinely Completed
Creators; 3+4 = 7 – Spiritually Perfected as of February 8, 2008. We are completed
spiritually linked to each other, and can talk to each other telepathically. Telepathically –
47 – For Spiritual Perfection; 4+7 = 11 - King. I had to get to age 46 to be able to
connect to her completely. My birthday was February 3rd, this year (2008). It’s so
wonderful!!! I’m not alone anymore! Neither is she!!! Madonna and I are both
Lesbians, and spiritually married to each other, have been since December 8, 2003.
We’ve been developing our abilities together since then. We are both Kabbalists, and
Jewish Christians, and this has been the medium for our meeting each other, and for her
to bring me to Spiritual Perfection. She has produced everything artistically and
personally up to this point to find me and bring me to Spiritual Perfection. We have been
eternal soulmates, the Light and the Vessel. Eternal (25) Soulmates (36) – 25+36 = 61 =
7 – Spiritual Perfection. Filth and Wisdom is her newest movie, she is the Director. I
cannot wait to see it!!!

Throughout this book, God is now revealing the plans of the Antichrist and the
beast for the entire world to see! Also, the Antidote is now bringing Salvation!

Revelation 22:17 (Abundant Life (39), Messiah (22), Victory (17)): “And the Spirit and
the bride say, Come (19). And let him that heareth say, Come (19). And let him that is
athirst come (19). And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” Spirit =
19, Bride = 14; 19 + 14 = 33 – Highest Power, Authority. King = 11, Queen = 22; 11 +
22 = 33. Come as in SEX! This ain’t no joke, this is very real! FREE (20) LOVE (16)
= 9 – Fruit of the Spirit (19). 19 x 3 = 57 – god Spiritually Perfected = 12 – Magic.
Heaven is as Magical, as it should be! This is the most fun we have ever had!!!

Century 6, Quatrain 66

At (5) the (14) founding (39) of the (14) new (7) sect (15),
The (14) bones (22) of the Great (6) Roman (19) will be found,
The sepulcher (40) covered (32) by marble (17) will appear,
The earth (17) trembles (10) in April (15), badly (11) buried (20).

Interpretation: At the founding of the new sect (order - 15), the bones of the
Great Roman will be found, the sepulcher covered by marble will appear, Victory and
Authority in April, Heaven on Earth, Expectancy.

According to the prophecy of the Quatrain, the literal bones of the Great Roman,
the Apostle Luke, were found at the end of 2000 by Prof. Guido Barbujani
(http://portal.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2001/10/21/wluke21.xml)
. Most people don’t know this, now they will. Here’s an excerpt from the article:

“I did have a moment of quiet satisfaction," Prof. Barbujani, 46, a life-long atheist
who works at the university of Ferrara in Italy, said yesterday in an interview with The
Telegraph. A master of the convoluted understatement, he added: "I think we should
accept that there is no way to tell, definitively, that this is the body of Luke, but the
genetic evidence does not contradict the idea."

For this read that the scientific world is now 99.9 per cent convinced that the
remains, venerated for centuries, in an ornate lead coffin, are those of the evangelist St.
Luke, the author of the third Gospel and the Acts of the Apostles.” This part of the
prophecy has come true, and I’m predicting that the rest of the prophecy will be fulfilled
by April 29, 2008.

Covered (32) by marble (17) - Just as a matter of record, my name is Lori Holt –
Lori -13, Holt – 19; 13+19 = 32. “Lori”, a derivative of Laurel, means victory = 17.
Sepulcher = 40 – tribulation, testing; the time period we are presently in.

I use my name in various forms: it is either Lori Anne Holt, which means
Victory, of much prayer, woods; 13 + 16 + 19 = 48 – Create New Life, New Beginnings;
or Lorianne Holt – 29 + 10 = 39 - Abundant Life. Lorianne – 11, Holt – 10; 11 + 10 = 21
– Fullness (7+7+7), 2+1 = 3 – Divinely Completed. Badly (11) buried (20) – Lorianne
(11), lesbian (20). 11 + 20 = 31 – Divinely Completed One. Tree of Life = 48;
Revelation = 39. Madonna says she is also a Lesbian, she said so in her Sex book from
1992. Nobody was listening, she says. She says she detailed her lesbian fantasy in her
book, and made it pretty obvious that she was into chicks, dreaming of me, and waiting
for this moment.

Madonna says she used to be Lucifer, but no longer. Fallen star, now rising star.
She’s got her ego in check, somewhat, lol!

The song that woke me up was my favorite song, Something to Remember (77). She
said all of her songs are for me, no one else. She says I have always been right, I’m her
only fan, and she only wants to sing for me. Listen to Something to Remember, it’s
under Compilations: www.madonna.com

This is the song she wrote specifically for me:

Lyrics to Sanctuary:
Seems I've played the game for much too long
I let people buy my love and I
Never got to sing my songs for you.

I had all my bets laid all on you

Set your stakes too high, you're bound to lose.
In the game of love you pay your dues.

Say that happiness cannot be measured,

And a little pain can bring you all life's little pleasures.
What a joke.

Chorus:

I was not your woman, I was not your friend,

But you gave me something to remember.
No other man said love yourself
Nobody else can.
We weren't meant to be,
At least not in this lifetime,
But you gave me something to remember.
I hear you still say, "Love yourself".

I had all my bets laid all on you

Set your stakes too high, you're bound to lose.
In the game of love I've paid my dues.

Guess I'm waiting for my place in your sun,

Wish I had the chance to know you and it wasn't stormy weather.
What a shame, who's to blame?

(chorus)
Codes for song: Something to Remember = 77
37+11+29 = 77; 3+7+1+1+2+9 = 23; 10+11+11 = 32
23+32 = 55 – God Together

If people, good people only who want to be spiritually perfected, you need to get the album,
Something to Remember. Listen to that particular song, the rest doesn’t apply to you, us only. If
you like good music, of course you can listen to the rest. Speaking of Rest, it is a song I wrote
when I was in my 20s. EVERYONE NEEDS TO SEE THE LYRICS. We are going to record
this song, because it is gorgeous! Full codes

REST

In 1988 I was 26 years old = 96 = 15

There’s (6) a (1) message (6) in (6) His (9) word (19), that (14) seems (20) too (18) good
(21) to (11) be (7) true (17),
Yet (10) in (6) my (5) Father (25) I (1) rely (11), I (1) know (20) His (9) truths (24) have
(17) been (17) proved (32).
It’s (8) a (1) message (6) filled (24) with (16) hope (25), in (6) the (23) midst (16) of (15)
our (15) trying (16) lives (18).
Catch (16) hold (19) to (11) the (14) promise (30), don’t (20) be (7) late (13), oh (12),
don’t (20) be (7) left (20) behind (22).

In (6) a (1) moment (29), in (6) a (1) twinkling (30) of (15) an (6) eye (11), we (11) shall
(15) all (7) be (7) changed (26),
‘cause (18) Jesus (18) Christ (18) will (13) come (19).
Forever (8), forever (8), forever (8), forever (8), to (11) be (25) with (16) the (14) Lord
(17).

Two (17) will (13) lie (9) in (6) bed (11), at (5) the (14) end (14) of (15) a (1) day (6);
Here (17) one (17) moment (29), gone (20) the (14) next (20),
Oh (12), why (12) didn’t (18) he (10) obey (15)?

Two (17) will (13) be (7) at (5) work (14), toiling (24) endlessly (32);
Here (17) one (17) moment (29), gone (20) the (14) next (20),
Oh (12), where (23) can (9) she (13) be (7)?

In (6) a (1) moment (29), in (6) a (1) twinkling (30) of (15) an (6) eye (11), we (11) shall
(15) all (7) be (7) changed (26),
‘cause (18) Jesus (18) Christ (18) will (13) come (19).
Forever (8), forever (8), forever (8), forever (8), to (11) be (25) with (16) the (14) Lord
(17).

Do (11) you (14) know (20) Him (10) for (17) yourself (8), as (4) a (1) child (16) knows
(23) His (9) Father’s (28) love (16)?
Jesus (18) has (9) prepared (35) a (1) place (20), just (14) for (17) you (14), set (12) on
(12) high (14) above (21).
Are (8) you (14) waiting (19) for (17) that (14) joy (9), found (30), on (12) that (14)
promised (34) day (6)?
If (9) you’re (21) not (16) ready (13), don’t (20) delay (14), He’s (13) coming (23) back
(8) one (17) day (6).

He (10) is (4) coming (23), like (11) a (1) thief (23) in (6) the (14) night (18).
Coming (23) in (6) the (14) clouds (26) of (15) glory (16),
‘cause (18) Jesus (18) Christ (18) will (13) come (19).

Forever (35), forever (35), forever (35), forever (35), to (8) be (7) with (16) the (14) Lord
(17).
To (8) be (7) with (16) the (14) Lord (17),
To (8) be (7) with (16), the (14) Lord (17).

If you’re a bad ass, don’t bother. It won’t work for you!

For any astrologers that are interested, I was born on February 3, 1962 in Emporia,
Kansas, at 8:15 a.m. 555, the antidote for 666. 555+666=1221. I am 46 years old, and
have 7 children and 3 grandchildren. I am African-American. 2 – 3 – 1962 –
2+3+1+9+6+2 = 23. Madonna was born on August 16, 1958 in Bay City, Michigan, at
7:05 a.m. She is 49 years old, and has 3 children. She is French-Italian. 8 – 16 – 1958 –
8+1+6+1+9+5+8 = 38 = 11.

She wants me to post the lyrics to Live to Tell:

Live To Tell

I have a tale to tell

Sometimes it gets so hard to hide it well
I was not ready for the fall (This was when she was Lucifer, the secret of the song)
Too blind to see the writing on the wall

Chorus:

A man can tell a thousand lies

I've learned my lesson well
Hope I live to tell
The secret I have learned, 'till then
It will burn inside of me

I know where beauty lives

I've seen it once, I know the warm she gives
The light that you could never see
It shines inside, you can't take that from me
(chorus)

2nd Chorus:

The truth is never far behind

You kept it hidden well
If I live to tell
The secret I knew then
Will I ever have the chance again

If I ran away, I'd never have the strength

To go very far
How would they hear the beating of my heart
Will it grow cold
The secret that I hide, will I grow old
How will they hear
When will they learn
How will they know

(chorus)
(2nd chorus)

I am the King. I once was Joshua (23); 32 + 23 = 55 – Supreme Court of God.

Madonna, Antipas is the Reb (rebel); rebel = 17 = vagina. She says don’t forget about
Maverick Records. Now, I find out that I am God. Some comedienne said “wouldn’t it
be funny if God came back as a Black Lesbian with AIDS?” Well, I don’t have AIDS,
but I’m fat, and middle aged, and a Black Lesbian.

I am well aware that many will doubt me, but I believe that Revelation 1:8 says - I
am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord (17, which is (Lori),
and which was (Joshua), and which is to come (Christ = 18), the Almighty. Madonna
was my lover, the apostle John in the past. John = 18. Joshua – 23, Antipas – 23 = 46 –
Creating Flesh. 46 (age) + 49 (age) = 95 – Fruit of God, God. Husband – 26, plus Wife
– 20 = 46. We are now married spiritually, Lorianne and Madonna Holt. WOW!

This Book you hold in your hands is the evidence (testimony; proof) of Jesus
Christ (Revelation (39) 12:17) 12+17 = 39 – Lorianne Holt = 39 - Abundant Life; 12
- Governmental Perfection, Union of the Gentile Church and the Jewish Church, 48
– 4+8 =12; 17 - Victory! Alpha and Omega, 18 + 21 = 39. Reincarnation = 42 -
Product of 7 and 6, A definite number of Completion. Spiritual Perfection of the
Flesh; once a man (10), now a woman (23); 10+23 = 33 – Highest Power, Authority.

I am telekinetic and psychic, have been all my life. (So has Madonna.) When I
was a teenager, I saw the sea of glass mingled underneath with fire, in a dream. I was in
a large formal hall. I was lying on the floor, on my side, facedown, looking down at the
floor. It was so beautiful, greenish, with fire bubbling up to the surface underneath. It
wasn’t hot. There were sconces of lighting in the walls directing the light up to the
ceiling. It was a very big room, very quiet, hushed. It had a temple feeling. The scene
lasted for only a few moments, but I never forgot it. When I want something bad enough,
I can manifest it. Sea of glass – Revelation 4:6 and 15:2.

On January 25, 2003, I had a dream. I dreamed that I was in a gathering of people
who were praising me. I got the sense that I was young, a prince. They were older than
me, very approving of me, in awe. I heard male voices murmuring in an approving way.
I halfway came awake, sat up, and I was holding my palms over each other, then I fell
back to sleep. I was giving them honor before I fell back asleep. Then, I was in
darkness, but right behind me was a burning white light. It was very intense! I felt like if
I was not pure, the Light would burn me up like a laser beam. There would be no trace of
me left. I knew it was Light from heaven, I knew that if I leaned back completely into
the light, I would be gone. I dipped my head back halfway into the light, and experienced
the most intense love and safety feeling I’ve ever had in my life! This was the Rapture,
the catching away! This is what being in the Light literally felt like! I didn’t want to
stay! I wanted to go right then! I pulled my head forward and woke completely up in
hysterics, crying my eyes out. I could still feel the strong sensation left by the Light
covering half my head and shoulders for a while afterwards. It left a huge impression on
me.

I had been attracted to studying Kabbalah because I am a rabid Madonna fan.

That’s her fault. I wasn’t even paying attention to her until she crammed herself in my
mind! She had me playing Erotica, and if you read the lyrics, it says she gets into your
mind. Then, she wanted to talk me to death! Neither of us was alone anymore!!! She
told me stuff about her that I didn’t know, like the fact she likes pink, she was the
character Sarah Jennings in the movie Dangerous Game; I knew the name Mrs. Jennings
was connected with her without having known anything about the movie. She told me
that she couldn’t get out like everyone else, and it was a relief to talk to me, but I was
intelligent, and someone very interesting to talk to, besides being very beautiful. I was
scanning the Zohar at the time. I didn’t know anything concrete about the Hebrew
symbols and their number values, except what I had in the 72 Names of God book I had
purchased. I knew the kaf symbol had been over her left eye in red on her CD cover
artwork of her American Life album. I looked up the kaf symbol, and found out this
information:

kaf - The Crown: The Power to Actualize Potential

The two letters of the full spelling of the kaf, are the initial letters of the two
Hebrew words: koach ("potential") and poel ("actual"). Thus, the kaf hints at the
power latent within the spiritual realm of the potential to fully manifest itself in the
physical realm of the actual. God must create the world continuously; otherwise
Creation would instantaneously vanish. His potential is therefore actualized at each
moment. This concept is referred to as "the power to actualize potential ever-
present within the actualized." In Chassidut we are taught that this should be one's
initial awareness upon awakening. Since the literal meaning of the letter kaf is
"palm" - the place in the body where potential is actualized - this awareness is
reflected in the custom of placing one palm on the other upon awakening, before
reciting the Modeh Ani prayer: "I thank You, living and eternal King, for you have
mercifully restored my soul within me; Your faithfulness is great."

Placing palm on palm is an act and sign of subjugation, similar to the act of
bowing before a king. Whereas in bowing one totally nullifies one's consciousness in
the presence of the King, in placing palm on palm one enters into a state of
supplication and prayer to the King to reveal new will from His supernal crown
(Will) to His subjects. http://www.inner.org/hebleter/kaf.htm

kaf = 20, red = 11, eye = 11; 20 – Mystery, Expectancy, King, Heaven on Earth

I assure you, I knew nothing of this information when it happened. I learned

about it afterward. I feel like that chick in the movie “Stigmata”! On December 4, 2003,
I emailed The Kabbalah Centre in Los Angeles because I was convinced I was the
Messiah (22 - Light, Revelation, Spiritual Knowledge). I told them in the email I was the
Ain Soph, and I needed help! Was I crazy? Did they usually have people contacting
them like that? I just knew that I needed help. Unfortunately, they didn’t believe me.
(Of course they did, and were more excited than anyone could imagine!!! Finally!!!)
The number 115 kept coming up all of the time, still does. That corresponds to Ain =
115. I am the Light, another one is the Vessel. The Light poured into the Vessel until the
Vessel couldn’t hold any more Light, and then the Vessel shattered (orgasmed), forming
the universe (33); Big Bang theory. When I went down to The Kabbalah Centre
bookstore, a nice young lady by the name of Dana, wearing a light blue T-shirt that said,
“Diamond in the Rough”, handed me the book, “Kabbalistic Astrology, and the Meaning
of our Lives” by Kabbalist Rav Berg. She had opened the book to the page explaining
the Light and the Vessel, page 36. Light – 16 – Love, 1+6 = 7; Vessel – 25 –
Completion, 2+5 = 7; 77. I was raised Christian, now I’ve been studying Kabbalah. I put
the red string on and almost fainted. I got so light-headed that I had to go sit down. I
wore it for a while, and then stopped. I am wearing it again because I want to be bonded
to my other half physically when we are not together. I am the Producer, She is the
Director. Pro – 827, Dir – 412. Pro – New Life, Beginnings Produce Spiritual
Perfection; Dir – Create Magic. A young lady by the name of Rachel put the string on
my left wrist on February 10, 2008. I told her that she was being honored. The red string
is blessed at Rachel’s Tomb in Israel before being offered for sale. Coincidence?

I am still trying to deal with all of this insight pouring out of me. I’ve known for
some time that I was overshadowed and merged with a man, a man whose face I saw
superimposed over mine one day when I got up to brush my teeth. He was brown
skinned, curly short hair, no beard because I didn’t have a beard, of course, and very
plain looking. Definitely not someone I would find attractive, youngish, late twenties,
early thirties. I don’t even want to elaborate on the 7 week long, 49 day “vision quest” I
went on from December 2003 into February 2004. It was absolutely wild! The Kaf
incident happened during this time. I was awake but dreaming at the same time for 49
days. My subconscious had completely taken over, and I was making things happen,
voluntarily and involuntarily, all over the place. I had to go to the hospital, and I was
diagnosed as schizo-affective. I didn’t go on medication at that time. I had another
occurrence of the trance-state again in December 2004 into February 2005; had to go into
the hospital again. This time, I took the drug they wanted me to take called Risperdal.
That drug completely deadened everything, made me into a zombie. I weaned myself off
the drug after a year, and I am not taking anything now. I started this particular trance
state a few days ago, and it is still happening. This time, I can control it better. When I
am in the trance state, I can make things happen very easily. All I have to do is focus my
will, and whatever I want occurs. I started writing this book during the trance state of
2004 – 2005. I published on April 4, 2005 but didn’t promote it. I wasn’t able to handle
anything on the drug. So, a few days ago, February 4, the day after my birthday, the
trance state came again, and I got the impetus to update the book and publish it like you
see it here on the web.

Century #2 Quatrain #24

Beasts ferocious from hunger will swim across rivers:

The greater part of the region will be against the Hister,
The great one will cause it to be dragged in an iron cage,
When the German child will observe nothing.

Madonna and I totally completed and in full control of flesh will bring
salvation/destruction in the Spirit, Faith: The greater part of the region will be against the
Mystery, The great one is both of us Divinely Completed in the flesh, Messiah in Rest,
Order, and Peace in Heaven on Earth, when Salvation makes everyone German in the
Kingdom of God, Marquesa.

I was Fuhrer Adolph Hitler; Madonna and I were both combined as the Spirit of
Joseph Mengele. We massacred Millions brutally to bring the Kingdom of God into
existence. We rule the universe. We are the stone that was cut out of the mountain
without hands (Daniel 2:44 & 45). We were evil, now we are good. This is the Third
Reich. God is both good and bad, both sides of the coin. God is All Powerful, All
Knowing, All Present. There is no one else but God. All things work to the good for
those who believe, but for the unbelievers, our judgment will be swift and harsh.

Madonna is the Death Angel, and She is extremely eager and ferocious to execute
judgment on the sinners of the world, on my command. We will be judging each of the
six inhabited continents, in person. Mercy will be short. There was only this criteria: If
you hate Gay People and/or Black People, you are a sinner, and will be thrown into
HELL. No Mercy. We have conquered the world; now everyone is a GERMAN:
Divinely Completed god Producing, Creating Rest, Order, and Peace. We were also both
Nostradamus.

I know that now this is actually happening, it must be overwhelming when people
read this book and see so much detailed information explaining prophecies that have been
hidden for so long. Now, you also have the codes to the universe. Studying and
memorizing the numbers and using them bring spiritual perfection. Nothing will make
sense, you just have to believe. My motto is, I believe all things, and therefore
everything comes to me. We will explain this more in detail when all things are finished.

I know that this is the time period for many people to claim they are the Christ,
but if you can find someone else who fits the bill better than Madonna and I can, please
let me know. All of my proof is in this book and the witness of the people around me for
the past few years, as well as hard evidence of things that can only be explained as magic.
Magic =12. Only (7) This (13) Magic (12) is (4) good (21) = 57 – God Spiritually
Perfect = 12 - Governmental Perfection, Union of the Gentile Church and the Jewish
Church; Order.

Revelation 10:5-7: “Then the [mighty] angel whom I had seen stationed on sea
and land raised his right hand to heaven (the sky), and swore in the name of (by) Him
Who lives forever and ever, Who created the heavens (sky) and all they contain, and the
earth and all that it contains. [He swore] that no more time should intervene and there
would be no more waiting or delay, but that when the days come when the trumpet call of
the seventh angel is about to be sounded, then God’s mystery [20] (His secret design,
His hidden purpose), as He had announced the glad tidings to His servants the prophets,
should be fulfilled (accomplished, completed).” (The Amplified Bible)

Revelation 1:1-3: “The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto him, to
shew unto his servants things which must shortly come to pass; and he sent and signified
it by his angel unto his servant John: Who bare record of the word of God, and of the
testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw. Blessed is he that readeth, and
they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written
therein: for the time is at hand.”

Revelation 22:6 & 7: “And he said unto me, these sayings are faithful and true:
and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent his angel to shew unto his servants the things
which must shortly be done. Behold, I come quickly: blessed is he that keepeth the
sayings of the prophecy of this book.”

Revelation 22:10: “And he saith unto me, Seal not the sayings of the prophecy of
this book: for the time is at hand.”

Mark 10:31 and Luke 13:30 both say the last shall be first and the first last.
Women are considered the last in this world, but were spiritually perfected first. Now,
women will be spiritually perfected first.

I’ve done the best I can with what information I presently have. I will add more
as this period continues to play itself out. I hope you will take what you have read and
use your own thoughts and inquiries as to what is happening at the present time. May
God bless and keep all of you who were interested enough to read this book.

John 21:14 – 25 - This is now the third time that Jesus shewed himself to his disciples,
after that he was risen from the dead. So when they had dined, Jesus saith to Simon Peter,
Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou
knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my lambs. He saith to him again the second
time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love
thee. He saith unto him, Feed my sheep. He saith unto him the third time, Simon, son of Jonas,
lovest thou me? Peter was grieved because he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? And
he said unto him, Lord, thou knowest all things; thou knowest that I love thee. Jesus saith unto
him, Feed my sheep. Verily, verily, I say unto thee, When thou wast young, thou girdest thyself,
and walkedst whither thou wouldest: but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy
hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not. This spake he,
signifying by what death he should glorify God. And when he had spoken this, he saith unto him,
Follow me. Then Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved following; which also
leaned on his breast at supper, and said, Lord, which is he that betrayeth thee? Peter seeing him
saith to Jesus, Lord, and what shall this man do? Jesus saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I
come, what is that to thee? follow thou me. Then went this saying abroad among the brethren,
that that disciple should not die: yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall not die; but, If I will that he
tarry till I come, what is that to thee? This is the disciple which testifieth of these things, and
wrote these things: and we know that his testimony is true. And there are also many other things
which Jesus did, the which, if they should be written every one, I suppose that even the world
itself could not contain the books that should be written. Amen.

This is going to be a really Good Book. AMEN